001 Esia 01 Vol 01

Environmental and Social Impact Assessment
(English Translation)
Project Number: 49222-001

May 2016
INO: Tangguh LNG Expansion Project

Volume 1: ANDAL Table of Content and Chapter I
Prepared by BP Berau Ltd.

The environmental and social impact assessment is a document of the project sponsor. The
views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADBs Board of Directors,
Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature. Your attention is directed to the Term
of Use section of this website.
In preparing any country program or strategy, financing any project, or by making any
designation of or reference to a particular territory or geographic area in this document, the
Asian Development Bank does not intend to make any judgments as to the legal or other status
of or any territory or area.
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ANALYSIS

(ANDAL)
INTEGRATED ACTIVITIES OF THE
TANGGUH LNG EXPANSION PROJECT
Teluk Bintuni Regency and Fakfak Regency,
Papua Barat Province
July, 2014
SKKMIGAS
BP Indonesia
Wisma Mulia Lantai 35

Jl. Jend. Gatot Subroto No. 42
Jakarta 12710
Perkantoran Hijau Arkadia

Tower D & E
Jl. T.B. Simatupang Kav. 88
Jakarta Selatan 12520
DISCLAIMER
The official text of AMDAL document on Integrated Activities of the Tangguh LNG
Expansion Project (Amdal Document) is Bahasa Indonesia. This is an unofficial
English translation of AMDAL Document. Reasonable efforts have been made to
provide an accurate translation, however, this translation is provided "as is." and for
convenience only. No warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied, is made as to
the accuracy, correctness, or reliability of the English translation. Any discrepancies
or differences created in the translation are not binding and have no legal effect for
compliance or enforcement purposes. If any questions arise related to the accuracy of
the information contained in the English version of the AMDAL document, please refer
to the Bahasa Indonesia version of the AMDAL Document which is the official version.
ANDAL FOR INTEGRATED ACTIVITIES OF THE TANGGUH LNG EXPANSION PROJECT
FOREWORD
BP Berau Ltd. (BP) as the Operator of Tangguh LNG currently operates the Tangguh LNG
facility which consists of the LNG Train 1 and 2 and supporting facilities, two offshore
platforms, two subsea pipelines and fourteen production wells in Bintuni Bay, Teluk Bintuni
Regency, West Papua Province. The existing Tangguh operates under an Integrated AMDAL
that was approved through the Minister of Environment Decree No 85 Year 2002 concerning
Environmental Feasibility of the Business and or Integrated Activities of Gas Exploitation, LNG
Facility, Sea Port, Airfield and Tangguh LNG Resettlement by Pertamina-BP in Manokwari
Regency, Sorong Regency and Fak Fak regency, Papua Province. .
To increase Tangguh LNG production capacity, BP and its partners plan to expand the Tangguh
LNG facilities. Initial expansion is planned to include LNG Train 3, two platforms (ROA and
WDA), several additional wells (production and exploration wells, DCRI wells) including some
infill wells, two subsea pipelines, a combined LNG and Condensate Jetty and other supporting
facilities. Further development of gas supply including gas supply for LNG Train 3 and
development of LNG Train 4 is planned as part of the overall expansion project and included in
the TEP AMDAL Scope.
Based on Article 50 Clause (2) and (4) of the Government Regulation of the Republic of
Indonesia No. 27 Year 2012 concerning Environmental Permit and MoE Letter No.
11429/Dep.I/LH/12/12/2011 dated December 7th, 2011 concerning Environmental Assessment
Guidance, the Proposed Tangguh LNG Expansion Project shall be completed with a new
Environmental Impact Assessment (AMDAL) Study to be approved by the Central AMDAL
Commission under the Minister of Environment.
This Environmental Impact Statement (ANDAL), Environmental Management Plan (RKL), and
Environmental Monitoring Plan (RPL) are prepared in accordance with Minister of
Environment Regulation No. 16 Year 2012 concerning Guideline of Environmental Document
Development as well as ANDAL Terms of Reference (KA-ANDAL) that was approved by
Ministry of Environment dated July 24th, 2013 according to Decree of the Deputy Minister of
Environment of Environmental Governance Sector as a Chairman of Central AMDAL
Commission, Ministry of Environment No. 30 Year 2013 concerning ANDAL Terms of
Reference (KA-ANDAL) of the Proposed Tangguh LNG Expansion Project in Teluk Bintuni
Regency and Fakfak Regency, Papua Barat Province by BP Berau Ltd. .
We would like to express our appreciation to all parties who assist the development of the
AMDAL (Environmental Impact Assessment) document of the Proposed Tangguh LNG
Expansion Project.
ii
Jakarta, July 2014

Project Proponent,
iii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DISCLAIMER ....................................................................................................................................... i
FOREWORD ...................................................................................................................................... ii
TABLE OF CONTENTS ..................................................................................................................... iv
LIST OF TABLES ..................................................................................................................................x
LIST OF FIGURES .......................................................................................................................... xxix
LIST OF MAPS .................................................................................................................................. xlv
LIST OF APPENDICES ................................................................................................................... xlvi
LIST OF ACRONYMS.................................................................................................................. xlviii
CHAPTER I
INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................. I-1

1.1
BACKGROUND ............................................................................................... I-1
1.2
DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT ACTIVITY .............................. I-6

1.2.1
Gas Exploitation Activity ............................................................... I-7
1.2.2
Gas Transmission Activity ........................................................... I-40
1.2.3
LNG Plant Activity ....................................................................... I-77
1.2.4
Marine Facilities Activity .......................................................... I-126
1.2.5
Survey, Seismic and Exploration and Appraisal

Well Drilling Activity ................................................................ I-170
1.3
1.4
HYPOTHETICAL SIGNIFICANT IMPACTS TO BE ASSESSED ................... I-184

1.3.1
Gas Exploitation Activity ........................................................... I-185
1.3.2
Gas Transmission Activity ......................................................... I-189
1.3.3
LNG Plant Activity ..................................................................... I-193
1.3.4
Marine Facilities Activity ........................................................... I-198
STUDY AREA BOUNDARY AND TIME FRAME OF IMPACT

ASSESSMENT ............................................................................................. I-202
1.4.1
Study Area Boundary ................................................................. I-202
1.4.2
Time Frame of Impact Assessment........................................... I-221
CHAPTER II ENVIRONMENTAL BASELINE .......................................................................II-1

2.1
GEOPHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY...................................................................II-1

2.1.1
Climate and Meteorology ............................................................. II-2

2.1.1.1 Rainfall .............................................................................. II-2
2.1.1.2 Air Temperature .............................................................. II-7
ANDAL FOR INTEGRATEDACTIVITIES OF THE TANGGUH LNG EXPANSION PROJECT
iv
2.1.1.3 Relative Air Humidity (RH) .......................................... II-8

2.1.1.4 Air Pressure...................................................................... II-9
2.1.1.5 Wind................................................................................ II-10
2.1.1.6 Evapotranspiration ....................................................... II-13
2.1.1.7 Climate Types ................................................................ II-14
2.1.1.8 Influence of Climate Change ....................................... II-16
2.1.2
Ambient Air Quality .................................................................... II-17
2.1.3
Noise .............................................................................................. II-24
2.1.4
Hydrology ..................................................................................... II-26
2.1.5
Hydrogeology and Groundwater Quality................................ II-31
2.1.6
Soil .................................................................................................. II-66

2.1.6.1 Soil Map Units ............................................................... II-67
2.1.6.2 Soil Physical Properties ................................................ II-71
2.1.6.3 Soil Chemical Properties .............................................. II-75
2.1.6.4 Soil Erosion Sensitivity ................................................. II-83
2.1.7
Geology.......................................................................................... II-87
2.1.7.1 Geology and Stratigraphy ............................................ II-87
2.1.7.2 Morphology and Slope ................................................. II-88
2.1.7.3 Local Stratigraphy ......................................................... II-89
2.1.7.4 Local Geological Structure ........................................... II-90
2.1.7.5 Earthquake and Tsunami ............................................. II-91
2.1.8
Water Quality ............................................................................... II-95

2.1.8.1 River Water Quality ...................................................... II-95
2.1.8.2 Groundwater Quality ................................................. II-102
2.1.8.3 Seawater Quality ......................................................... II-114
2.1.8.4 Wastewater Quality of Current Tangguh LNG
Operations .................................................................... II-140
2.1.9
Sediment ...................................................................................... II-147

2.1.9.1 Offshore Seabed Sediment ......................................... II-149
2.1.9.2 Nearshore Bottom Sediment...................................... II-165
2.1.9.3 Riverbed Sediment ...................................................... II-168
2.1.10 Oceanography ............................................................................ II-175

2.1.10.1 Bathymetry ................................................................... II-175
2.1.10.2 Waves ............................................................................ II-177
2.1.10.3 Tidal .............................................................................. II-180
2.1.10.4 Current .......................................................................... II-182
2.1.10.5 Profile of Temperature, Salinity and Density.......... II-192
2.2
BIOLOGY ...................................................................................................II-214
2.2.1
Terrestrial Biology...................................................................... II-214
2.2.1.1 Terrestrial Flora ........................................................... II-219

2.2.1.2 Terrestrial Fauna ......................................................... II-240
2.2.2
Aquatic Biology .......................................................................... II-271

2.2.2.1 River Water Biota ........................................................ II-271
2.2.2.2 Seawater Biota ............................................................. II-282
2.2.2.3 Fisheries Resources ..................................................... II-304
2.2.2.4 Food Webs .................................................................... II-318
2.2.2.5 Bioecology .................................................................... II-322
2.2.2.6 Marine Mammals and Reptiles ................................. II-326
2.3
SOCIO-ECONOMIC AND CULTURAL ......................................................II-346

2.3.1
Socio-Economic .......................................................................... II-352

2.3.1.1 Teluk Bintuni Regency ............................................... II-352
2.3.1.2 Fakfak Regency............................................................ II-421
2.3.1.3 Migration ...................................................................... II-441
2.3.2
Socio-Cultural ............................................................................. II-444

2.3.2.1 Ethnic Groups in the Tangguh LNG
Operational Area ......................................................... II-445
2.3.2.2 Distribution of Ethnic and Migration
Communities................................................................ II-450
2.3.2.3 Leadership Petuanan System ................................. II-452
2.3.2.4 Socio-Cultural Heritage.............................................. II-456
2.3.2.5 Vulnerable Community Group ................................. II-459
2.3.2.6 Adat Customary Rights .............................................. II-460
2.3.2.7 Perception and Social Tension................................... II-465
2.3.2.8 Stakeholders ................................................................. II-468
2.4
PUBLIC HEALTH .......................................................................................II-469

2.4.1
Disease Patterns and Illness Level ........................................... II-470

2.4.2
Access to Healthcare .................................................................. II-489

2.4.3
Environmental Health ............................................................... II-499

2.5
OTHER ACTIVITIES AROUND THE ACTION PLAN LOCATION

AND ITS IMPACTS ....................................................................................II-509
2.5.1
Bintuni Bay Nature Reserve ..................................................... II-509
2.5.2
Oil and Gas Exploration ............................................................ II-511
vi
2.5.3
Underwater Electrical Cables ................................................... II-514
2.5.4
Commercial and Small-Scale Logging .................................... II-515
2.5.5
Agricultural Activities ............................................................... II-515
2.5.6
Fishery Activities........................................................................ II-516
2.5.7
Hunting Activities...................................................................... II-516
CHAPTER III PREDICTION AND EVALUATION OF SIGNIFICANT

IMPACTS ............................................................................................................. III-1
3.1
GAS EXPLOITATION ACTIVITIES .............................................................. III-8

3.1.1
Geophysical-Chemical.................................................................. III-8
3.1.1.1 Noise ................................................................................ III-8
3.1.1.2 Sea Water Quality .......................................................... III-9
3.1.2
Biology .......................................................................................... III-22

3.1.2.1 Changes in Nekton Diversity (Including
Marine Mammals) ........................................................ III-22
3.1.2.2 Changes in Nekton Diversity (including
Marine Mammals) due to the Existence of
Offshore Platforms ....................................................... III-32
3.1.2.3 Decline in Benthic Abundance ................................... III-33
3.1.2.4 Decline in Plankton Abundance ................................ III-38
3.1.3
Socio-Economic-Cultural ........................................................... III-43

3.1.3.1 Workforce : Job Opportunities ................................... III-43
3.1.3.2 Changes in Local Businesses Growth ........................ III-46
3.1.3.3 Fishery Activity Disturbance ...................................... III-48
3.1.3.4 Decline in Fishermens Income .................................. III-54
3.1.3.5 Sea Transportation Accessibility Disturbance ......... III-56
3.1.3.6 Community Perception ............................................... III-62
3.1.3.7 Social Tension ............................................................... III-66
3.2
GAS TRANSMISSION ACTIVITIES .......................................................... III-71

3.2.1
Geophysical-Chemical................................................................ III-71
3.2.1.1 Seawater Quality .......................................................... III-71
3.2.2
Biology .......................................................................................... III-86

3.2.2.1 Marine Biota .................................................................. III-86
3.2.3
Socio-Economic-Cultural ........................................................... III-95

3.2.3.1 Workforce : Job Opportunities ................................... III-95
3.2.3.2 Fishery Activitiy Disturbance..................................... III-97
3.2.3.3 Sea Transportation Accessibility Disturbance ....... III-100
3.2.3.4 Community Perception ............................................. III-103
3.2.3.5 Social Tension ............................................................. III-106
3.3
LNG PLANT ACTIVITIES ....................................................................... III-109
vii
3.3.1
Geophysical- Chemical............................................................. III-109

3.3.1.1 Light Emission ............................................................ III-109
3.3.1.2 Increase in Opacity..................................................... III-111
3.3.1.3 Greenhouse Gases ...................................................... III-114
3.3.1.4 Noise ............................................................................ III-118
3.3.1.5 Hydrology ................................................................... III-130
3.3.1.6 Hydrogeology ............................................................. III-143
3.3.1.7 Soil ................................................................................ III-177
3.3.1.8 Surface Water Quality ............................................... III-191
3.3.1.9 Seawater Quality ........................................................ III-202
3.3.2
Biology ........................................................................................ III-213

3.3.2.1 Terrestrial Flora .......................................................... III-213
3.3.2.2 Terrestrial Fauna ........................................................ III-227
3.3.2.3 Marine Biota ................................................................ III-237
3.3.3
Social Economic Cultural ................................................... III-244

3.3.3.1 Demography: Change of Migration (Mobility),
Change of Population Structure and
Population Growth .................................................... III-244
3.3.3.2 Workforce: Job Opportunities, Workforce
Demobilization ........................................................... III-254
3.3.3.3 Changes in the Local Business Growth ................... III-259
3.3.3.4 Changes in Business Opportunities......................... III-266
3.3.3.5 Changes in Livelihood Patterns ............................... III-269
3.3.3.6 Changes in the Level of Income (Income per
Capita, Household Income, Expenditure) .............. III-277
3.3.3.7 Assimilation and Acculturation ............................... III-285
3.3.3.9 Social Tension ............................................................. III-301
3.3.3.10 Changes in Cultural Heritage................................... III-307
3.3.3.11 Decline in Access to Public Services including
Education..................................................................... III-311
3.3.4
Public Health ............................................................................. III-325

3.3.4.1 Changes in Disease Patterns ..................................... III-325
3.3.4.2 Changes in Disease Prevalence ............................... III-330
3.3.4.3 Changes in Access to Healthcare ............................ III-336
3.3.4.4 Changes in Environmental Health ......................... III-340
3.4
MARINE FACILITIES ACTIVITIES .......................................................... III-346

3.4.1
Geophysics - Chemical ............................................................. III-346

3.4.1.1 Oceanography............................................................. III-346
viii
3.4.1.2 Quality of Sea Water .................................................. III-353

3.4.2
Biology ........................................................................................ III-362

3.4.2.1 Sea Aquatic Biota........................................................ III-362
3.4.3
Social Economic Cultural ................................................... III-381

3.4.3.1 Fishery ActivityDisturbances ................................... III-381
3.4.3.2 Decline in Fishermens Income ................................ III-386
3.4.3.3 Sea Transportation Accessibility Disturbance ....... III-390
3.4.3.4 Changes in Cultural Heritage................................... III-395
3.4.3.6 Increased Social Tensions.......................................... III-402
CHAPTER IV HOLISTIC EVALUATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ................ IV-1

CHAPTER V ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DIRECTION...................................V-1
CHAPTER VI STATEMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL FEASIBILITY............................... VI-1
BIBLIOGRAPHY
ix
LIST OF TABLES
Table I-1
Participating Interest Holders Under KKS Tangguh .......................... I-2
Table I-2
An Illustration of Current Offshore Facilities and a Scenario

for Their Developments under the Tangguh LNG Expansion
Project....................................................................................................... I-10
Table I-3
Estimated Number of Workers at the Construction Phase for

Gas Well Drills ........................................................................................ I-19
Table I-4
Estimated Number of Workers for Offshore Platform

Installation Activities (Construction Phase) ....................................... I-20
Table I-5
Estimated Sea Transport Tools at the Construction Phase for

Gas Exploitation Activities.................................................................... I-21
Table I-6
Uses and Purposes of Drilling Fluids .................................................. I-28
Table I-7
Solid Waste Produced by Drilling Activities ...................................... I-39
Table I-8
Liquid Waste Produced by Drilling Rigs ........................................... I-40
Table I-9
An Illustration of Current Subsea Pipelines and a Scenario

for Their Developments under the Tangguh LNG Expansion
Project....................................................................................................... I-49
Table I-10
Estimated Number of Pipeline Installation Workers ........................ I-52
Table I-11
Composition of Gas Supplies *) ............................................................. I-85
Table I-12
Content of Carry-Overs in Gas Supplies *) .......................................... I-85
Table I-13
Mercury Measurements Before and After the MRU ......................... I-91
Table I-14
CO2 off the Operations of LNG Trains 1 and 2 .................................. I-94
Table I-15
Scenario of the Tangguh LNG Expansion Project for the

Development of Onshore Facilities...................................................... I-95
Table I-16
Equipment Likely to be Used during Construction of the

LNG Train ............................................................................................... I-98
Table I-17
Water Volume of the Hydrotest Tank and Utilities ........................ I-104
Table I-18
Volume of Non-Hazardous Waste..................................................... I-106
Table I-19
Estimated Volumes of Toxic and Hazardous Waste ....................... I-108
Table I-20
Flaring Amount by Year (2011 - May 2013) ...................................... I-112
Table I-21
Potential Equipment for the Steam System ...................................... I-116
Table I-22
Volume Estimates for Sewage Produced from the Operations

of Four LNG Trains .............................................................................. I-121
Table I-23
Estimated Volumes of Non-Toxic and Hazardous Solid

Waste ...................................................................................................... I-128
Table I-24
Estimated Volumes of Toxic and Hazardous Waste ....................... I-128
Table I-25
Scenario for the Development Special Terminal Facilities

under the Tangguh LNG Expansion Project .................................... I-137
Table I-26
Vessel Types for the BOF .................................................................... I-152
Table I-27
Type and Capacity of Vessels to Berth at the Special

Terminal Facility ................................................................................... I-175
Table I-28
Estimated Movement of Sea Transport Tools for Gas

Exploitation Operations Phase Activities ......................................... I-176
Table I-29
Type, Amount, and Frequency of Vessel Movement during

the Operations Phase ........................................................................... I-177
Table I-30
Key Hypothetical Impacts of Gas Exploitation Activities

(Offshore Platforms and Well Drilling) ............................................. I-180
Table I-31
Matrix of Key Hypothetical Impacts of Gas Exploitation

Activities (Offshore Platforms and Well Drilling) ........................... I-181
Table I-32
Key Hypothetical Impacts of Gas Transmission Activities ............ I-184
Table I-33
Matrix of Key Hypothetical Impacts of Gas Transmission

Activities ................................................................................................ I-185
Table I-34
Key Hypothetical Impacts of LNG Train Activities ........................ I-188
Table I-35
Matrix of Key Hypothetical Impacts of LNG Train Activities ....... I-190
Table I-36
Key Hypothetical Impacts of Special Terminal Facility

Activities ................................................................................................ I-193
Table I-37
Matrix of Key Hypothetical Impacts of Special Terminal

Facility Activities .................................................................................. I-194
Table I-38
Initial Development and Future Development ................................ I-199
Table I-39
Gas Exploitation Activities (Offshore Platforms and Gas Well

Drilling).................................................................................................. I-215
Table I-40
Gas Transmission Activities................................................................ I-218
Table I-41
LNG Train Activities............................................................................ I-219
Table I-42
Special Terminal Facility Activities ................................................... I-227
Table II-1
Potential Evapotranspiration in Tangguh LNG (2002) ................... II-13
Table II-2
Formulation of Koppen Climate Classification System ..................... II-15
Table II-3
Climate Variability Scenario for 2050 Using the

MAGICC/Model for Assessment of Greenhouse Gases
Affecting Climate Change and SCENGEN/Scenario
Generator Model from IPCC................................................................ II-17
Table II-4
Samples of Ambient Air and Noise .................................................... II-18
Table II-5
Ambient Air Quality and Noise Measurements in the Dry

season ...................................................................................................... II-21
Table II-6
Ambient Air Quality and Noise Measurements in Rainy

Season...................................................................................................... II-22
Table II-7
Characteristics of Principal Watersheds and Tributaries

around the Location of the Tangguh LNG Expansion Project ........ II-30
Table II-8
Sediment Dip at Depths of 300 m and 600 m in Seismic Path ....... II-37
Table II-9
Construction of Groundwater Wells and Pumping Test

Results and Location of VES in Path A, B and C .............................. II-45
Table II-10
Hydraulic Parameters of Pumping Test............................................. II-53
xi
Table II-11
Groundwater Sampling Field Survey for AMDAL 2002 .............. II-60
Table II-12
Results of Groundwater Quality Analysis, Survey 2012-2013 ........ II-63
Table II-13
Coordinates of Sampling Locations for Groundwater

Monitoring.............................................................................................. II-64
Table II-14
Groundwater Parameters Exceeding Clean Water Quality

Standard.................................................................................................. II-67
Table II-15
Soil Map Unit Characteristics in Area to Be Cleared ....................... II-72
Table II-16
Fraction of Soil Texture in Soil Map Unit at Tangguh LNG

Location .................................................................................................. II-73
Table II-17
Analysis of Soil Physical Properties in Soil Map Unit in the

Tangguh LNG Location ........................................................................ II-75
Table II-18
Assessment Criteria of Soil Chemical Properties Based on

Soil Research Center Staff, 1983 .......................................................... II-76
Table II-19
Analysis of Soil Physical Properties in Soil Map Unit at

Tangguh LNG (1) .................................................................................. II-79
Table II-20
Analysis of Soil Physical properties in Soil Map Unit at

Tangguh LNG (2) .................................................................................. II-80
Table II-21
Analysis of Soil Physical Properties Assessment Criteria * (1) ....... II-82
Table II-22
Analysis of Soil Chemical Properties Assessment Criteria *(2) ...... II-83
Table II-23
Average Monthly Rainfall and Rainfall Index Value (R)................. II-84
Table II-24
Soil Erodibility Values .......................................................................... II-85
Table II-25
Average Slope Length and Gradient Index of Each SPT (LS) ......... II-85
Table II-26
Values of Land Cover Factor Index (C) .............................................. II-85
Table II-27
Calculation of Soil Erosion Rate in Each Soil Map Unit in the

Area to be Cleared for the Planned Tangguh LNG Expansion
Project...................................................................................................... II-87
Table II-28
Erosion Hazard level Based on Solum Thickness and Total

Erosion Hazard (Total Maximum Erosion) ....................................... II-88
Table II-29
Analysis of River Water Quality (with Fresh Water

Properties) .............................................................................................. II-98
Table II-30
Analysis of River Water Quality* ( Seawater Properties) ................ II-99
Table II-31
Classification of Water Body Based on Salinity* and TDS ............ II-101
Table II-32
Groundwater Sampling ...................................................................... II-104
Table II-33
Results of Groundwater Quality Analysis ....................................... II-105
Table II-34
Sample Codes and Sampling location Seawater ............................. II-115
Table II-35
TSS Concentration at Intake Water in Jetty 1 during 2011 ............ II-120
Table II-36
Analysis of Nearshore Marine Waters ............................................. II-124
Table II-37
Analysis of Seawater Quality Offshore OS1 OS7......................... II-133
Table II-38
Analysis Offshore Seawater Quality OS8 OS14 ........................... II-134
Table II-39
Criteria of Sediment Quality Based on ANZECC-ISQG

Sediment Quality Criteria .................................................................. II-149
xii
Table II-40
Summary of Concentrations of Several Types of Metals in

Sediment from the AMDAL Survey Team in the Dry season
in 2000 (September - October 2000) .................................................. II-153
Table II-41
Results of Heavy Metals Analysis in Seabed Sediment of OS

01 OS 07 (Offshore) .......................................................................... II-155
Table II-42
Analysis of Heavy Metals in Seabed Sediment of OS 08 OS

14 Offshore ........................................................................................... II-155
Table II-43
Results of Heavy Metals Analysis in Seabed Sediment

(Nearshore)........................................................................................... II-158
Table II-44
Results of Heavy Metals Analysis in Riverbed Sediment ............. II-161
Table II-45
Number of Samples Exceeding Sediment Criteria and Range

Values(mg/kg) .................................................................................... II-175
Table II-46
Significant Wave Height and Occurrence Frequencies in the

Bintuni Bay Waters.............................................................................. II-182
Table II-47
The Height (Hs) and Period (Ts) of Significant Waves .................. II-182
Table II-48
Estimates of Extreme Wave Heights ................................................ II-182
Table II-49
Constants Tidal Constants at Tanah Merah, Bintuni Bay

Waters (Amdal, 2002) ......................................................................... II-183
Table II-50
Density of the Five Tree Habit Plant Species with the Highest
Density at Transect-1 in Lowland Forests at Tangguh LNG
Areas ..................................................................................................... II-221
Table II-51
Areas ..................................................................................................... II-222
Table II-52
Areas ..................................................................................................... II-223
Table II-53
Plant Species with the Highest Density at Every Growth

Level in Swamp Forests at Tangguh LNG Areas ........................... II-224
Table II-54
Plant Species with the Highest Density at Every Growth

Level in Mangrove Forests at Tangguh LNG Areas....................... II-224
Table II-55
Five Species of Undergrowth Plants with the Highest INP at

Lowland Forest Ecosystem Types ..................................................... II-225
Table II-56
Five Species of Undergrowth Plants with the Highest INP at

Swamp Forest Ecosystem Types ....................................................... II-226
Table II-57
Five types of Plants habit Epiphytes and Liana with the

Highest INP on the Lowland Forest Ecosystem Type ................... II-226
Table II-58
Five Plant Types of the Epiphytes and Liana Habits with the
Highest Important Value Index at the Swamp Forest
Ecosystem Type ................................................................................... II-227
Table II-59
Three Plant Species of the Epiphytes and Liana Habits with

the Highest INP at the Mangrove Forest Ecosystem Type ............ II-227
xiii
Table II-60
Five Plant Species of the Tree Habits with the Highest INP in
Transect-1 Lowland Forests ............................................................... II-227
Table II-61
Five Plant Species of the Tree Habit with the Highest INP at
Transect-2 at Lowland Forests ........................................................... II-228
Table II-62
Five Plant Species of the Tree Habit with the Highest INP at
the Transect-3 Lowland Forest .......................................................... II-229
Table II-63
Five Plant Species of the Tree Habit with the Highest

Important Value Index at Various Levels of Growth at
Swamp Forests in Tangguh LNG Areas .......................................... II-230
Table II-64
Plant Species of the Tree Habits with the Highest INP at

Various Levels of Growth at Mangrove Forests in the
Tangguh LNG Areas ........................................................................... II-231
Table II-65
Five Undergrowth Species with the Highest INP at the

Lowland Forest Ecosystem Type ...................................................... II-231
Table II-66
Five Undergrowth Species with the Highest INP at the

Swamp Forests Ecosystem Type ....................................................... II-232
Table II-67
Five Plant Species of the Epiphytes and Liana Habits with

the Highest INP at the Lowland Forest Ecosystem Type .............. II-232
Table II-68
Five Plant Species of the Epiphytes and Liana Habits with

the Highest INP at the Swamp Forests Ecosystem Type ............... II-233
Table II-69
Plant Species of the Epiphytes and Liana Habits with the

Highest Important Value Index at the Mangrove Forests
Ecosystem Type ................................................................................... II-233
Table II-70
Spread Pattern of Tree Habit Plant Species in Various Levels

of Growth at Every Forest Type in the Tangguh LNG Areas ....... II-233
Table II-71
Spread Pattern of the Undergrowth Type in Every Forest

Type in Tangguh LNG Areas ............................................................ II-234
Table II-72
Spread Pattern of the Epiphytes and Liana Plant Species at

Every Forest Type in Tangguh LNG Areas ..................................... II-235
Table II-73
Diversity Index of the Tree Plant Types Based on Every

Forest Type in Tangguh LNG Areas ................................................ II-235
Table II-74
Diversity Index of Undergrowth, Epiphytes and Liana Types

at Every Forest Species in Tangguh LNG Areas ............................. II-236
Table II-75
Diversity Index of Undergrowth, Epiphytes and Liana Types

at Every Forest Species in Tangguh LNG Areas ............................. II-236
Table II-76
Plant Species Wealth Based on Habits at Every Forest

Ecosystem Type Tangguh LNG Areas Year 2011 .......................... II-237
Table II-77
Plant Species Wealth Based on Surveys in 2002, 2007 and

2011 ........................................................................................................ II-238
Table II-78
Plant Species Wealth Based on Plant Status in Every Forest

Ecosystem Type in the Tangguh LNG Area Year 2011 .................. II-239
Table II-79
Plant Species Wealth Based on Plant Status According to

Surveys in 2002, 2007, and 2011 ........................................................ II-240
xiv
Table II-80
Potential Wood Volume of Various Forest Ecosystem Types

in Tangguh LNG Areas ...................................................................... II-241
Table II-81
Plant Utilization Group in the Tangguh LNG Forests in

Tangguh LNG Areas ........................................................................... II-241
Table II-82
Mammals in the Tangguh LNG Observation Location Based

on Surveys in 2002, 2007 and 2011 .................................................... II-242
Table II-83
Types of Mammals Found in the Tangguh LNG Site .................... II-243
Table II-84
List of Bird Species in the Tangguh LNG Area Observation

Location ................................................................................................ II-244
Table II-85
List of Bird Species in the Tangguh LNG Areas Based on the

Survey in 2011 ...................................................................................... II-253
Table II-86
Wealth of Bird Species in the Tangguh LNG Area Based on

Its Status................................................................................................ II-258
Table II-87
Herpetic-fauna Species in the Tangguh LNG Area Based on

Survey Results 2011 and its Conservation Status ........................... II-261
Table II-88
Species and Total Number of Herpetic-fauna Individuals

Found in Four Habitat/Location Types in the Tangguh LNG
Areas Based on the Survey in 2011 ................................................... II-264
Table II-89
Species of Dragonflies, Beetles and Ladybugs in the Tangguh

LNG Area Based Survey Results Dated 16 23 November
2011 Caught in the Morning .............................................................. II-267
Table II-90
Species of Insects (Dragonflies, Beetles and Ladybugs) at the

Tangguh LNG Area Based on Survey Results Dated 16 23
November 2011 Caught at Night ...................................................... II-268
Table II-91
Species of Dragonflies, Beetles and Ladybugs in the Tangguh

LNG Area Based on Survey Results in 2011 and its
Conservation Status ............................................................................ II-269
Table II-92
Ground Animal Species Found in the Buffer Zone of

Tangguh LNG ...................................................................................... II-271
Table II-93
Fish Species Caught at Bintuni Bay Waters ..................................... II-305
Table II-94
Spread of Fish in Every Survey Zone ............................................... II-307
Table II-95
Bintuni Bay Water Width Based on the Depth Strata .................... II-314
Table II-96
Fish Density and Standing Stock in the Bintuni Bay Based on

Depth ..................................................................................................... II-314
Table II-97
Food Groups, Trophic Categories, and Types of Fish

Reproduction in Bintuni Bay ............................................................. II-319
Table II-98
List of Fish Name Species Based on the Bioecology Category

in Bintuni Bay....................................................................................... II-322
Table II-99
Data on Visual Contact with Mammals in Bintuni Bay ................. II-336
Table II-100
Population, Density and Distribution of the Community in

Bintuni Bay Regency Based on District, (2010) ............................... II-354
xv
Table II-101
Total Population in Bintuni Bay Regency in 2011 Based on

Age Group and Productivity ............................................................. II-356
Table II-102
Spread of Religion in Bintuni Bay Regency and Fakfak

Regency in 2010 ................................................................................... II-356
Table II-103
Type of Local Businesses in Bintuni Bay Regency .......................... II-357
Table II-104
Type of Business Based on Legal Status in Bintuni Bay

Regency ................................................................................................. II-357
Table II-105
Road Conditions in Bintuni Bay Regency ........................................ II-358
Table II-106
Number of Ship Visits according to the Type of Shipping in

Bintuni Bay Port ................................................................................. II-360
Table II-107
Number and Type of Sea Transportation Owned by

Households in Bintuni Bay ................................................................ II-361
Table II-108
Population in Weriagar District in 2011 ........................................... II-365
Table II-109
Population in Weriagar District in 2002, 2009, 2011 ....................... II-366
Table II-110
Population Structure Based on Age in Weriagar District in

2011 ........................................................................................................ II-366
Table II-111
Population Structure based on Religion in Weriagar District

in 2011 ................................................................................................... II-367
Table II-112
Employment Data in Weriagar District in 2011 .............................. II-367
Table II-113
Income Per Capita in Weriagar District in 2011 .............................. II-369
Table II-114
Livelihood Patterns in Weriagar District in 2011 ............................ II-371
Table II-115
Number of Schools in Weriagar District in 2011............................. II-375
Table II-116
Population in Tomu District in 2011 ................................................. II-377
Table II-117
Population Structure based on Age in Tomu District in 2011....... II-377
Table II-118
Population Structure based on Religion in Tomu District in

2011 ........................................................................................................ II-378
Table II-119
Population in Tomu District in 2002, 2009, 2011 ............................. II-378
Table II-120
Employment and Livelihood of the Community in Tomu

District Tomu ....................................................................................... II-379
Table II-121
Income Per Capita in Tomu District in 2011.................................... II-381
Table II-122
Number of Schools in Tomu District in 2011 .................................. II-388
Table II-123
Population in Babo District in 2011................................................... II-390
Table II-124
Population in Babo District in 2002, 2009, 2011............................... II-390
Table II-125
Population Structure Based on Age in Babo District in 2011 ........ II-390
Table II-126
Population based on Religion in Babo District in 2011 .................. II-391
Table II-127
Employment and Livelihood of the Community in Tomu

District ................................................................................................... II-391
Table II-128
Income Per Capita in Babo District in 2011 ..................................... II-393
Table II-129
Type of Businesses in Babo District in 2011..................................... II-394
Table II-130
Number of Schools in Babo District in 2011 .................................... II-398
Table II-131
Population in Aroba District in 2011 ................................................ II-399
xvi
Table II-132
Population in Aroba District in 2002, 2009, 2011 ............................ II-399
Table II-133
Population Structure based on Age in Aroba District in 2011 ...... II-400
Table II-134
Population Structure Based on Religion in Aroba District in

2011 ........................................................................................................ II-400
Table II-135
Number of Schools in Aroba District in 2011 .................................. II-402
Table II-136
Population in Sumuri District in 2011 .............................................. II-403
Table II-137
Population in Sumuri District in 2002, 2009, 2011 .......................... II-404
Table II-138
Population Structure based on Age in Sumuri District in 2011 .... II-404
Table II-139
Population Structure based on Religion in Sumuri District in

2011 ........................................................................................................ II-405
Table II-140
Type of Work of the Citizens in Sumuri District ............................ II-405
Table II-141
Average Income of the Community in Sumuri District ................. II-406
Table II-142
Type of Businesses in Sumuri District in 2011 ................................ II-408
Table II-143
Number of Schools in Sumuri District in 2011 ................................ II-413
Table II-144
Population of Kamundan District in 2012 ....................................... II-416
Table II-145
Population of Kamundan District in 2002, 2009, 2011 ................... II-416
Table II-146
Age Structure of the Population in Kamundan District, 2011 ...... II-417
Table II-147
Population Structure based on Religion in Kamundan

District in 2012 ..................................................................................... II-417
Table II-148
Number of Schools in Kamundan District in 2011 ......................... II-420
Table II-149
Population of Aranday District in 2010 ............................................ II-422
Table II-150
Population of Aranday District According to Gender and

Age Group in 2012 .............................................................................. II-422
Table II-151
Population Structure based on Religion in Kamundan

District in 2012 ..................................................................................... II-423
Table II-152
Percentage of Farming Families According to Villages in

Aranday District in 2010..................................................................... II-423
Table II-153
Harvest Area, Production and Average Crop Production in

Aranday District in 2012..................................................................... II-423
Table II-154
Yearly Production and Average Production of Fruits and

Vegetables in Aranday District in 2012 ............................................ II-424
Table II-155
Yearly Production and Average Production of Fruits and

Vegetables in Aranday District in 2012 ............................................ II-424
Table II-156
Number of Schools in Aranday District According to Village

in 2012 ................................................................................................... II-424
Table II-157
Population, Density, and Distribution of the Citizens in

Fakfak Regency Based on District (2010) ......................................... II-426
Table II-158
Population in Fakfak Regency in 2010 Based on Age Group

and Productivity .................................................................................. II-427
Table II-159
Distribution of Religion in Fakfak Regency in 2010 ....................... II-428
xvii
Table II-160
Number of Businessmen Based on SIUP and Companies that

Have Acquired TDP in Fakfak Regency, 2006-2010 ....................... II-428
Table II-161
Number of Businessmen Based on SIUP and Companies that

Have Acquired TDP in Fakfak Regency, 2006-2010 ....................... II-429
Table II-162
Number of Ship Visits According to Type of Shipping in

Bintuni Bay Port................................................................................... II-431
Table II-163
Population of Otoweri and Tomage Village in Bomberay

District in 2011 ..................................................................................... II-434
Table II-164
Population of Otoweri and Tomage Village in Bomberay

District in 2002, 2009, 2011 ................................................................. II-434
Table II-165
Population Structure based on Age in Bomberay District in

2011 ........................................................................................................ II-434
Table II-166
Population Structure based on Religion in Bomberay District

in 2011 ................................................................................................... II-435
Table II-167
Burden Ratio ........................................................................................ II-435
Table II-168
Average Income ................................................................................... II-436
Table II-169
Type of Businesses in Bomberay District in 2011 ........................... II-437
Table II-170
Number of Schools in Bomberay District in 2011 ........................... II-439
Table II-171
Population in Kokas District in 2012 ................................................ II-440
Table II-172
Employment and Livelihood ............................................................. II-442
Table II-173
Number of Schools in Kokas District in 2011 .................................. II-446
Table II-174
Arguni Petuanan Region .................................................................... II-459
Table II-175
Cultural Objects of the Simuri Tribe and Sebyar Tribe .................. II-461
Table II-176
Location of Sacred Objects ................................................................. II-462
Table II-177
Ten Most Common Diseases in Bintuni Bay Regency ................... II-475
Table II-178
HIV/AIDS Incidents in Bintuni Bay Regency from 2009-2013 ..... II-476
Table II-179
Number of Babies Born, Weight of Babies and Low Births

and Low Salaries in Bintuni Bay Regency ....................................... II-479
Table II-180
Top Ten Most Common Diseases in Weriagar Community

Health Center ....................................................................................... II-479
Table II-181
Poor Nutrition in Babies and Toddlers ............................................ II-481
Table II-182
Malaria Patients ................................................................................... II-481
Table II-183
Top Ten Diseases in Aranday Community Health Center............ II-482
Table II-184
Top Ten Diseases in Babo Community Health Center .................. II-483
Table II-185
High Risk Expecting Mothers ............................................................ II-484
Table II-186
Maternal, Infant, and Neo-natal Mortality ...................................... II-485
Table II-187
Lung TB Suspects ................................................................................ II-485
Table II-188
Poor Nutrition ...................................................................................... II-486
Table II-189
Disease Patterns in Aroba District in 2011 ....................................... II-486
Table II-190
Top Ten Diseases in Tofoi Community Health Center .................. II-487
xviii
Table II-191
Top Ten Diseases in Tanah Merah Baru Community Health

Center .................................................................................................... II-487
Table II-192
Malaria Patients in the Tofoi Community Health Center

Working Area....................................................................................... II-487
Table II-193
Malaria Patients in the Tanah Merah Community Health

Center Working Area .......................................................................... II-488
Table II-194
Table II-195
Maternal, Infant, Toddler, and Neonatal Mortality ....................... II-489
Table II-196
Table II-197
Maternal, Infant, Toddler, Neonatal Mortality ............................... II-489
Table II-198
Disease Patterns in Kalitami Community Health Center in

2012 ........................................................................................................ II-490
Table II-199
Coverage of KEK (Chronic Energy Deficiency) Expecting

Mothers ................................................................................................. II-490
Table II-200
Top Ten Diseases in Fakfak Regency ............................................... II-491
Table II-201
Number of Top 10 Disease Cases from Inpatients in RSUD

Fakfak from 2010-2011 ........................................................................ II-491
Table II-202
HIV/AIDS Prevalence Data in Fakfak Regency in 2002- 2011 ..... II-492
Table II-203
Number of Registered Lung TB Patients in Fakfak Regency

According to District in 2007-2011 .................................................... II-492
Table II-204
Types of Diseases in Bomberay District in 2011 ............................. II-493
Table II-205
Bintuni Bay Regency Healthcare Facilities in 2008-2011................ II-494
Table II-206
Condition of Transportation in Bintuni Bay Regency in 20082011 ........................................................................................................ II-495
Table II-207
Number of Health Personnel in Bintuni Bay in 2011 ..................... II-495
Table II-208
Number of Health Facilities According to Village in Aranday

District in 2012 ..................................................................................... II-499
Table II-209
Number of Healthcare Facilities in Fakfak Regency

according to District in 2004- 2010 .................................................... II-499
Table II-210
Number of Health Personnel in Fakfak Regency according to

District in 2004-2010 ............................................................................ II-500
Table II-211
Accessibility and Quality of Healthcare........................................... II-500
Table II-212
Health Personnel according to Expertise and Village .................... II-501
Table II-213
Health Facilities according to Village ............................................... II-502
Table II-214
Health Personnel according to Expertise and Village .................... II-503
Table II-215
Health Facilities according to Village ............................................... II-503
Table II-216
Drinking Water Sources for the Community in Bintuni Bay

Regency in 2008-2011 .......................................................................... II-504
Table II-217
Percentage of MCK Facilities based on Ownership in 20082011 ........................................................................................................ II-505
Table II-218
Percentage of Households according to Type of Toilet used

in Bintuni Bay Regency in 2008-2011 ................................................ II-505
xix
Table II-219
Clean Water Sources and Waste Disposal in Weriagar

District in 2011 ..................................................................................... II-506
Table II-220
Clean Water Sources and Waste Disposal in Tomu District in

2011 ........................................................................................................ II-507
Table II-221
Clean Water Sources and Waste Disposal in Tomu District in

2011 ........................................................................................................ II-508
Table II-222
Clean Water Sources and Waste Disposal in Babo District in

2011 ........................................................................................................ II-509
Table II-223
Clean Water Sources and Waste Disposal in Aroba District in

2011 ........................................................................................................ II-509
Table II-224
Clean Water Sources and Waste Disposal in Sumuri District

in 2011 ................................................................................................... II-510
Table II-225
Clean Water Sources and Waste Disposal in Sumuri in 2011 ....... II-511
Table II-226
Clean Water Sources of the Community in Fakfak Regency in

2008-2010 .............................................................................................. II-511
Table II-227
Percentage of MCK Facilities based on ownership ........................ II-512
Table II-228
Percentage of Latrine Facilities based on Ownership .................... II-512
Table II-229
Clean Water Sources and Waste Disposal in Bomberay

District in 2011 ..................................................................................... II-513
Table III-1
Impact Criteria and Definitions............................................................ III-2
Table III-2
Criteria and Definitions Specifically Used in Evaluating

Impacts on Social, Economic, Cultural and Public Health
Aspects ..................................................................................................... III-5
Table III-3
Determining the Size of the Impact on Social-EconomicCultural and Public Health Aspects .................................................... III-6
Table III-4
Determining the Magnitude of the Impact on SocialEconomic-Cultural and Public Health Aspects.................................. III-6
Table III-5
Impact Significance Definitions............................................................ III-6
Table III-6
Changes in the KA ANDAL for the Composition of the

ANDAL Document ................................................................................ III-7
Table III-7
Reference of Noise Levels at the Bottom of the Sea........................... III-9
Table III-8
Characteristics of Discharged Materials............................................ III-11
Table III-9
Drill Cuttings and Mud Particle Distribution and Size .................. III-11
Table III-10
Summary of TSS Modeling Results Around the Disposal

Sites......................................................................................................... III-18
Table III-11
Impact Evaluation Alternative Management of the

Disposal of Drilling Mud and Cuttings into the Sea
(Overboard Discharge) on Increased TSS Concentrations ............. III-19
Table III-12
Alternative Management of the Disposal of Drilling Mud

and Cuttings into the Sea (Overboard Discharge) on
Increased Oil and Fat Concentrations ............................................... III-21
xx
Table III-13
Measurements of Underwater Noise Levels from Several

Drilling Platform Types When There is no Drilling Activity ......... III-26
Table III-14A Impact Evaluation Transportation and Installation of

Offshore Platforms on Changes in Nekton Diversity
(including Marine Mammals) ............................................................. III-29
Table III-14B Impact Evaluation Gas Well Drilling and Alternatives for
the Disposal of Drilling Mud and Cuttings into the Sea on
Changes in Nekton Diversity (including Marine Mammals) ...... IIII-30
Table III-15
Impact Evaluation Changes in Nekton Diversity on Fish

Due to the Presence of Offshore Platforms ....................................... III-34
Table III-16
Impact Evaluation Alternative Disposals of Drilling Mud

and Cuttings into the Sea (Overboard Discharge) on Benthic
Abundance ............................................................................................ III-39
Table III-17
Impact Evaluation Alternative Disposals of Drilling Mud

and Cuttings into the Sea (Overboard Discharge) on
Plankton Abundance ........................................................................... III-44
Table III-18
Impact Evaluation Gas Well Drilling Activity and

Installation of Offshore Platforms during the Construction
Phase on Labor: Employment Opportunities, Unemployment ..... III-47
Table III-19
Village Economic Facilities ................................................................. III-49
Table III-20
Impact Evaluation - Gas Well Drilling Activity and

Installation of Offshore Platforms on the Growth of Local
Businesses during the Construction Phase ....................................... III-51
Table III-21
Impact Evaluation - Offshore Platform Installation and the

Presence of Offshore Platforms on Fishing Activity During
the Construction Phase ........................................................................ III-55
Table III-22
Impact Evaluation Offshore Platform Installation and the

Presence of Offshore Platforms on Fishing Activity During
the Operational Phase .......................................................................... III-58
Table III-23
Impact Evaluation Transportation and Installation of

Offshore Platforms as well as the Presence of Offshore
Platforms on the Decline in Income of Fishermen during the
Construction Phase .............................................................................. III-60
Table III-24
Impact Evaluation Transportation and Installation of

Offshore Platforms on Sea Transportation Accessibility
during the Construction Phase ........................................................... III-64
Table III-25
Impact Evaluation Gas Exploitation Activities on Sea

Transportation Accessibility during the Operational Phase .......... III-67
Table III-26
Impact Evaluation Gas Exploitation Activities during the

Construction Phase on Public Perception ......................................... III-71
Table III-27
Impact Evaluation Gas Exploitation Activities on the

Emergence of Public Perceptions during the Operational
Phase ...................................................................................................... III-73
xxi
Table III-28
Impact Evaluation Gas Exploitation Activities during the

Construction Phase on Increased Social Tension............................. III-76
Table III-29
Impact Evaluation Gas Exploitation Activities on the

Emergence of Social Tension during the Operational Phase ........ III-78
Table III-30
Impact Evaluation Trenching at the Seabed, Pipeline

Installation and Rock Dumping on Increased TSS
Concentrations ...................................................................................... III-80
Table III-31
Hydrotest Water Disposal ................................................................... III-82
Table III-32
Hydrotest Water Additive Concentration Input ............................. III-83
Table III-33
Estimated Maximum Concentrations Based on Hydrotest

Modelings at the Disposal Sites.......................................................... III-87
Table III-34
Predicted Maximum Concentrations of Oxygen Scavenger,

Biocide and Fluorescein Dye in the Sea Water from the
Disposal of the Mixture of Hydrotest Water and Wastewater
at a Distance of 50 M and 100 M from the Discharge Point ........... III-90
Table III-35
Impact Evaluation Offshore Hydrotest Water Disposal

Alternatives and its Correlation with Decreased DO
Concentrations ...................................................................................... III-90
Table III-36
Impact Evaluation Disposal Alternatives of Hydrotest

Water to Offshore Temporary Holding Facilities Before it is
Discharged into the Sea at LNG Pier 1 or LNG Pier 2 .................... III-92
Table III-37
Impact Evaluation Marine Transportation for the

Workforce, Equipment and Materials to Changes in Nekton
Diversity (including Marine Mammals) ........................................... III-98
Table III-38
Impact Evaluation Trenching, Pipeline Installation, and

Rock Dumping on Changes to Benthic Abundance ...................... III-103
Table III-39
Impact Evaluation Gas Transmission Activities during the

Construction Phase on Employment Opportunities for the
Indigenous People * ........................................................................... III-106
Table III-40

Construction Phase on Disturbances to Fishing Activity ............. III-109
Table III-41

Construction Phase on Disturbances to Transportation
Accessibility ........................................................................................ III-113
Table III-42

Construction Phase on Perceptions Regarding Employment
Opportunities and the Demobilization of Labor, as well as
Disturbances to Fishing Activity and Marine Transportation
Table III-43

Construction Phase on Increased Social Tension Associated
with Employment Opportunities and the Demobilization of
xxii
Labor as well as Disturbances to Fishing Activity and Marine

Transportation Accessibility ............................................................. III-119
Table III-44
Total Gas Burned in Flare (LNG Train 1 and 2) ............................. III-121
Table III-45
Evaluation of Impact of Light Emission from LNG Train

Flare Activities .................................................................................... III-122
Table III-46
Measurement Results of Flare Opacity ........................................... III-124
Table III-47
Evaluation of Impact - Increased Opacity of Flare in LNG

Train Activity ...................................................................................... III-126
Table III-48
Total CO2 and CH4 Emission in Tangguh LNG (including

CO2 Emission from Burning of Oil Fuel) ........................................ III-127
Table III-49
CO2 Emission from Operation of LNG Train 1 and 2 in 2012

(not including CO2 Emission from Burning of Oil Fuel) .............. III-128
Table III-50
Total CO2 Emitted from Use of Oil Fuels (Diesel Fuel,

Gasoline and Avtur) in 2012 ............................................................. III-128
Table III-51
Evaluation of Impact for Greenhouse Gases (CO2) ....................... III-130
Table III-52
Results of Noise level Modeling in Development of LNG

Train and Supporting Facilities ........................................................ III-136
Table III-53
Impact of Noise on Wildlife .............................................................. III-138
Table III-54
Evaluation of Impact of Increased Noise Level in the

Tangguh LNG Area (LNG Plant) ..................................................... III-141
Table III-55
Evaluation of Impact toward Change in Stream Morphology .... III-147
Table III-56
Stream Flow rate around Tangguh LNG ........................................ III-149
Table III-57
Changes in River Flow rate in the Study Area ............................... III-150
Table III-58
Increase in Stream Flow rate ............................................................. III-150
Table III-59
Peak Discharge of Rivers in the Study Area Estimated to Be

Affected................................................................................................ III-152
Table III-60
Change in Stream Peak Discharge in the Study Area ................... III-153
Table III-61
Change of Flow Depth in the Study Area ....................................... III-153
Table III-62
Increased Surface Runoff................................................................... III-154
Table III-63
Changes in Percentage of Natural Areas in the Study Region .... III-156
Table III-64
Change in Drainage Pattern .............................................................. III-157
Table III-65
Character of Model Layer ................................................................. III-164
Table III-66
Rainwater Recharge ........................................................................... III-166
Table III-67
Details of Pump Well used in Numerical Modeling ..................... III-168
Table III-68
Evaluation of Impact on Community Wells (Drawdown) ........... III-175
Table III-69
Evaluation of Impact of Saline Water Intrusion............................. III-181
Table III-70
Geotechnical Model and Parameters ............................................... III-185
Table III-71
Predicted Drawdown and Subsidence ............................................ III-189
Table III-72
Evaluation of Impact of Soil Subsidence ......................................... III-192
Table III-73
Soil Map Unit Characteristics in Areas to be Cleared for

Tangguh LNG Expansion.................................................................. III-194
xxiii
Table III-74
Soil Physical Characteristics Related to Erosion ............................ III-196
Table III-75
Environmental Baseline of Soil Erosion Rate of Each Soil

Map Unit in Areas to Be Cleared for Tangguh LNG
Expansion Project Activities ............................................................. III-196
Table III-76
Estimated Erosion and Erosion Hazard Level on Land to Be

Cleared in Each Soil Map Unit for Tangguh LNG Expansion
Project................................................................................................... III-196
Table III-77
Area of Land Clearing in the First and Second Years

according to Soil Map Unit in Tangguh LNG Area ...................... III-198
Table III-78
Erosion Hazard Level Based on Thickness of Soil Solum and

Erosion Hazard (Maximum Erosion) .............................................. III-198
Table III-79
Rate of Soil Particles Transported Resulting from Erosion in

the First Year ....................................................................................... III-204
Table III-80
Rate of Soil Particles Transported due to Erosion in the

Second Year ......................................................................................... III-204
Table III-81
Estimated Amount of Soil Transported to Each Sub-Basin at

the Project site in the First, Second, and Following Years ............ III-205
Table III-82
Increase of soil Erosion due to Land Preparation Activities in

the Tangguh LNG Expansion Plan Area......................................... III-207
Table III-83
Results of Water Quality Monitoring .............................................. III-210
Table III-84
Percentage of Soil Texture Fractions <60 for Soil Map Unit

(SPT) in the Tangguh LNG area ....................................................... III-213
Table III-85
Quantity of Soil particles from Erosion Transported to Each

Stream in the Tangguh LNG area Corrected to Percentage
Size of Soil particles <60 (71.5%) that become Floating
Sediment .............................................................................................. III-214
Table III-86
TSS Content Increment in Streams in the Tangguh LNG area

Corrected Toward Value of
= 1,25 ......................................... III-216
Table III-87
Evaluation of Impact of Increased Total Suspended Solids

(TSS) Content Due to Soil Erosion ................................................... III-219
Table III-88
Estimated Wastewater Volume Based on Operating Scheme

of Four LNG Trains ............................................................................ III-221
Table III-89
Predicted Maximum Concentration of Salinity ............................. III-224
Table III-90
Distance from Outfall in which Salinity Meets Quality

Standard (5% of Ambient Seawater Salinity) ................................. III-224
Table III-91
Evaluation of Impact of Salinity Increase ....................................... III-225
Table III-92
Evaluation of Impact Liquid Waste Disposal on Increase of

COD Concentration............................................................................ III-228
Table III-93
Predicted Maximum Concentration of Ammonia (NH3-N) ......... III-230
Table III-94
Evaluation of Impact Liquid waste Disposal Toward

Increased Concentration of Ammonia ............................................ III-231
Table III-95
Area of Land Cover ............................................................................ III-233
xxiv
Table III-96
Evaluation of Impact Change in Land Cover .............................. III-238
Table III-97
Evaluation of Impact Change in Structure and Composition

of Flora Species ................................................................................... III-242
Table III-98
Protected Flora Species ...................................................................... III-244
Table III-99
Evaluation of Impact Change in Flora Species Diversity .......... III-246
Table III-100 Evaluation of Impact Change in Fauna Species Diversity ........ III-251
Table III-101 Evaluation of Impact Change in Fauna Species Distribution ... III-255
Table III-102 Change in Wildlife Habitat ............................................................... III-258
Table III-103 Evaluation of Impact Marine Transportation Activities of
Manpower, Equipment and Materials and Liquid Waste
Management Activities toward Change in Nekton Diversity
(including Sea Mammals) ................................................................. III-264
Table III-104 Inhabitants of Tanah Merah, Saengga and Onar Based on the
Category of Indigenous People and Permanent Migrants in
2002 and 2009 ...................................................................................... III-267
Table III-105 Development of Religious People in the Tanah Merah,
Saengga, and Onar Villages in 2002, 2007 and 2009 ..................... III-268
Table III-106 Inhabitants of Tanah Merah, Saengga, and Onar Based on
the Percentage Category of the Indigenous People and
Migrant Population in 2002, 2007, and 2009 ................................... III-269
Table III-107 Impact Evaluation LNG Train Activities in the
Construction Phase against Demographics: Migration
Changes (Mobility), Population Structure Changes and
Population Growth............................................................................. III-271
Table III-108 Population Growth in the Surroundings of Tangguh LNG
and Predictions in 2003, 2012, 2019, and 2027 ................................ III-273
Table III-109 Impact Evaluation - LNG Train Activities at the Operations
Phase of the Demographics: Changes of Migration
(Mobility), Changes of Population Structure and Population
Growth ................................................................................................. III-274
Table III-110 Evaluation of Impact LNG Train Activities in the PostOperation Phase against Demographics: Migration Changes
(Mobility), Changes of Population Structure and Population
Growth ................................................................................................. III-277
Table III-111 Evaluation of Impact - LNG Train Activities during the
Construction Phase against Manpower: Employment
Opportunities, Unemployment ........................................................ III-280
Table III-112 Evaluation of Impact LNG Train Activities during the
Operations Phase against Work Opportunities ............................. III-281
Table III-113 Evaluation of Impact LNG Train Activities during the PostOperations Phase against Demobilization of Manpower ............. III-283
Table III-114 Agricultural Products in the Tanah Merah, Saengga and
Onar Villages in 2009 ......................................................................... III-285
xxv

Construction Phase against the Local Business Growth ............... III-287
Operations Phase against the Local Business Growth .................. III-289
Table III-117 Evaluation of Impact LNG Train Activities in the PostOperation Phase against Changes of the Local Business
Growth ................................................................................................. III-291
Table III-118 Evaluation of Impact the LNG Train Activities during the
Operations Phase against Business Opportunity Changes .......... III-294
Table III-119 Livelihoods of the People in the Tanah Merah, Saengga and
Onar Villages in 2002, 2007, and 2009 ............................................. III-297
Construction Phase against Changes of Livelihood Patterns ...... III-299
Table III-121 Evaluation of Impact - LNG Train Activities during the
Operations Phase against the Changes of Livelihood Patterns ... III-301
Table III-122 Evaluation of Impact LNG Train Activities during the PostOperations Phase against Changes of Livelihood Patterns.......... III-303
Table III-123 Average Income of Workers According to Occupation
Sectors in Tanah Merah, Saengga and Onar in 2009
(Rp...000,00 per year).......................................................................... III-306
Table III-124 Changes in Household Income Levels in Tanah Merah,
Saengga and Onar in 2009 (Rp...000,00 per year)........................... III-306
Construction Phase against Income Level Changes (Income
per Capita, Household Income, Expenditures).............................. III-309
Operations Phase against the Changes of Income Levels
(Income per Capita, Household Incomes, Expenditures)............. III-311
Table III-127 Evaluation of Impact LNG Train Activity during the PostOperations phase against Changes of Income Levels ................... III-313
Table III-128 Inhabitants by Ethnic Assimilation from Seven Villages in
the Bintuni Bay Area Berau in 2003 .............................................. III-315
Construction Phase against Assimilation and Acculturation ...... III-318
Operations Phase against Assimilation and Acculturation.......... III-320
Table III-131 Evaluation of Impact LNG Train Activities during the PostOperations Phase against Assimilation and Acculturation.......... III-323
Construction Phase against Public Perceptions ............................. III-327
Operations Phase against Public Perceptions ................................ III-329
xxvi
Table III-134 Evaluation of Impact LNG Train Activities during the PostOperations Phase against Public Perceptions ................................ III-331
Construction Phase against Social Tensions ................................... III-334
Operations Phase against Social Tensions ...................................... III-336
Table III-137 Evaluation of Impact LNG Train Activities during the Postoperations Phase against Social Tensions ....................................... III-338
Operations Phase against Changes to the Cultural Heritage....... III-340
Table III-139 Evaluation of Impact LNG Train Activities during the PostOperations Phase against the Cultural heritage ............................ III-342
Table III-140 Availability Level of Educational Facilities in Districts of the
Bintuni Bay Regency .......................................................................... III-344
Table III-141 Availability Level of Educational Facilities in the Districts of
Fakfak Regency ................................................................................... III-345
Table III-142 Evaluation of Impact LNG Train Construction Activities
against the Decreased Access on Public Services including
Education ............................................................................................. III-347
Table III-143 Evaluation of Impact LNG Train Operations Activities
against Decreased Access towards Public Services including
Education ............................................................................................. III-349
Table III-144 Evaluation of Impact LNG Train Post-Operations Activities
against the Increased Access to Public Services including
Education ............................................................................................. III-351
Table III-145 Evaluation of Impact LNG Train Activities in the
Construction Phase against Changes of Disease Patterns ............ III-353
Operations Phase against Disease Pattern Changes...................... III-355
Table III-147 Evaluation of Impact LNG Train Activities during the PostOperations Phase against Changes on Disease Patterns .............. III-357
Construction Phase against Changes of Disease Prevalence ....... III-359
Operations Phase against Disease Prevalence Changes ............... III-361
Table III-150 Evaluation of Impact LNG Train Activities during the PostOperations Phase against the Changes of Disease Prevalence .... III-363
Construction Phase against Changes of Access to Health
Care ...................................................................................................... III-365
Operations Phase against Changes to Access of Health Care ...... III-367
xxvii
Table III-153 Evaluation of Impact LNG Train Activities during the PostOperations Phase against the Changes of Access to Health
Care ...................................................................................................... III-369
Construction Phase against Changes of the Environmental
Health ................................................................................................... III-371
Operations Phase against the Changes of Environmental
Health ................................................................................................... III-372
Table III-156 Evaluation of Impact LNG Train Activities during the PostOperations Phase against the Changes of Environmental
Health ................................................................................................... III-374
Table III-157 Evaluation of Impact The Presence of the Specific Terminal
on Flow Pattern Changes .................................................................. III-377
Table III-158 Evaluation of Impact The Presence of Specific Terminal
Facilities on Coastline Abrasions ..................................................... III-381
Table III-159 Particle Size Distribution of Dredging Material............................. III-384
Table III-160 Evaluation of Impact TSS Increase from Dredging during
Construction and Maintenance Dredging ...................................... III-389
Table III-161 Evaluation of Impact The Increase of Suspended Solid
Contents (TSS) due to Dredging Material Disposal ...................... III-391
Table III-162 Sea Transportation during the Operations Phase .......................... III-394
Table III-163 Evaluation of Impact Sea Transportation Activities for
Manpower, Equipment and Material, Loading of LNG and
Condensate against the Changes of Nekton Diversity
(including Sea Mammals) ................................................................. III-396
Table III-164 Modeling Results against Maximum Increased TSS
Concentration of Dredging and Dredging Material Disposal
Activities .............................................................................................. III-400
Table III-165 Evaluation of Impact Impact of Dredging and Disposal of
Dredging and Maintenance Dredging against Abundance of
Plankton ............................................................................................... III-400
Table III-166 Evaluation of Impact Impact of Dredging during the
Construction Phase and Maintenance Dredging against
Abundance of Benthos....................................................................... III-405
Table III-167 Evaluation of Impact Impact of Dredging Material Disposal
on the Abundance of Benthos........................................................... III-410
Table III-168 Evaluation of Impact Construction Activities against
Disturbances on Fishery Activities .................................................. III-414
Table III-169 Evaluation of Impact Operations Activities of the Special
Terminal Facilities against Disturbances on Fishery Activities ... III-416
Table III-170 Evaluation of Impact Construction Activities against the
Decline in Fishermen Incomes.......................................................... III-419
xxviii
Table III-171 Evaluation of Impact Operations Activities against

Decreased Fishermen Incomes ......................................................... III-421
Table III-172 Number and Sea Transportation Vessels Owned by
Households in Saengga and Tanah Merah ..................................... III-423
Table III-173 Evaluation of Impact Construction Activities of the Special
Terminal Facilities on Disturbances on the Transportation
Table III-174 Evaluation of Impact Operations Activities of the Special
Terminal
Facilities against
Disturbances on
Sea
Transportation .................................................................................... III-427
Table III-175 Evaluation of Impact Construction Activities of BOF, the
LNG 2 Dock and Development of the Combo Dock on the
Changes of Cultural Heritage ........................................................... III-429
Terminal Facility against Public Perceptions ................................. III-432
Table III-177 Evaluation of Impact Operations Activities against the
Emerge of Public Perceptions ........................................................... III-434
Terminal Facility against the Increase of Social Tensions ............ III-437
Table III-179 Evaluation of Impact Operations Activities on Increased
Social Tensions .................................................................................... III-439
Table IV-1
Definition of Significance of impact.................................................... IV-1
Table IV-2
Summary of Prediction and Hypothetical Significant Impact

Evaluation of Gas Production, Transmission Gas, LNG Train and
Special Terminal Facility Activities......................................................... IV-2
Table IV-3
Summary of Significant Impacts (Minor-Moderate, Moderate and

Major) of Various Activities of Gas Production, Gas Transmission,
LNG Plant and Special Terminal Facility................................................ IV-9
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure I-1
The Site of Tangguh LNG in Teluk Bintuni District, West

Papua Province, Indonesia...................................................................... I-1
Figure I-2
Conceptual Development Scenario (Initial Development and

Future Development) (Without Scale) .................................................. I-4
Figure I-3
Activity Schedule for the Tangguh LNG Expansion Project.............. I-8
Figure I-4
Offshore Platforms at Present ............................................................... I-13
Figure I-5
Early Plan for the Development of Offshore and Gas Well

Drilling Facilities .................................................................................... I-15
xxix
Figure I-6
Seismic Activity Schematic ................................................................... I-18
Figure I-7
Examples of Sea Transport Tools at the Construction Stage

for Gas Exploitation Activities.............................................................. I-22
Figure I-8
Offshore Platform's Conceptual Design .............................................. I-25
Figure I-9
Cross Section of a Well Drill ................................................................. I-27
Figure I-10
A Rundown of Drilling Activities and Drilling Fluids Used ........... I-31
Figure I-11
Summary of Mud and Cuttings Treatment ........................................ I-37
Figure I-12
Pipe-Laying Schematic .......................................................................... I-48
Figure I-13
Sample of a Construction Vessel (left: Side Dump Boat, right:

Pipelay Boat) ........................................................................................... I-54
Figure I-14
Land Clearing Map ................................................................................ I-56
Figure I-15
Conceptual Trench Backfill Operations .............................................. I-57
Figure I-16
Estimated Safety Exclusion Zone for New Platforms and

Pipelines................................................................................................... I-61
Figure I-17
Nearshore Pipe-Laying Method (Shore Approach): Shore

Pull Trenching (left) and HDD (right) ................................................. I-63
Figure I-18
Conceptual Layout for Horizontal Directional Drilling

(HDD)....................................................................................................... I-65
Figure I-19
HDD Conceptual Layout ...................................................................... I-66
Figure I-20
Conceptual Trenching and Shore Pulling Activities ......................... I-67
Figure I-21
Conceptual Pipeline Flooding, Cleaning, and Gauging

Activities .................................................................................................. I-70
Figure I-22
Conceptual Pipeline Baseline Survey .................................................. I-72
Figure I-23
Conceptual Illustration of Pipeline Dewatering ................................ I-73
Figure I-24
Conceptual Illustration of Hydrotesting ............................................. I-75
Figure I-25
Conceptual Illustration of Dewatering................................................ I-77
Figure I-26
Process Flow Diagram for the LNG Train .......................................... I-86
Figure I-27
Gas Production Profiles for Two LNG Trains and the

Expansion of Three LNG Trains........................................................... I-87
Figure I-28
A Flow Diagram for the LNG Process and its Emission/

Waste ........................................................................................................ I-88
Figure I-29
Land Clearing Map .............................................................................. I-100
Figure I-30
Master Plot Plan for the Tangguh LNG Expansion Project *) ......... I-102
Figure I-31
Alternative Non-Toxic and Hazardous Waste Landfill Sites

(for Organic and Inert Waste) ............................................................. I-107
Figure I-32
Demountable Flare Schematic for 6 Trains ....................................... I-113
Figure I-33
New Planned Flare Locations ............................................................. I-114
Figure I-34
Water Mass Balance for Current Tangguh LNG Operations ......... I-120
Figure I-35
Flow Diagram for Produced Water Management ........................... I-121
Figure I-36
Flow Diagram for Oil Contaminated Sewage Management .......... I-123
xxx
Figure I-37
Flow Diagram for Chemicals Contaminated Sewage

Management ......................................................................................... I-124
Figure I-38
Flow Diagram for Domestic Sewage Management ......................... I-124
Figure I-39
Brine Water Reject ................................................................................ I-125
Figure I-40
Sewage Disposal Site at the LNG-Condensate 2 Dock (A) ............. I-126
Figure I-41
Sewage Disposal Site at the LNG-Condensate 2 Dock (B) ............. I-127
Figure I-42
Diagram for Current Solid Waste Management (NonHazardous) at Tangguh LNG ............................................................. I-130
Figure I-43
Current Solid Waste Management Facilities in the Tangguh

LNG Area .............................................................................................. I-131
Figure I-44
Existing Special Terminals at Tangguh LNG ................................... I-135
Figure I-45
Coast Protection System from the LNG Dock Connection............. I-136
Figure I-46
Tangguh LNG Exclusion Zone at Present ........................................ I-139
Figure I-47
Tangguh LNG Safety Zone at Present ............................................... I-140
Figure I-48
Temporary Anchorage and Barge Mooring Areas during the

Construction Phase .............................................................................. I-144
Figure I-49
Potential Discharging Areas for Dredged Materials ....................... I-147
Figure I-50
Bulk Offloading Facility Site ............................................................... I-148
Figure I-51
Alternative Bulk Offloading Facility Site .......................................... I-150
Figure I-52
Site Concept (Layout) for the BOF *) ................................................... I-153
Figure I-53
BOF Cross Section *) .............................................................................. I-154
Figure I-54
BOF Dredging Location *) ................................................................. I-155
Figure I-55
Location of the LNG Dock .................................................................. I-159
Figure I-56
The Dock's Top Side ............................................................................. I-160
Figure I-57
The LNG Dock At Present................................................................... I-162
Figure I-58a
Design for Dock LNG 2 - Planning Details *) ................................... I-163
Figure I-58b
Design for Dock LNG 2 Overview *) .............................................. I-164
Figure I-58c
Design for Dock LNG 2 Berthing Pocket Plan *)........................... I-165
Figure I-59
The Combo Dock at Present................................................................ I-169
Figure I-60
Development Plan for the Combo Dock *) ......................................... I-170
Figure I-61
LNG Loading ........................................................................................ I-174
Figure I-62
Flow Chart of Key Hypothetical Impacts of Gas Exploitation

Figure I-63
Rundown of the Scoping Process for Gas Exploitation

Figure I-64
Flow Diagram of Key Hypothetical Impacts of Gas

Transmission Activities ....................................................................... I-186
Figure I-65
Rundown of the Gas Transmission Scoping Process ...................... I-187
Figure I-66
Flow Diagram of Key Hypothetical Impacts of LNG Train

Activities ................................................................................................ I-191
Figure I-67
Rundown of the Scoping Process for LNG Train Activities........... I-192
xxxi
Figure I-68
Flow Diagram of Key Hypothetical Impacts of Special

Terminal Facility Activities ................................................................. I-195
Figure I-69
Rundown of the Special Terminal Facility Activities Scoping

Process.................................................................................................... I-196
Figure II-1
Rainfall Pattern in the Tangguh LNG Area (132,00 -133,8 BT

and 1,70 3,00 LS) and Point Rainfall Pattern at Tangguh
LNG (2,4 LS and 133,1 BT)................................................................... II-2
Figure II-2
Spatial Distribution of Average Monthly Rainfall over a 14

Year Period (1998 2012) in the Bintuni Bay Area ............................. II-4
Figure II-3
Rainfall Distribution Pattern in Indonesia ........................................... II-5
Figure II-4
Spatial Distribution of Average Monthly Rainfall over a 14

Year Period (1998 2012) in the Bintuni Bay Area ............................. II-6
Figure II-5
Graph of Average Monthly Temperature in Tangguh LNG

(2002 2011) ............................................................................................. II-7
Figure II-6
Graph of Humidity Udara Rata- Rata Bulanan di Tangguh

LNG (2002 2011) ................................................................................... II-8
Figure II-7
Graph of Average Monthly Air pressure (2002-2011) to

Average Monthly Air Temperature (2002-2011) ................................. II-9
Figure II-8
Monthly Windrose in the area of Tangguh LNG.............................. II-11
Figure II-9
Average Annual Wind Direction

and Wind Speed
(Windrose) Around Tangguh LNG ................................................. II-12
Figure II-10
Distribution of Wind Speed around Tangguh LNG ........................ II-12
Figure II-11
Average Rainfall (mm), Potential Evapotranspiration (mm)

and Wind Speed (m/sec) ..................................................................... II-14
Figure II-12
Map of Indonesian Climate Regions .................................................. II-16
Figure II-13
Environmental Baseline of Ambient Air Quality in Tangguh

LNG ......................................................................................................... II-24
Figure II-14
Average Noise Level at Tangguh LNG .............................................. II-26
Figure II-15
Equivalent Noise Level at Daytime in the Rainy Season at

Tangguh LNG ....................................................................................... II-27
Figure II-16
Rivers and Tributaries in Tangguh LNG Area.................................. II-28
Figure II-17
Boundaries of Watersheds (DAS) for Rivers Around the

Tangguh LNG Area .............................................................................. II-28
Figure II-18
Dominant Riverbank Vegetation (Nipa Palm and Mangrove) ....... II-29
Figure II-19
Flow Boundaries of Rivers and Tributaries in the Tangguh

LNG Area ............................................................................................... II-30
Figure II-20
Contour Map .......................................................................................... II-31
Figure II-21
Well Locations with Lithologic Logs and Seismic Path ................... II-38
Figure II-22
Seismic Profile for Path 104 with Estimated Sediment Dip in

Steenkool Formation at Depths of 300m and 600m beneath
Tangguh LNG ........................................................................................ II-39
xxxii
Figure II-23
Seismic Profile for Path 105 with Estimated Dip of Steenkool

Layer at Depths of 300m and 600m beneath Tangguh LNG .......... II-40
Figure II-24
Seismic Profile for Path 108 with Estimated Dip in Steenkool

Layer at Depths 300m and 600m beneath Tangguh LNG ............... II-41
Figure II-25
Reconstruction of Cross Section of Oil Company and Well

TW1-TW2................................................................................................ II-42
Figure II-26
Locations of Resistivity Survey ........................................................... II-45
Figure II-27
Hydrologic Profile and Aquifer Correlation for Saengga

Tanah Merah Baru Tangguh LNG (2007) ....................................... II-47
Figure II-28
Aquifer Correlation ............................................................................... II-48
Figure II-29
Illustration of Regional Hydrogeology Conceptual Model............. II-54
Figure II-30
SGW01 Community Well in Saengga ................................................. II-62
Figure II-31
SGW02 Community Well in Saengga ................................................ II-62
Figure II-32
Location of Groundwater Monitoring Wells .................................... II-65
Figure II-33
Percentage of Sand, Silt, and Clay Fractions for Soil Texture

in Each SPT at the Tangguh LNG Location ....................................... II-74
Figure II-34
Geology of Study Area (from the EBLS Study of PT. Geobis

Woodward Clyde Indonesia, 1998) .................................................... II-89
Figure II-35
Geological Sketch Map of the Birds Head Region, Irian Jaya

(Papua) (Redrawn from Erftemeijer et al. [1989] After
Audretsch et al. [1966]) ........................................................................... II-93
Figure II-36
Locations of Earthquake in Irian Jaya (Papua) Recorded by

the
U.S./Geological
Survey,
National
Earthquake
Information Center (From: PT. Calmarine/Emcon, 1977)............... II-94
Figure II-37
Grid Map of Median Value of 475 Years Peak Ground

Acceleration (PGA) of Soft Rock in One Square Degree
Around the LNG Site (From: EQE International, 1999) ................... II-94
Figure II-38
Earthquake Distribution from 1973 2007 ........................................ II-95
Figure II-39
Condition of Sea Tides during Sampling in the Dry season ( 9

August 2012) .......................................................................................... II-97
Figure II-40
Condition of Sea Tides During Sampling in the Rainy season

(Date 12 March 2013) ........................................................................... II-97
Figure II-41
Condition of Sea Tides during Sampling in the Rainy season

(Date 17 March 2013) ............................................................................ II-98
Figure II-42
Locations of Shallow Wells and Bored Wells in Saengga .............. II-107
Figure II-43
Mapping of Groundwater Quality of Community Wells (

Tangguh LNG Development AMDAL Baseline Study) ................ II-108
Figure II-44
Nitrite Concentration in Monitoring Wells around the nonB3 Waste Landfill Location ................................................................ II-109
Figure II-45
Graph of Groundwater Physical Parameters .................................. II-111
Figure II-46
Graph of Inorganic and Organic Groundwater Parameters ......... II-112
Figure II-47
Graph of Groundwater Dissolved Oxygen Parameters (1) .......... II-113
xxxiii
Figure II-48
Graph of Groundwater Dissolved Metals Parameters (2) ............. II-114
Figure II-49
Graph of Groundwater Microbiology Parameters ......................... II-114
Figure II-50
Graph of Tidal Conditions during Dry season Sampling.............. II-117
Figure II-51
Graph of Tidal Conditions during Rainy season Sampling .......... II-118
Figure II-52
Graph of TSS Concentration at Intake Water, Jetty LNG 1 in

2011. (a) Dry season, (b) Rainy season........................................... II-121
Figure II-53
Graph of Physical Parameters of Marine Waters (Nearshore)....... II-125
Figure II-54
Graph of Chemical Parameter of Marine Waters (Nearshore)

(1) ........................................................................................................... II-126
Figure II-55
Graph of Chemical Parameters of Marine Waters (Nearshore)

(2) ........................................................................................................... II-127
Figure II-56
Graph of Chemical Parameters of Marine Waters (Nearshore)

(3) ........................................................................................................... II-128
Figure II-57
Graph of Dissolved Metals Parameters of Marine Waters

(Nearshore) (1) ....................................................................................... II-129
Figure II-58

(Nearshore) (2) ....................................................................................... II-130
Figure II-59
Graph of Microbiological Parameters of Marine Waters

(Nearshore) ............................................................................................. II-130
Figure II-60
Graph of Physical Seawater Parameters (Offshore) ........................ II-135
Figure II-61
Graph of Chemical Parameters of Marine Waters (Offshore)

(1) ........................................................................................................... II-136
Figure II-62

(2) ........................................................................................................... II-137
Figure II-63

(Offshore) (1) .......................................................................................... II-138
Figure II-64

(3) ........................................................................................................... II-139
Figure II-65

(Offshore) (2) ........................................................................................ II-139
Figure II-66
Graph of Microbiology Parameters of Marine Waters

(Offshore) ............................................................................................... II-139
Figure II-67
Seawater Quality Mapping in Bintuni Bay (AMDAL Baseline

Study of Tangguh LNG Expansion) ................................................. II-140
Figure II-68
Concentrations of Seawater Nitrate Values in Bintuni Bay

(AMDAL Baseline Study of Tangguh LNG Expansion) ................ II-140
Figure II-69
Regional Condition in the Vicinity of Station NS 6 and OS 14 ..... II-141
Figure II-70
COD Concentrations in Produced Water 2011-2013 ...................... II-143
Figure II-71
Oil and Fats Concentrations in Produced Water 2011-2013 .......... II-143
Figure II-72
Concentration of H2S in Produced Water 2011-2013 ...................... II-144
Figure II-73
Concentration and Load of NH3N in Produced Water 20112013 ........................................................................................................ II-144
xxxiv
Figure II-74
Concentration of Total Phenol In Produced Water in 20112013 ........................................................................................................ II-145
Figure II-75
Concentration of Methanol in Produced Water 2011-2013........... II-145
Figure II-76
Concentration of COD in Wastewater Contaminated by

Chemicals in 2011-2013....................................................................... II-146
Figure II-77
Concentration of TSS in Wastewater Contaminated by

Chemicals in 2011-2013....................................................................... II-146
Figure II-78
Concentration of Total Toxic Metals in Wastewater

Contaminated by Chemicals in 2011-2013 ....................................... II-147
Figure II-79
BOD Concentration in Domestic Wastewater in 2011-2013 ......... II-147
Figure II-80
Concentrations of Oil and Fat in Domestic Wastewater 20112013 ........................................................................................................ II-148
Figure II-81
Concentration of TSS in Domestic Wastewater 2011-2013 ............ II-148
Figure II-82
Australasia Ecoregion ......................................................................... II-149
Figure II-83
Mapping of Arsenic Concentration in Bintuni Bay Sediment

(AMDAL Environmental Baseline Study of Tangguh LNG
Expansion) ............................................................................................ II-152
Figure II-84
Map of Sediment Sampling in Bintuni Bay (AMDAL

Environmental Baseline Study of Tangguh LNG in 2002) ............ II-153
Figure II-85
Graph of Heavy Metals Content in Seabed Sediment of

Offshore Waters Compared with ANZECC-ISQG Sediment
Quality Criteria .................................................................................... II-156
Figure II-86
Graph of Heavy Metals Content in Offshore Waters Seabed

Sediment Compared with ANZECC-ISQG Sediment Quality
Criteria (note : for Selenium based on Van Derveer and
Canton) - Continued ............................................................................ II-157
Figure II-87

Nearshore Waters Compared with Sediment Quality Criteria
of ANZECC-ISQG ............................................................................... II-159
Figure II-88

Nearshore Waters Compared with ANZECC-ISQG Sediment
Quality Criteria(note : for Selenium based on Van Derveer and
Canton) - Continued ............................................................................ II-160
Figure II-89
Graph of Heavy Metals Content in Riverbed Sediment

Compared with ANZECC-ISQG Sediment Quality Criteria ........ II-162
Figure II-90
Graph of Heavy Metals Content in Riverbed Sediment

Compared with ANZECC-ISQG Sediment Quality Criteria
(note : for Selenium based on Van Derveer and Canton) Continued ............................................................................................. II-163
Figure II-91
Graph of Medium Value and Range Value (Minimum) of

Metal Concentration in Bottom Sediment of Offshore,
Onshore, and River Waters ................................................................. II-173
xxxv
Figure II-92
Distribution of Metal Content (As, Hg, Cd and Ni) in Marine

Sediment Exceeding the ANZECC Criteria ..................................... II-176
Figure II-93
Distribution of Ultramafic Rock in Sulawesi-North Maluku

Gag Island-Papua ................................................................................ II-178
Figure II-94
Scatter Plot of the Significant Wave Height vs the Average

Wave Direction in the Period of 1 March up till 30 June 2001 ..... II-180
Figure II-95
Percentage (%) of Height Occurrences and Zero Crossing

Wave (Tz) in the Period of 1 March up till 30 June 2001 .............. II-181
Figure II-96
Fluctuations in Sea Surfaces at the Ocean Tower Location at

Bintuni Bay Waters.............................................................................. II-183
Figure II-97
Scatter Plot and Current Rose at the Ocean Tower Location

in the Period of 7 December 1999 up till 3 March 2000. APosition current meter is at 5,5 m above the sea floor and the
B-Position current meter is at 0,5 m above the sea floor ................ II-185
Figure II-98
Scatter Plot Each Quarter at the Period of 7 December 1999

up till 30 June 2001 .............................................................................. II-186
Figure II-99
Tidal Data Used in the Current Simulation, January

Represents the Northeast Monsoon and August Represents
the Southeast Monsoon ra .................................................................. II-187
Figure II-100 Wind Data Used in the Current Simulation, January

Represents the Northeast Monsoon and August Represents
the Southeast Monsoon ...................................................................... II-188
Figure II-101 Current Pattern as Simulation Result When the Sea Surface
at the MSL Point Moves Towards the Highest Tide Point in
January Representing the Northeast Monsoon at the Bintuni
Bay ......................................................................................................... II-189
Figure II-102 Current Pattern as Simulation Results When the Sea Surface
is at the Highest Tide Point in January Representing the
Northeast Monsoon at Bintuni Bay.................................................. II-189
Figure II-103 Current Pattern of Simulation Results at the Time the Sea
Surface at the MSL Point Moves Towards the Lowest Ebb
Point in the Month of January Representing the Northeast
Monsoon at Bintuni Bay ..................................................................... II-190
Figure II-104 Current Pattern of Simulation Results of the Sea Surface at
the Lowest Ebb Point in the Month of January Representing
the Northeast Monsoon at Bintuni Bay ............................................ II-191
Figure II-105 Current Pattern of Simulation Results at the Time the Sea
Surface is at the MSL Point Moving Towards the Highest
Tide Point in the Month of August Representing the
Southeast Monsoon at Bintuni Bay ................................................... II-192
Figure II-106 Current Pattern of Simulation Results When the Sea Surface
is at the Highest Tide Point in the Month of August
Representing the Southeast Monsoon at Bintuni Bay .................... II-192
xxxvi
Figure II-107 Current Pattern of Simulation Results When the Sea Surface
at the MSL Point Moves Towards the Lowest Ebb Point in
the Month of August Representing the Southeast Monsoon at
Bintuni Bay ........................................................................................... II-193
Figure II-108 Current Pattern of Simulation Results of the Sea Surface at
the Lowest Ebb Point in the Month of August Representing
the Southeast Monsoon at Bintuni Bay ............................................ II-193
Figure II-109 Verification Results of the Measurement Results Current
Data (in Blue) and the Simulation Model (in Red) ......................... II-194
Figure II-110 Profile Measurement Location of Water Temperature,
Salinity and Density at Bintuni Bay .................................................. II-195
Figure II-111 Temperature Profile (C) against the Depth Plotted from All
CTD Data Measured During the Northeast Monsoon (Colors
Indicate CTD Stations) ........................................................................ II-196
Figure II-112 Salinity Profile (psu) against Depth Plotted from All CTD
Data Measured in the Northeast Monsoon (Color Indicates
CTD Stations) ....................................................................................... II-197
Figure II-113 Density Profile (kg/m3) against the Depth Plotted from All
CTD Data Measured During the Northeast Monsoon (Color
Figure II-114 Sea Surface Temperature Distribution During the Northeast
Monsoon from CTD Measurement Results ..................................... II-199
Figure II-115 Sea Surface Salinity Distribution During the Northeast
Monsoon from CTD Measurement Results ..................................... II-199
Figure II-116 Sea Surface Density Distribution During the Northeast
Monsoon as Calculation Results from Temperature and
Salinity Data Measured by CTD Sensors ........................................ II-200
Figure II-117 Temperature Cross Sections (C) from the Mouth Direction
to the Bay Head During the Northeast Monsoon ........................... II-201
Figure II-118 Salinity Cross-Sectionals (psu) from the Bay Mouth Direction
to the Head during the Northeast Monsoon ................................... II-202
Figure II-119 Density Cross-Sectionals (kg/m3) from the Bay Mouth to the
Head Direction During the Northeast Monsoon ............................ II-202
Figure II-120 Temperature Cross-Sectionals (C) from the North Side to the
South Side Near the Bay Mouth During the Northeast
Monsoon ............................................................................................... II-203
Figure II-121 Salinity Cross-Sectionals (psu) from the North Side to the
Monsoon ............................................................................................... II-203
Figure II-122 Density Cross-Sectionals (kg/m3) from the North Side to the
Monsoon ............................................................................................... II-204
xxxvii
Figure II-123 Temperature Cross-Sectionals (C) from the North Side to the
South Side in the Bay Central Part During the Northeast
Monsoon ............................................................................................... II-204
Figure II-124 Salinity Cross-Sectionals (psu) from the North Side to the
South Side in the Bay Central Part During the Northeast
Monsoon ............................................................................................... II-205
Figure II-125 Density Cross-Sectionals (Kg/m3) from the Bay South Side to
the Central Part During the Northeast Monsoon .......................... II-205
Figure II-126 Temperature Profile (C) against the Depth Plotted from All
CTD Data Measured During the Southeast Monsoon (Color
Indicates CTD Stations) ...................................................................... II-206
Figure II-127 Salinity Profile (psu) against Depth Plotted from All CTD
Data Measured During the Southeast Monsoon (Color
Indicates CTD Stations) ...................................................................... II-207
Figure II-128 Density Profile (kg/m3) against Depth Plotted from All CTD
Data measured during the Southeast monsoon (Colors
Figure II-129 Distribution of Sea Surface Temperature During the
Southeast Monsoon as CTD Measurement Results ........................ II-209
Figure II-130 Distribution of Sea Surface Salinity During the Southeast
Monsoon as CTD Measurement Results .......................................... II-209
Figure II-131 Distribution of Sea Surface Density During the Southeast
Monsoon as CTD Measurement Results .......................................... II-210
Figure II-132 Cross-sectional Temperature (C) from the Direction of the
Bay Mouth to the Head During the Southeast Monsoon .............. II-211
Figure II-133 Cross-sectional Salinity (psu) from the Direction of the Bay
Mouth to the Head During the Southeast Monsoon ...................... II-212
Figure II-134 Cross-sectional Density (Kg/m3) from the Direction of the
Bay Mouth to the Head During the Southeast Monsoon .............. II-212
Figure II-135 Cross-section of Temperature (C) from the North Side to the
South Side Near the Bay Mouth During the Southeast
Monsoon ............................................................................................... II-213
Figure II-136 Cross-section of Salinity (psu) from the North Side to the
Monsoon ............................................................................................... II-214
Figure II-137 Cross-section of Density (kg/m3) from the North Side to the
Monsoon ............................................................................................... II-214
Figure II-138 Cross-section of Temperature (C) from the North Side to the
South Side in the Bay Central Part During the Southeast
Monsoon ............................................................................................... II-215
xxxviii
Figure II-139 Cross-section of Salinity (psu) from the North side to the
South side in the Bay Central Part During the Southeast
Monsoon ............................................................................................... II-216
Figure II-140 Cross-section of Density (kg/m3) from the North Side to the
South Side in the Bay Central Part During the Southeast
Monsoon ............................................................................................... II-216
Figure II-141 Vegetation Density in the Buffer Area from 2000 to 2011 ............. II-218
Figure II-142 Land Closure Conditions at the Tangguh LNG Buffer Area,
Based on Landsat 5 and Landsat 7 ETM Images, Year 2000,
2008 and 2011 ....................................................................................... II-219
Figure II-143 Vegetation Density Level Based on the NDVI Analysis at the
Tangguh LNG Buffer Area Based on the Landsat 5 and
Landsat 7 ETM Images, Year 2000, 2008 and 2011.......................... II-220
Figure II-144 Species Accumulation Curve Based on Searches at Tangguh
LNG in 2011.......................................................................................... II-263
Figure II-145 Abundance Proportion of Phytoplankton Class (%) at Every
River Water Observation Location in the Study Area
Comparing Dry Season and Rainy Season Conditions .................. II-274
Figure II-146 Total of Taxa and Abundance of Phytoplankton at Every
Observation Location of River Water at the Study Area
Comparing Conditions in the Dry Season and Rainy Season ....... II-275
Figure II-147 Index of Diversity (H), Uniformity (E) and Dominance (c ) of
the Phytoplankton Community at Every River Water
Observation Location in the Study Area Comparing the
Conditions of the Dry Seasons and the Rainy Seasons .................. II-276
Figure II-148 Proportion of Zooplankton Class Abundance (%) at Every
River Water Observation Location in the Study Area
Comparing the Conditions of the Dry Seasons and Rainy
Seasons .................................................................................................. II-277
Figure II-149 Number of Zooplankton taxa and Abundance at Every River
Water Observation Location in the Study Area Comparing
the Conditions of Dry Seasons and Rainy Seasons ........................ II-278
Figure II-150 Index of Diversity (H), Uniformity (E) and Dominance (c) of
the Zooplankton Community at Every River Water
Observation Location (SW = Surface Water) at the Study
Area Comparing the Conditions of Dry Seasons and Rainy
Seasons .................................................................................................. II-279
Figure II-151 Abundance Proportion of the Benthos Organisms Class (%)
at Every Observation Location at River Waters in the Study
Area Comparing the Dry Season and Rainy Season
Conditions ............................................................................................ II-280
xxxix
Figure II-152 Number of Taxa and Benthos Abundance at Every River

Water Observation Location at the Study Area Comparing
the Dry Season and Rainy Season Conditions ................................ II-281
Figure II-153 Substrate Type of Muddy Sand (SW-01/left) and Clay Mud
(SW-03/right) Cause Differences in the Number of Taxa and
Benthos Abundance at the Study Location...................................... II-281
Figure II-154 Index Diversity (H), Uniformity (E), and Dominance (c ) of
the Benthos Community at Every River Water Observation
Location at the Study Area Comparing the Dry Season and
Rainy Season Conditions.................................................................... II-282
Figure II-155 Proportion of Abundance of the Phytoplankton Class (%) at
Every Sea Water Observation Location (NS=nearshore;
OS=offshore) at the Study Area Comparing the Dry Season
and Rainy Season Conditions ............................................................ II-283
Figure II-156 Trichodesmium Genus One of the Cyanophyceae Class
members (Source: http://www.whoi.edu/sbl/liteSite) ............... II-284
Figure II-157 A Number of Dominant Genera, Members of the
Bacillariophyceae Class.......................................................................... II-285
Figure II-158 Number of Phytoplankton Taxa at Every Sea Water
Observation Location (NS=nearshore, OS=offshore) at the
Study Area Comparing Dry Seasons and Rainy Seasons .............. II-285
Figure II-159 Phytoplankton Abundance at Every Sea Water Observation
Location (NS=nearshore, OS=offshore) in the Study Area
Figure II-160 Diversity Index (H) of the Phytoplankton Community at
Every Sea Water Observation Location (NS = nearshore; OS
= offshore) at the Study Area Comparing the Dry Season and
Figure II-161 Uniformity Index (E) of the Phytoplankton Community at
Every Sea Water Observation Location (NS = Nearshore; OS
= Offshore) in the Study Area Comparing Dry Season and
Figure II-162 Dominance Index (c) of the Phytoplankton Community at
= Offshore) in the Study Area Comparing the Dry Season
Figure II-163 Proportion of the Zooplankton Class Abundance (%) at
= Offshore) in the Study Areas Comparing the Dry Season
Figure II-164 Amount of Zooplankton Taxa at Every Sea Water
Observation Location (NS=Nearshore; OS= Offshore) in the
Study Areas Comparing Dry Season and Rainy Season
Conditions ............................................................................................ II-291
xl
Figure II-165 Zooplankton Abundance at Every Sea Water Observation

Location (NS=Nearshore; OS= Offshore) in the Study Areas
Figure II-166 Nauplius larvae Prior to Become Copepod, One of the Food
Sources of Small Fishes and Early Stadia in the Sea
Ecosystem (Source: http://commons.wikimedia.org) .................. II-293
Figure II-167 Diversity Index (H) of the Zooplankton Community at
Every Sea Water Observation Location (NS=Nearshore;
OS=Offshore) in the Study Areas Comparing Dry Season
Figure II-168 Uniformity Index (E) of the Zooplankton Community at
OS=Offshore) in the Study Areas Comparing Dry Season
Figure II-169 Dominance Index (c) of the Zooplankton Community at
OS=Offshore) at the Study Areas ...................................................... II-295
Figure II-170 Comparison of the Phytoplankton and Zooplankton
Abundance (cell/m3) at Every Sea Water Observation Point
(NS = Nearshore; OS = Offshore) of the Study Location
Comparing the Dry Season (Upper Panel) and Rainy Season
(Lower Panel) Conditions .................................................................. II-296
Figure II-171 Proportion of Abundance of the Benthos Organism Class (%)
at Every Sea Water Observation Location (NS = Nearshore;
OS = Offshore) in the Study Areas Comparing Dry Season
Figure II-172 Various Benthos Genera Found in the Study Location .................. II-298
Figure II-173 Number of the Benthos Animal Taxa at Every Sea Water
Observation Location (NS=Nearshore; OS= Offshore) in the
Study Areas Comparing Dry Season and Rainy Season
Conditions ............................................................................................ II-299
Figure II-174 Benthos Animal Abundance at Every Sea Water Observation
Location (NS=Nearshore; OS= Offshore) in the Study Areas
Figure II-175 Various Substrate Types in the Study Location .............................. II-301
Figure II-176 Diversity Index (H) of the Benthos Community at Every Sea
Water Observation Location (NS=Nearshore; OS= Offshore)
in the Study Areas Comparing Dry Season and Rainy Season
Conditions ............................................................................................ II-302
Figure II-177 Uniformity Index (E) of the Benthos Community at Every
Sea Water Observation Location (NS=Nearshore; OS=
Offshore) in the Study Areas Comparing Dry Season and
xli
Figure II-178 Dominance Index (C) of the Benthos Community at Every

Sea Water Observation Location (NS = Nearshore; OS =
Offshore) in the Study Areas Comparing Dry Season and
Figure II-179 Spread of Number of Species in an Order ....................................... II-306
Figure II-180 Division of Study Zones ..................................................................... II-307
Figure II-181 Fish Species Spread Based on Ecological Category ........................ II-310
Figure II-182 Fish Survey Track Conducted by the IPB Team on 30 April
5 May 2013 ............................................................................................ II-310
Figure II-183 Measurement Results of Fish Density by Using Hydroacoustic and a Number of Fish Specimen Examples Caught
in the Survey Track (IPB, 2013) ......................................................... II-312
Figure II-184 Fish Abundance in the Survey Track Based on Depth (IPB,
2013) ...................................................................................................... II-313
Figure II-185 Map of Fishing Areas of Survey Results in 2013
(IPB, 2013) ............................................................................................. II-315
Figure II-186 A Number of Non-Fish Resources Species Identified from
IPB Survey Results in 2013 ................................................................. II-317
Figure II-187 Hypothetical Food Web of the Fish Community in Bintuni
Bay (IPB, 2013) ..................................................................................... II-322
Figure II-188 Grouping of Fishes Found in the Study Location Based on
Order (Data: Fisheries Survey, 2007) .................................................. II-326
Figure II-189 Bio-Ecological Category of Fish Species Recorded in the
Study Location ..................................................................................... II-326
Figure II-190 Trajectory of the Visual and Acoustic Survey Conducted in
Bintuni Bay and Berau Bay to Identify the Existence and
Distribution Patterns of Marine Mammals in this Region
(Kahn et al., 2006) ................................................................................. II-328
Figure II-191 Map of Marine Mammal Encounters in Bintuni Bay and
Berau Bay, Covering the Center, East (Top), and West
(Bottom) (Kahn et al., 2006) ................................................................ II-329
Figure II-192 Locations of Seismic Survey Activities in Berau/Bintuni Bay
from 2008-2011 ..................................................................................... II-331
Figure II-193 Marine Mammal and Reptile Encounter Points during
Seismic Activities................................................................................. II-332
Figure II-194 Distribution of Marine Mammal and Reptile Encounters in
the Tangguh LNG Ship and Platform Observation Results
(January-April 2012)............................................................................ II-333
Figure II-195 TEAP Drilling Operation Area .......................................................... II-333
Figure II-196 Total Appearances of Marine Mammals and Reptiles during
TEAP Drilling Observation (February-June 2013) (Source: BP
Wells Environmental Team) .................................................................. II-334
xlii
Figure II-197 Plot of Encounter Positions with Marine Mammals (IPB,

2013) ...................................................................................................... II-337
Figure II-198 Some Appearances of Marine Mammals Seen Together with
Juveniles ................................................................................................. II-338
Figure II-199 Bottlenose Dolphin Group (Tursiop truncatus) in Bintuni Bay ...... II-338
Figure II-200 (a) Acoustic Contact Location, and (b) Dolphin Sound
Sonogram Sample................................................................................ II-339
Figure II-201 Average Distribution of Chlorophyll-a (in mg/m3) from
January-June in Bintuni Bay and Surrounding Waters.................. II-340
Figure II-202 Average Distribution of Chlorophyll -a (in mg/m3) from
July-December in Bintuni Bay and Surrounding Waters .............. II-341
Figure II-203 Marine Mammal Species and Distribution Area Also Found
in Bintuni Bay....................................................................................... II-343
Figure II-204 Marine Reptile Species and Distribution Area Also Found in
Bintuni Bay ........................................................................................... II-344
Figure II-205 Main Road Infrastructure in Bintuni Bay Regency......................... II-359
Figure II-206 Number of Motor Vehicles Available in Bintuni Bay Regency .... II-359
Figure II-207 Road Conditions .................................................................................. II-360
Figure II-208 Comparison of the Attendance Figures of Students and
Teachers in Primary and Junior High School in 2007 and
2009 ........................................................................................................ II-363
Figure II-209 Villages in Weriagar District .............................................................. II-365
Figure II-210 Plantations in Weriagar District ........................................................ II-368
Figure II-211 Group Discussion in Weriagar District ............................................ II-370
Figure II-212 Villages in Tomu District.................................................................... II-376
Figure II-213 Mothers processing sago in Tomu District ...................................... II-379
Figure II-214 Sewing Training in Ekam Village, Tomu District ........................... II-381
Figure II-215 Taroy Primary School ......................................................................... II-388
Figure II-216 A Village in Babo District ................................................................... II-389
Figure II-217 Store in Babo ........................................................................................ II-394
Figure II-218 Negeri Babo Junior High School ....................................................... II-397
Figure II-219 Wimbro Village in Aroba District ..................................................... II-398
Figure II-220 Tanah Merah Baru Village in Sumuri District................................. II-403
Figure II-221 KSU Mayri Vegetable Supply Unit in Tanah Merah Baru
Village ................................................................................................... II-408
Figure II-222 YPK Primary School in Saengga Village .......................................... II-414
Figure II-223 Villages in Kamundan District .......................................................... II-416
Figure II-224 Market under construction in Kamundan District ......................... II-419
Figure II-225 Negeri Satu Atap Junior High School in Kamundan District ....... II-420
Figure II-226 Photo of the Road and Several Village Facilities in Aranday
District ................................................................................................... II-421
xliii
Figure II-227 Photo of a Primary School in Aranday District, covering

Inpres Aranday Primary School, Inpres Kecap Primary
School, Inpres Kampung Baru Primary School, and Inpres
HTI II Manunggal Primary School ................................................... II-425
Figure II-228 Population of Fakfak Regency in 2012 ............................................. II-426
Figure II-229 Road Infrastructure ............................................................................. II-429
Figure II-230 Road Conditions .................................................................................. II-430
Figure II-231 Number of Motor Vehicles................................................................. II-430
Figure II-232 Tomage Village in Bomberay District .............................................. II-433
Figure II-233 Planning with the Community in Otoweri Village, Bomberay
District ................................................................................................... II-436
Figure II-234 Arguni Village in Kokas District ....................................................... II-439
Figure II-235 Sisir Village and Kokas City in Kokas District ................................ II-440
Figure II-236 Mosque in Arguni Village, Kokas District ....................................... II-441
Figure II-237 Market in Sekar Kampung, Kokas District ...................................... II-442
Figure II-238 Eminem Cooperative in Arguni Village, Kokas District................ II-443
Figure II-239 Kokas Port in Sekar Village, Kokas District..................................... II-444
Figure II-240 YPK Kokas Primary School ................................................................ II-445
Figure II-241 Projection of Indigenous and Migrant Citizens from 2003 to
2027 ........................................................................................................ II-446
Figure II-242 Migration coming to Babo .................................................................. II-447
Figure II-243 Migration Projection from 2000-2015 ............................................... II-448
Figure II-244 Home of the King, Arguni Petuanan ................................................ II-457
Figure II-245 Sekar-Pikik Petuanan Organizational System................................. II-459
Figure II-246 API Development Graphic ................................................................. II-476
Figure II-247 Graphic of the Maternal Mortality Rate in Bintuni Bay from
2009-2012 .............................................................................................. II-477
Figure II-248 Supporting Community Health Center in Weriagar District........ II-480
Figure II-249 Graphic of Diarrhea Incident Rate in Children Aged Under 5
Years ...................................................................................................... II-480
Figure II-250 Training for Traditional Birth Attendants (TBAs) .......................... II-482
Figure II-251 Peer Educator HIV Training .............................................................. II-483
Figure II-252 Malaria Promotional Activities in Onar Village, Sumuri
District ................................................................................................... II-488
Figure II-253 Integrated Service Post Cadres in Darembang Village, Kokas
District ................................................................................................... II-494
Figure II-254 Weriagar Community Health Center ............................................... II-496
Figure II-255 Aranday Community Health Center in Tomu District .................. II-496
Figure II-256 Integrated Service Post activities in Babo District .......................... II-497
Figure II-257 Tanah Merah Baru Community Health Center .............................. II-498
Figure II-258 Kalitami Community Health Center ................................................ II-498
xliv
Figure II-259 Nutrition Post in Tomage Village in Bomberay District ................ II-502
Figure II-260 Community Health Center in Kokas City........................................ II-504
Figure II-261 Clean Water in Weriagar District ...................................................... II-506
Figure II-262 MCK Taroy Village, Tomu District ................................................... II-507
Figure II-263 Community Well in Sisir Village, Kokas District ........................... II-514
Figure II-264 A Man Taking Water in Sisir Village, Kokas District ..................... II-514
Figure II-265 History of Setting Bintuni Bay Nature Reserve .............................. II-516
Figure II-266 Underwater Electricity Cables ........................................................... II-519
.Figure IV-1
Flow Chart of Significant Impact of Gas Production

Activities ............................................................................................... IV-17
Figure IV-2
Flow Chart of Significant Impacts of Gas Transmission

Activities ............................................................................................... IV-18
Figure IV-3
Flow Chart of Significant Impacts of LNG Train Activities .......... IV-19
Figure IV-4
Flow Chart of Significant Impacts of Special Terminal

Facility Activities ................................................................................. IV-20
LIST OF MAPS
Map I-1
Aids to Navigation (AtN) .................................................................... I-141
Map I-2
Shipping Routes Leading to Tangguh LNG ..................................... I-143
Map I-3
Study Area Boundary under the Tangguh LNG Expansion

Project..................................................................................................... I-198
Map I-4
Boundary of the Tangguh LNG Expansion Project ......................... I-202
Map I-5
Ecological Boundary ............................................................................ I-204
Map I-6
Ecological Boundary (Quality of Air) ................................................ I-205
Map I-7
Ecological Boundary (Noise) .............................................................. I-206
Map I-8
Ecological Boundary (Marine Biota and Sea Water Quality) ......... I-207
Map I-9
Ecological Boundary (Terrestrial Flora and Fauna) ........................ I-208
Map I-10
Social Boundary of the Tangguh LNG Expansion Project.............. I-213
Map I-11
Administrative Boundary of the Tangguh LNG Expansion

Project..................................................................................................... I-214
Map II-1
Meteorological Data Locations .............................................................. II-3
Map II-2
Sampling Locations of Ambient Air and Noise ................................ II-20
Map II-3
Location of Kanoka-Babo Groundwater Basin and Sub Basin

of the Tangguh LNG Facility ............................................................... II-33
Map II-4
Geology of Bintuni Bay Area ( Robinson et al., 1990 op.cit.

LAPI-ITB, 2004)...................................................................................... II-35
xlv
Map II-5
Groundwater Conservation Zone 1: Shallow Aquifer in the

Steenkool Formation between 0 m and 150 m bmt in LNG
Tangguh Facility .................................................................................... II-56
Map II-6
Groundwater Conservation Zone 2: Confined Aquifer in the

Steenkool Formation between 150 m and 600 m bmt in LNG
Tangguh Facility .................................................................................... II-58
Map II-7
Sampling Locations of Groundwater ................................................. II-61
Map II-8
Location of Groundwater Monitoring Wells Tangguh LNG

Construction Phase ............................................................................... II-66
Map II-9
Soil Map Unit (SPT) in Land Area to be Cleared for the

Tangguh LNG Expansion Project ....................................................... II-69
Map II-10
Locations of Blocks and Soil Sampling............................................... II-70
Map II-11
River Water Quality Sampling Locations ........................................ II-103
Map II-12
Locations of Groundwater Quality Sampling ................................. II-106
Map II-13
Locations of Nearshore and Offshore Seawater Quality

Sampling ............................................................................................... II-119
Map II-14
Condition of the Bintuni Bay Bathymetry ....................................... II-179
Map II-15
Ocean Tower Location ........................................................................ II-184
Map II-16
Location of Sampling in the Fauna Survey 2011 ............................. II-266
Map II-17
Location of Spawning Grounds in the Bintuni Bay ........................ II-318
Map II-18
Sensitive Areas of Bintuni Bay Waters ............................................. II-346
Map II-19
Social Boundaries of the Tangguh LNG Expansion Project .......... II-348
Map II-20
Other Oil and Gas Activities .............................................................. II-517
Map II-21
Locations of the Land 3D Seismic Survey Action Plan,

Transition Zone and Waters in Berau Bay, Bintuni Bay
Regency, West Papua Province ......................................................... II-518
Map III-1
Monitoring Locations of Stream Water Quality and Drainage

Channels in the Tangguh LNG area ................................................ III-211
LIST OF APPENDICES
Appendix I
ANDAL Terms of Reference Agreement Decision
Appendix II
Environmental Baseline Data
II.1
Environmental Baseline Data:

Sea Water Quality, Sediment, Surface Water Quality, Groundwater
Quality, and Ambient Air Quality
(Dry Season 2012)
xlvi
II.2

Sea Water Quality, Sediment, River Water Quality, Groundwater
Quality, and Air Ambient Quality
(Wet Season 2013)
II.3

Sea Water and Estuary Water Samples (Plankton and Benthos)
(Dry Season 2012)
II.4

Sea Water and Estuary Water Samples (Plankton and Benthos)
(Wet Season 2013)
II.5

Soil Quality Samples
II.6
Meteorological Data
II.7
Meteorological Data of Fakfak (1958-1983 and 2004-2008)

Meteorological Data of Manokwari (1998-2011)
Meteorological Data AERMET MM5 (2002-2012)
Terrestrial Biology Data
Appendix III
Photo Documentation
Appendix IV
Modeling Results
IV. 1
Drilling Cutting and Mud Dispersion Simulation
IV. 2
Environmental Impact Modeling of Tangguh LNG Expansion

Project
IV.3
Hydrodynamic Modeling
Comingle Waste Water Discharge Modeling
Hydrotest Water Discharge Modeling
Combined Waste Water and Hydrotest Water Discharge
Modeling
Dredging Modeling
Dredge Materials Disposal Modeling
Modeling of Mud and Drill Cuttings Overboard Discharge
Modeling of Air Emission Dispersion from the Tangguh LNG

Operational Activities
IV.4
Modeling
of
Noise
Dispersion
Construction Activities
xlvii
from
the
Tangguh
LNG
IV.5
Appendix V
Groundwater Modeling
Indicators of Hypothetical Significant Impact and Impact
Sensitivity Level Evaluation
Appendix VI
Non Technical Aspects Discussion
LIST OF ACRONYMS
ADDAMS
Automated Dredging
Modelling System
Ag
Silver
AGI
Acid Gas Incinerator
AGRU
Acid Gas Recovery Unit
Aggradation
Raised surface due to continuous or intermittent

sedimentation process
Aquifer
Pore layer composed of rock , sand, and other material

below the soil surface containing water, from where
well water originates
Al
Aluminum
Alkalinity
Measure of water capacity to neutralize strong acids
Alluvial
Related to detrital sediment, which is

transported, and deposited by river current
Alluvium
Detrital sediment eroded, transported, and deposited

by river flow
Alotonus
Originating from anywhere; not indigenous to a

particular place
Ambient
Referring to existing condition or most prominent
AMDAL
Environmental Impact Assessment
Anaerobic
Condition in which oxygen is not required, and as a

result does not enable normal life depending on the
presence of oxygen. Several bacteria are able to survive
in this condition
ANDAL
Environmental Impact Statement
Anemometer
Instrument to measure wind speed
Offshore Platform
Structure or building constructed offshore to support

the exploration or production process of mine materials
Drilling Platform
A structure with equipment to drill into underground

reservoir to obtain oil or natural gas present in the sea
at relatively shallow depth
Annulus
Space between two concentric objects and fluids are

able to flow, for instance between casing and bore well
or between casing and tubing
xlviii
and
Disposal
Alternatives
eroded,
Anoxia
A condition where oxygen is absent
Anthropogenic
Caused by human beings
ANZECC
Australian and New

Conservation Council
APK
Rough Participation Figure
AQ
Air Quality
AQN
Air Quality and Noise
Flood current
Flood current, marked by increase in height of tidal

current. Flood currents are usually evident on the coast,
or moving toward the coast
Rectilinear Current
Flood current estimated to move in opposite direction

during ebb tide in each reverse direction. Backflow
usually occurs in rivers and in straits where the
current is obstructed
As
Arsenic
Attenuation
Reduction in intensity of noise or light caused by

absorption and transmission of noise or light energy by
air or water
Autotonus
Indigenous to a particular place
Avifauna
Birds found in a region or in a specific time
Boron
B3
Hazardous and Toxic Materials
Ba
Barium
Ballast water
Water loaded on vessel to maintain ship balance
BAPEDAL
Environmental Impact Control Body
Bathimetry
The science studying measurement of sea depth to

determine seabed topography
Benthic
Marine environment inhabited by sea organisms living

permanently in or on the surface of the seabed
Benthos
Marine life found in or on the surface of the seabed
Specific Gravity
Ratio of mass density of a certain substance to mass

density of distilled water at temperature 4C and
pressure of 1 atm.
Calcareous
Consisting of or containing calcium or calcium

carbonate
Bioaccumulation
Gradual accumulation process of industrial waste,

chemical toxin , and so on in living tissue
Bioavailability
Related to amount of substance, either in chemical or

physical decomposition , which can be immediately
available for utilization by organisms (for instance
nutrients)
xlix
Zealand
Environment
and
Biochemical
=
Oxygen
Demand
(BOD)
Amount of dissolved oxygen required to decompose

organic material in wastewater
Biodegradation
Biological process of decomposition
Biogenic
Produced physiological activities of organisms
Biomass
Total living organism per unit surface or volume of

water expressed in unit of weight
Biocide
Toxic chemical able to kill living organisms
Bivalve
A class of mollusc (pelecypoda or lamellibranch)

usually attached to or covered in soft sediment, rock,
wood, or other object. Individuals have shells with
joints and axe- sharp legs, which are used to dig.
Clams, oysters, and bivalves are part of this group.
BL-BD
Northwest Southwest
BOD
Biochemical Oxygen Demand
BOF
Bulk Offloading Facility
BOG
Boil-Off Gas
BP
Berau
(BP)
Ltd. =
Tangguh LNG Operator , for and on behalf of all

holders of participatory interest in KKS Tangguh (
Tangguh Business Partner)
BPS
Central Statistical Body
Breasting
Dolphin
Poles or other structures used for ships mooring
BS
Base Saturation
BTEX
Benzene Toluene Xylene
CaCO3
Calcium Carbonate
CAD
Computer Aided Design
Reserves
Quantity of renewable gas, oil, or mineral reserves ,

estimated to be present between sub-surface borders
set
Secchi Disc
Disc or plate of white, black color and variations, of

diameter 30 centimeters, used to measure transparency
of water. The disc is placed in a water column and at
depth (in meter) when the disc is not visible, averaged
with the depth at the time the disc re-appears. The
mean value is used to indicate transparency of sea
water.
CAP
Community Action Plan
CBL
Convective Boundary Layer
CD
Chart Datum
Cd
Cadmium
CEC
Cation Exchange Capacity
CEMS
Continuous Emission Monitoring System
CITES
Convention on International Trade in Endangered

Species of Wild Fauna and Flora
Cl
Chloride
Chemical Oxygen =
Demand (COD)
Amount of dissolved oxygen required to oxidize

organic materials in wastewater in acid condition
Chenier
Low sandy coastal area
CN
Cyanide
CNOOC
China National Offshore Oil Corporation
Co
Cobalt
CO
Carbon Monoxide
COD
Chemical Oxygen Demand
CORMIX
Cornell Mixing Zone Model
CPI
Corrugated Plate Interceptors
Cr
Chromium
CRA
Corrosion Resistant Alloy
CTD
Conductivity, Temperature and Depth
Cu
Cuprum (Copper)
CV
Comanditer Vennootschap
Watershed
Area of land receiving water, channeling water,

sediment, and dissolved particles in receiving area or
outflow channel. May also include
sub-surface
interaction, similar to surface water
DAF
Dissolved Air Flotation
DAS
River Basin
dB(A)
Decibel Type A
DCRI
Drill Mud and Cutting Reinjection
DED
Detailed Engineering Design
DEM
Digital Elevation Model
Salt water wedge
Decibel
Sea water intrusion into the River bed

Value indicating noise ratio in two different intensities.
This value is 10 times the logarithm ratio between two
noise intensities
Deck
The main component of offshore platform, the deck is a

frame structure supporting functional facilities
li
combined with equipment, bridge, etc

Dendritic
Tree-shaped
Desalinisation
Process of reducing dissolved salt from seawater (sea

water purification process), so that sea water is
drinkable
Dispersion
Breaking down wave disturbance by very complex

surface gravitation into its component parts
Director General for =

Oil and Gas
Directorate General for Oil and Natural Gas
DO
Dissolved Oxygen
DPL
Above Sea Level
DR
Dependency Ratio
Dredge
Dredging vessels are designed to dredge/raise deposit

from channels or dock area to maintain the required
water depth.
DWT
Dead Weight Tonnage
DPH
Hypothetical Significant Impact
EBLS
Environmental Baseline Study
EBB
Low tide current associated with lowering of flood

current surface. The current generally moves in the
direction of the sea, or in opposite direction with
movement of flood current
EC
Electro conductivity
EDG
Emergency Diesel Generator
Ephemeral
Short-lived
Effluent
Waste Material in Liquid Form
EHI
Erosion Hazard Index
EIA
Environmental Impact Assessment
Exploration
Activity for the purpose of acquiring information on

the geologic condition to find and obtain estimated
reserves of Oil and Natural Gas in the specified Work
Area
Production
A string of activities performed for the purpose of

producing Oil and Natural Gas from the specified
Work Area, consisting of well drilling and completion,
building transport, storage and processing facility for
separating and refining Oil and Natural Gas in the field
and other supporting activities.
Emulsification
Stabilizing process of colloid suspension consisting of

immiscible fluid, dispersed and supported in other
fluids
Endemic
Related to areas where certain types of organisms have

evolved
lii
Entomology
The branch of zoology studying insects
EP
Equatorial Principal
EPAM
Environmental Particulate Air Monitor
EPC
Engineering, Procurement and Construction
Epibentik
Related to fauna living on the surface of the seabed
Epibiota
Related to organisms living on various surfaces or on

other organisms
Erosion
Every or all processes of eroding and transporting soil

particles or rock from one place to another
Estuary
Bay or river estuary affected by tides, formed as a result

of inundation or flooding of the lowest part of the river
plain non-glasiered and containing a measurable
quantity of sea salt
Evaporation
Evaporation is the physical process of change from

liquid or solid phase to gas phase
Fluoride
Fe
Ferrum (Iron)
Feedgas
Gas originating from reservoir supplied to LNG train

for further processing
FF
Far Field
FGD
Focus Group Discussion
FID
Flame Ionization Detector
Filariasis
Disease caused by a type of Nematode (Filaria worm)
Physiographic
Illustration of natural characteristics
Phytoplankton
Plankton possessing ability of photosynthesis
Flaring
Gas burning
Flocculation
Agglutination, when clay or colloid particle suspension

in non-saline water experiences agglutination at the
time of mixing with saline water and forming
suspension; deposition process usually occurring in
estuary systems
Fluorocarbon
Hydrocarbon, in which part or all of its hydrogen

atoms are replaced with fluor atoms (such as Freon).
Acid gas
Carbon dioxide (co2) and Hydrogen Sulfide (h2s)

present in natural gas when combining with vapor
forms corrosive acid. Also known as acid gas if H2S
and mercaptans are present
Gastropod
A class of mollusk evolving forming a distinct head,

generally possessing eyes and tentacles with flat and
wide legs, and its entire body is usually covered by
spiral shell
liii
Coriolis Force
Force acting on particles in motion because of the

earth's rotation. This results in the particle making a
turning movement to the right in the northern
hemisphere and to the left in the southern hemisphere;
the process is proportional to speed and space to move
and unable to change the particle speed
GC-FID
Gas Chromatography-Flame Ionization Detector
GEMSS
Generalized Environmental Modeling System for

Surface Waters
Tidal Scour
Downward and sideward erosion of sediment bed due

to waves and current
GHG
Green House Gases
GIFT
Generalized Integrated Fate and Transport
Gleisol
Soil dominated by clay-silt fraction particles and clay

silt-loam resulting from anaerobic iron reduction and
inundated environmental condition
GPF
Gas Production Facility
GPFSB
Gas Production Facility Shore Base
GPS
Global Positioning System
Grains
Individual soil particles forming sediment, with size

range smaller than 0.0039 mm (clay particles) to over
256.0 mm (gravel)
Grassroots
Complete facility built on natural site
Gravimeter
Instrument or equipment sufficiently sensitive to record

variations of constant mass weight when mass moves
from one place to another on the surface of the earth, so
that therefore considered as the cause of gravitation
impact on those places
GW
Ground Water
Habitat
Area inhabited by flora and fauna species
HAM
Human Rights
HC
Hydrocarbon
HDD
Horizontal Directional Drilling
HDI
Human Development Index
HDM
Hydrodynamic Module
Hg
Hydrargyrum (Mercury)
Hydrodynamics
Study of movement of liquids
Hydrology
Scientific study of water present on the earth, mainly in

relation to the effects of precipitation (rainfall, snow,
etc.) And evaporation and evapotranspiration toward
the character and occurrence of water flow in rivers,
lakes, and water flow above and below the ground
surface
liv
Hindcasting
Prediction or estimate of several past situations using

known predictor
HIV
Human Immune Virus
HP
High Pressure
HPH
Forest Concession
HRSG
Heat Recovery Steam Generator
IDF
Intensity-Duration-Frequency
IFC
International Finance Corporation
ILO
International Labour Organization
IMO
International Maritime Organization
IMS
Sexually Transmitted Disease
Infauna
Animals that live buried in soft substrate (sand or mud)
Infrastructure
Facility, equipment, and basic services required for

proper industry operation and for the community
Intelligent Pig
A pig that can perform pipe internal inspection using

non-damaging technique
Intertidal
Benthic zone between flood tide and ebb tide
Core
Vertical and cylindrical sample of sea bottom sediment

from the initial seabed condition and determined
stratification
Inundation
Submerged or covered by flood
IP
Indigenous People
IPB
Bogor Agriculture Institute
IPCC
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
IPM
Human Development Index
IPAL
Wastewater Treatment Installation
ISD
Inherently Safe Design
ISO
International Organization for Standardization
Isobath
Contour lines connecting points of similar water depth

in a chart
Isopleth
Lines connecting points of similar numerical value in a

chart
IPDP
Indigenous People Development Plan
ISP
Integrated Social Program
ISPA
Acute Respiratory Tract Infection
Isthmus
Land adjacent to or both sides bordering on water

connecting two wider land sections
ITB
Bandung Institute of Technology
IUCN
International Union for Conservation of Nature and

Natural Resources
lv
IWMF
Integrated Waste Management Facility
Jacket
Structural frame component of an offshore platform

providing support to lateral poles
Jetty
Structure, such as dock or pier, positioned to control

current or waves or protect the entrance to the port or
river
JNCC
Joint Nature Conservation Committee
Potassium
KA
Terms of Reference
Cambisol
Soil formed through physical and chemical weathering

process of rock and/or Pleistocene or Holocene era
deposits; usually saturated
Diversity
Diversity. See: biodiversity
Biodiversity
Related to number of different species and the number

of associations of individuals living in a community
Species Richness
Number of organism species in a community
KepMen
Ministers Decision
Chemisorption
Adsorption, especially if the process is irreversible,

with chemical force, the reverse of physical force.
Chlorofluorocarbon
Hydrocarbons formed because part of or all hydrogen

atoms are replaced by chlorine and fluorine atoms
(known as cfcs)
KKKS
Production Sharing Contractor
KKS
Production Sharing Contract
KLH
Ministry for the Environment
KMnO4
Potassium Permanganate
KO
Knock Out
Coliform
Indicator organism, such as e. Coli, which if found may

indicate the possibility of more hazardous microorganisms
Condensate
Hydrocarbons present in gas in reservoir condition, but

liquefying both through well hole or in surface
equipment , through heating and pressure process
Condensate Gas
Liquid produced from gas condensation process
Conductivity
Facility in which a material produces electricity,

indicated by current density per unit electric potential
gradient following direction of current. An intrinsic
characteristic of sea water varying according to
temperature, salinity, and pressure
KPAD
Regional AIDS Management Commission
Cryogenic
Related to very low temperatures, generally in the

range of -160o C to -50o C
lvi
Quadrat
Square- or rectangular-shaped sampling area
Langrangian
Related to observation method by following the

movement of water mass toward the sea
Field
An area having one or more reservoirs
Larva
Embryo able to live self-sufficiently and independently

before having the same characteristics as its parent
LAT
Lowest Astronomical Tide
LC50
Lethal Concentration 50%
LCR
Local Control Room
LCT
Landing Craft Tank
LEBM
Community-Based Economic Organization
Plate Tectonics
Theory stating that the earths surface consists of layers,

or large plates, with constant movement causing the
emergence of continents, mountains, and so forth.
Lentic
Water ecosystem composed of still water
Leq
Equivalent Sound Level
LH
Environment
Hazardous waste
Residual disposed industrial production waste, mainly

from chemical industries, detrimental to the
environment or hazardous to human and animal health
LIPI
Indonesian Institute of Sciences
Liquefaction
Change of a substance into solid through cooling or

compression.
Lithosphere
Relating to the earths crust
LNG
Liquefied Natural Gas
Heavy Metals
Metal element with high specific gravity (5.0 or over

)
Lotic
Water ecosystem composed of flowing water.
LPG
LP
=
=
Liquefied Petroleum Gas

Low Pressure
Ltd
Limited
Drilling Mud
Preparation of water, mud, and chemicals circulating in

oil well drilling to lubricate and cool the drill bit, push
disposal material to the surface , and to line the well
walls to prevent collapse
MARPOL 73/78
Marine Pollution Year 1973 and 1978, International

Convention for the Preventionof Pollution from Ships
Magnetometer
Instrument to measure intensity and/or direction of the

earths magnet
MBAS
Methylene Blue Active Substances
MCB
Main Control Building
lvii
MCHE
Main Cryogenic Heat Exchanger
MDEA
Methyl diethanolamine (for acid gas separation)
Mediterranean
Rendzina and Mediterranean soil types, produced from

weathering of sediment rock, mainly limestone
Mg
Magnesium
Mn
Manganese
MODU
Mobile Offshore Drilling Unit
Mooring Dolphin
Poles or other structure installed to secure vessels
Morphology
Study of form and structure
MPSV
Multipurpose Support Vessel
MR
Mixed Refrigerant
MRU
Mercury Removal Unit
MSDS
Material Safety Data Sheet
MTPA
Million ton per annum
Musrenbang
Development Planning Consultation
Micrometer
MW
Mega Watt
North
Na
Natrium
NE
North East
Nekton
Large fauna living in water column and swimming

freely (for instance tuna fish).
NF
Near Field
Ni
Nickel
Nm3
Normal Cubic Meter
NO2
Nitrogen Dioxide
NO3-N
Nitrogen Nitrate
NRCS
Natural Resources Conservation Service
NTU
Nephelometric Turbidity Units
NUI
Normally Unattended Installation
NW
North West
O3
Ozon
OCIMF
Oil Companies International Marine Forum
ODV
Ocean Data View
Offsite
In the processing train site, each supporting facility that

is not part of the main processing train or a utility
system
Ophiolitic
Illustrating igneous rock group representing part of the
lviii
earths crust seabed in the past

ORF
Onshore Receiving Facility
Organosol
Peat soil formed from organic decomposition in water

saturated condition
Orogeny
Formation of mountain due to structural deformation

of the earths crust, mainly by the occurrence of folds
and faults
OSCP
Oil Spill Contingency Plan
OSU
Oregon State University
OSV
Offshore Support Vessel
OTPS
OSUTidal Prediction Software
OWS
Oily Water Separator
Phosphorus
PAH
Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbon
Latent Heat
Heat released or absorbed per unit mass by reversible

system; phases of isobaric-isothermal change
Slack Tide
Interval when the high tide velocity is very weak or

zero; mainly relating to reversal period between ebb
tide current and flood tide current
Spring Tides
High tide with increasing range, occurring every two

weeks during the new moon or full moon
Fault
Fault or fault zone of the earths crust, in which one

side of the rock shifts toward the other side.
Intersection between surface of fault and specific
surface, for instance sea floor, is known as fault line. If
the fault line is not a single intact fault but a wide zone
(hundreds or thousands of feet ) with small intersecting
faults and filled by breccia, it is known as a fault zone
Thrust Fault
Nearly level fault, in which the hanging rock wall

appears to be thrust upward by the foot of the wall
Strike-Slip Faulting
Fault parallel with direction of inter-strata collision

intersected
Brackish
Water with salinity figure of between 0,50 ppt to 17,00

ppt
Pb
Plumbum (Tin)
PC
Public Consultation
PCDP
Public Consultation and Disclosure Plan
Pelagic
Related to sea water column and organisms inhabiting

it
Pemkab
Regency Government
Stratified Sampling
Sampling technique used in condition of measured

variable in population or area sampled that is not
homogenous, performed by sorting in two or more
lix
parts that are relatively more homogenous than the

overall population.
Remote Sensing
Collecting and interpreting information of a target (on

the earths surface) without physical contact with the
object studied (for instance through satellite image or
aerial photo)
PerDa
Regional Regulation
Wave Period
Time, in seconds, required by peak wave to travel the

same distance as one wavelength
Percolation
Filtering through absorptive substance, such as soil
Permeability
Capacity of soil to allow water to pass through it
PerMen
Ministers Regulation
Tracer
A substance, usually radioactive isotope, used to trace

chemical process or complex sequence of biochemical
reactions in order to determine physical properties
pH
Degree of acidity/ symbol showing degree of acidity or

alkalinity of a solution
Pig
A special small device that can be moved through a

pipe to examine and/or remove impurities caused by
biological growth or chemical process
Pig trap
Trap mechanism or place to collect pig
Plankton
Organism floating passively and swimming weakly in

saline and non-saline water. The size range of group
members is from microscopic to jellyfish with diameter
size of over 6 feet, and including nekton and benthos
eggs and larva
PM2,5
Particulate Matter
micrometers
PM10
Particulate Matter with diameter of less than 10

micrometers
POB
People on Board
Podzolic
Soil formed as a result of physical and chemical

weathering of rock and/or Pleistocene or Holocene
period deposit; usually wet and mottled
Polychaeta
An order (polychaeta) of anelide the majority

composed of sea worms, including harmful long
worms
Population
A similar species of living creature group occupying a

certain space in a certain time
Porosity
Ratio between volume of empty space and volume of

soil solids
Processing
Train
A complete series of processing equipment installed

according to a determined sequence
Profile
1.
with diameter of less than 2.5
Diagram showing vertical part along a line
lx
2.
surveyed
Graph illustrating ordinate variations of several
oceanographic quantities along a straight line to
level distance as the abscissa
Propagation
Transmission of energy through a media
Sound Propagation
Sound waves spreading through water media .
Fluvial
Process of transporting discharge from land to sea and

collection point ,and subsequent distribution , for
instance waves and current
PP
Government Regulation
ppm
part per million
ppmv
Parts per million by volume
PSC
Production Sharing Contract
PSK
Commercial Sex Worker
PT
Limited Liability Company
PW
Produced Water
PWT
Produced Water Treatment
RBI
Indonesian Topography Map
REA
Rapid Ecological Assessment
Reflectivity
Size of radiation fraction reflected by a particular

surface
Relic
Physical, mineral, or structure characteristics remaining

after other components are discharged or separated
Rendzina
Rendzina and mediterranean soil type, produced from

weathering of sediment rock, mainly limestone
Reservoir
Accumulation of sub-surface natural gas or oil in

condition of natural containment
Riparian
Nearby, or on the banks of or side of a river,

occasionally near lakes, ponds, etc
RKL
Environmental Management Plan
RMSE
Root Mean Square Error
RPL
Environmental Monitoring Plan
RRA
Rapid Rural Appraisal
ROV
Remotely Operated Vehicles
South
Salinity
Amount of dissolved salts in sea water
Sb
Antimony
SBL
Stable Boundary Layer
SBM
Synthetic Based Mud
Scat
Animal droppings
SDM
Human Resources
Process
lxi
SE
South East
Se
Selenium
Sedimentation
Process of erosion and separation of particles from

parent rock , transport, deposition, and consolidation
into other rock form
Seismic
A geophysical exploration methodology using

seismology principles to estimate the content of
subsurface material (such as oil and gas) from results
of seismic wave reflection
Seismicity
Phenomena of earths crust movement
Seismogenic
Producing or causing earthquake
Shorebase
Facility on land as
offshore project
Synergistic
Working together; cooperate
Synoptic
Presenting or use of weather data and atmospheric

condition in wide area at a particular period
Richter Scale
Quantity indicating total energy caused by earthquake

or earthquake force, as differentiation toward
intensity illustrating the effect on a certain place. In
1935, c.f. Richter discovered the magnitude scale
currently in use. The numerical scale ranges from 0 to
8.5
SKKMIGAS
Upstream Oil and Natural Gas Business Activity

Special Implementing Work Unit
SNI
National Standard of Indonesia
SO2
Sulfur Dioxide
SO4
Sulfate
SOBM
Synthetic Oil Based Mud
Sonar
Acronym for Sound Navigation And Ranging , i.e.

method or equipment to determine situation, location,
and condition of object in the sea using sound
technique
STD
Salinity, Temperature, Depth
STFATE
Short Term Fate
STG
Steam Turbine Generator
STI
Sexually Transmitted Infection
STP
Sewage Treatment Plant
Strata
Section, level, or division, of atmosphere or ocean ,

considered as layer
Stratification
Condition of liquid consisting of two or more

horizontal layers formed on the basis of density; the
overlying lighter layer and the underlying heavier
layer.
lxii
supplier of logistical needs of
Stratigraphy
Branch of geology emphasizing study of formation,

composition, series and relationship of strata or parent
rock
Infill well
Drilling toward reservoir to increase deliverability of

existing production.
Appraisal well
Well drilled to evaluate oil/gas reserves in a reservoir

previously discovered by exploration well
Surfaktan
Active surface matter
SW
South West
TAR
Turnaround (Major LNG Train Maintenance)
Laterite soil
Red-colored residue soil containing much aluminum

and
ferri-hidroxide,
formed
by
advanced
decomposition of rock and usually found in tropical
rain forest with good drainage
TBC
Tuberculosis
Tcf
Trillion Cubic Feet
TCLP
Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure
TDS
Total Dissolved Solids
TEAP
Tangguh Exploration and Appraisal Programme
TEG
Triethylene Glycol
TGU
Turbidity Generation Unit
Pile
The main component of offshore platform, piles are

owned by company members providing vertical and
lateral support
TL-TG
Northeast - Southeast
TLNG
Tangguh LNG Coordinates
TNI
Indonesian National Armed Forces
Topography
Surface configuration, including relief
TPAK
Work Force Participation Level
TPH
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbon
TPS
Temporary Storage Place
Trajectory
Trajectory path
Trestle
Movable support or framework , usually possessing

dispersed diagonal legs
TS
Temperature-Salinity
TSP
Total Suspended Particulates
TSS
Total Suspended Solids
Tsunamigenic
Producing or causing tsunami (tidal wave)
Turbidity
Turbidity of water caused by the presence of

suspended matter
Tychoplankton
Collection of algae carried
lxiii
to other substrate system, such as mud, soil or

vegetation
UDC
User-Defined Constituent
UDHR
Universal Declaration of Human Right
UKL
Environmental Management Effort
UNGP-HR
United Nations Guiding Principles on Business and

Human Rights
UPL
Environmental Monitoring Effort
USACE
United States Army Corps of Engineers
USLE
Universal Soil Loss Equation
US EPA
United States Environmental Protection Agency
UU
Law
VES
Vertical Electrical Soundings
VOC
Volatile Organic Compound
VSP
Vertical Seismic Profile
WBM
Water Based Mud
WHO
World Health Organization
Wind Rose
Diagram illustrating frequency and velocity of wind

from various directions
Work-Over
Performing one or more variations of oil production

well repair operation in expectation of being able to
improve and increase production.
Examples:
deepening, sealing off, flooding, and linear reinstallation, cementing pressure, shooting,
and
acidizing
WWT
Wastewater Treatment
Zn
Zinc
Littoral Zone
Coastal zone affected by sea tides
Zoning
Parallel ribbon of specific plant combination in tidal

area
Subduction Zone
Subduction zone of earths crust layer below other

layers due to mutual collision
Zooplankton
Animal Plankton
lxiv
CHAPTER I
INTRODUCTION
1.1
BACKGROUND
The Tangguh LNG Plant is located on the southern shores of Bintuni Bay in Teluk
Bintuni Regency, West Papua Province, as shown in Figure I-1.
Figure I-1
Location of the Tangguh LNG in Teluk Bintuni Regency, West

Papua Province, Indonesia
The current operations of Tangguh LNG include offshore gas production facilities
and onshore LNG processing facilities. The offshore gas production facilities
encompass production facilities, collection and transmission facilities for natural gas
and associated liquids from the Vorwata gas field. The gas is produced from 14
production wells at two offshore platforms (VRA and VRB) and transported
through two subsea pipelines to an onshore LNG Plant to be purified and processed
into Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) for export by LNG tankers.
The onshore facilities include two LNG processing trains (LNG Train 1 and 2) with a
maximum production capacity of 7.6 mtpa (million tons per annum), LNG Jetty,
Combo Dock, and other supporting facilities, including accommodations and
administrative offices. The current Tangguh LNG plant has been fully operational
since July 1st, 2010.
Tangguh LNG currently has a long-term LNG sales contract with four buyers,
namely CNOOC Fujian LNG Co. Ltd. from China, K-Power Co. Ltd. from Korea,
POSCO from Korea, and Sempra Energy LNG Marketing Corp. from Mexico.
Tangguh LNG comprises of three Production Sharing Contract (PSC) namely Berau
PSC, Muturi PSC, and Wiriagar PSC ("Tangguh PSC"). BP Berau Ltd. ("BP") has been
appointed as the operator to run Tangguh LNG for and in the name of all
participating interest holders under Tangguh PSC ("Tangguh Affiliates"). Presently,
Tangguh Affiliates comprise a number of business entities as denoted within
Table I-1.
Table I-1
Participating Interest Holders under Tangguh PSC
No
Name of Company
Interest in Tangguh LNG (%)
1.
BP Berau Ltd.
34.24
2.
BP Wiriagar Ltd.
8.56
3.
BP Muturi Holding BV
16.30
4.
MI Berau BV
12.23
5.
CNOOC Muturi Ltd.
0.21
6.
Nippon Oil Exploration (Berau), Ltd.
13.90
7.
KG Berau Petroleum Ltd.
7.35
8.
KG Wiriagar Petroleum Ltd.
2.71
9.
Indonesia Natural Gas Resources Muturi, Inc
1.44
10.
Talisman Wiriagar Overseas Ltd.
3.06
Tangguh LNG is planning to expand its operations by developing LNG Train 3, and
future development which involves the development of LNG Train 4 and other
supporting facilities. The Tangguh LNG expansion project is aims to optimize LNG
production of the existing reserve, thus could provide benefits for the Government
of Indonesia, the community, and proponent, among others:
Contribute in fulfilling domestic gas needs, considering that 40% of LNG Train
3's production will be allocated to the domestic market;
Support local governments (West Papua Province, Teluk Bintuni Regency,

Fakfak Regency) in fulfilling local electricity demand by allocating a certain
amount of gas produced under the Tangguh LNG Expansion Project as fuel for
electric generators to be constructed in West Papua. For this purpose, Tangguh
LNG will support feasibility studies for the construction of gas-powered
generator that will, among others, address the economics of reserves and fields,
preparedness of the infrastructure, opportunities in the gas market, national
energy policies, and public interest. Tangguh LNG understands that a
recommendation from the Special Task Force for Upstream Oil and Gas Business
Activities (SKK Migas) and approval from the Minister of Energy and Mineral
Resources (ESDM) to allocate specific amounts of gas under the Tangguh LNG
Expansion Project are needed before gas can be supplied and sold;
Support the improvement of local livelihoods in Teluk Bintuni Regency by

selling excess power produced by Tangguh LNG to the State Electricity
Company (PLN). A 4 MW power has been ready and started to be distributed
in February 2014, and the next 4 MW is being prepared to be distributed in the
coming year;
Increase revenue for the national and local governments based on LNG sales
and the related taxes;
Open up job and business opportunities for the local community, which would
help to boost income levels and promote livelihood diversification;
Strengthen existing partnerships and continue investments in economic and

social development of the local community and the community in Teluk Bintuni;
Strengthening the capacity and expertise of Indonesian manpower, especially

local Papua community, in the oil and gas technology sector through training
and assistance; and
Increasing access to healthcare and education through community investment

programs.
In an effort to increase production capacity, BP and Tangguh Affiliates are planning

to gradually develop Tangguh LNG facilities, which henceforth will be referred to
as the "Tangguh LNG Expansion Project". The scope of Tangguh LNG Expansion
Project can be outlined as follows:
Initial development:
Encompasses the construction of a new LNG train ("LNG Train 3"), two offshore
platforms and subsea pipelines, drilling of 13 gas production wells, three
reinjection wells and four infill wells, the construction of supporting facilities,
including an additional LNG tank, an additional condensate tank, a Bulk
Offloading (BOF) jetty, and a combined LNG-condensate jetty.
Future development (further gas supply to LNG Train 3 and development of

LNG Train 4):
The future development covers the development of up to nine offshore
platforms with a total of up to sixteen well slots each platform (including one
DCRI well for each platform if this option is considered feasible), the
development of up to nine subsea pipelines, supporting facilities, including an
additional LNG tank and an additional condensate tank, and the development
of LNG Train 4 if, based on the considerations of BP, Tangguh Affiliates and the
Government of Indonesia, this is feasible.
Tangguh PSC comprises of five production fields: Vorwata, Wiriagar Deep,

Roabiba, Ofaweri, and Ubadari. The Vorwata field is estimated to hold 75% of the
total existing gas resource, and the current production of this field supplies gas to
LNG Train 1, LNG Train 2, and part of LNG Train 3. The development of other
fields, including Wiriagar Deep, Roabiba and Ofaweri, as well as the proposed
development of the prospective fields of Ubadari, Kepe-Kepe and Teteruga (if
proven, and if economical), will be needed to supply additional gas to LNG Train 3
and ensuing trains.
Figure I-2
Conceptual Development Scenario (Initial Development and Future Development) (Without Scale)
The Tangguh LNG Expansion Project was encouraged by the increased discovery of
reserves in the Vorwata gas production field, indicated by its dynamic performance
and its recertification by local third-party consultants. The recertification of reserves
of the Vorwata field indicated the total proven reserve to amount of 16.9 Tcf, which
could potentially increase to up to 20.8 Tcf if the potential reserves of the Wiriagar
Deep, Roabiba, Ofaweri, and Ubadari fields are taken into consideration.
Further exploration or delineation/appraisal activities under the Tangguh
Exploration and Appraisal Program (TEAP), which conducted from 2012 to 2013,
are expected to assuage any uncertainties and/or provide proof for the existence of
additional resources in the Vorwata, Roabiba, and Ofaweri fields. Exploration or
appraisal activities at the Roabiba and Wiriagar Deep gas fields under the
preliminary stage of the Tangguh LNG Expansion Project shows the proven
reserves of 0.4 Tcf at Roabiba and 2.8 Tcf at Wiriagar Deep. The TEAP exploration
project that is currently underway has produced additional proven reserves in the
gas fields of Vorwata, Roabiba, and Ofaweri, which may increase the economic
value of LNG Train 3.
With the maximum capacity of each LNG Train at 3.8 mtpa and to meet the present
commitment made towards LNG buyers, LNG Trains 1 and 2 will need a total gas
reserve of 11.2 Tcf. Considering that Tangguh PSC has a proven reserve of 16.9 Tcf,
and the fact of potentially new LNG buyers lining up, the Tangguh PSC has a
surplus gas reserve large enough to supply a single LNG Train. With a production
capacity of 3.8 mtpa, LNG Train 3 requires a gas supply of 3.2 Tcf. So that should all
three LNG trains operate at full capacity, the gas reserve required will be 14.4 Tcf.
The gas reserve for the proposed development of LNG Train 4 may be sourced from
an existing reserve or from one yet to be discovered in the area.
This Environmental Impact Statement (EIS or ANDAL) document was prepared
according to the EIS Terms of Reference (ANDAL-ToR) agreed by the Central
AMDAL (EIA) Commission of Ministry of the Environment on July 24th, 2013 based
on Deputy Minister of the Environment Decree No. 30 Year 2013.
The EIS for the Integrated Activities of the Tangguh LNG Expansion Project was
conducted in parallel with the FEED process and the development of the Detail
Engineering Design. The final design of the gas exploitation facility, the gas
transmission facility, the LNG Train and its supporting facilities, and the marine
facilities will be further confirmed and fixed following completion of the FEED
process and the Detail Engineering Design.
1.2
DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT ACTIVITY

An indicative schedule of the Tangguh LNG Expansion Project activities for the
initial development is shown in Figure I-3. The schedule for future development
will be subsequently determined.
Early works activities will be conducted in 2014 as preliminary works prior to the
commencement of main construction activities. The scope of early works will
include the followings:
Initial stage of harvesting and land clearing in area of approximately 125 Ha (the
remaining will be conducted further with total land clearing of maximum 500
Ha;
Bulk Offloading Facility (BOF) including dredging;
Access/haulage road construction;
Shorebase improvement (open area storage, as well as

permanent storage);
Combo dock enhancement;
Camp construction for about 2.000 construction workers, including solid waste
management facilities (for construction) and wastewater management facility
(for camp); and
Provision of new fuel storage at BOF for construction activities that equipped
with appropriate facility of spillage preventive.
temporary and
The detail of each early work will be described further in the description of the
proposed LNG Plant activities.
As part of the AMDAL study for the Tangguh LNG Expansion Project, the Tangguh
LNG will assess the possibility of reviewing the policy of Diversified Growth
Strategy, including Closed/Open Camp Strategy. The assessment will consider the
condition of local community development in the Bintuni Bay area, aspiration of
the local government to create direct economic effects from the operations of
Tangguh LNG to support regional development, and the presence of other
industrial activities in the Bintuni Bay area.
Thorough assessment needs to be performed before the final decision-making for
the future Tangguh LNG. This assessment aims to ensure that the new strategy will
take into account potential impacts on the sensitive environment and address the
concerns and aspirations of the indigenous people and for the safe and assured
operations of Tangguh LNG and its supporting facilities.
Assessment, planning and implementation of this strategy will later need to involve
and receive support from relevant local government institutions and the local
communities.
Figure I-4 the Activities Schedule of the Tangguh LNG Expansion Project
1.2.1
Gas Exploitation Activity

Currently there are two offshore platforms which deliver feed gas from wells to
existing trains, which are VRA and VRB. Both platforms are Normally Unattended
Installation (NUI) with no processing facility. Gas delivery to shore is carried out
through multiphase subsea pipelines. Power supply, control and chemical injection
are provided from the onshore. The offshore facilities of the Tangguh LNG
Expansion Project will be developed by adopting standardized strategy from the
existing facility considering improvements from lesson learned that is obtained
from the existing design optimization.
Inherently safe design (ISD) features which will be applied for the proposed
constructed platform are;
Platform/topside piping designed to withstand the wellhead shut-in pressure

for eliminating large over pressure protecting system; and
Utilization of Corrosion Resistant Alloy (CRA) for the piping and equipments.
The expansion of the offshore production facility which will supply feedgas for
LNG Train 3 and development option of LNG Train 4 consist of up to eleven
offshore platforms and subsea pipeline for the full scope of the expansion. Two
offshore platforms (ROA and WDA) will be installed as part of initial development
and the additional for up to nine platforms (VRF, OFA, VRD, VRC, TTA, TTB, KKA,
UBA and VRE) will be installed as part of the future development plan Subsea
pipelines will be described in Section 1.2.2 Gas Transmission Activities.
Expandable hub platform concept will be used to allow multiphases liquid mixing
from different gas fields and future tie-in. Basically, this hub platform is also a
Normally Unattended Installation (NUI) similar with the existing platform with
several improvements incorporating lessons learned from existing operation to
reduce maintenance visit requirement.
During initial development, infill wells from existing platforms, VRA and VRB are
also planned to provide additional feedgas to the existing LNG Train 1 and 2. The
offshore development of the Tangguh LNG Expansion Project also includes
integrated subsea power and fibre optic cables which will be installed on ring-main
topology to supply electrical power, communication and control capability of
platform operation.
Existing and development plan of offshore facility as part of the Tangguh LNG
Expansion Project is summarized at Table I-2 below.
Table I-2
No.
Existing and Development Plan of Offshore Facility as part of the Tangguh LNG Expansion Project
Facility
Existing Facility
Initial Development (LNG Train 3)
Future Development (Further Gas Supply

for LNG Train 3 and Development of LNG
Train 4)
1.
Offshore
platform
(NUI)
2 offshore platforms (VRA and

VRB)
2 offshore platforms (ROA and WDA)

Jacket = 4-6 legged
Up to 9 offshore platforms (VRF, OFA, VRD,

VRC, TTA, TTB, KKA, UBA, VRE)
Jacket = 4-6 legged
2.
Production
wells and
DCRI wells
15 production wells :
ROA
Current drilling plan = 3 production wells + 1 DCRI well
Technically feasible to be drilled up to 9 wells as per total well slot
in platform design.
Engineering study is still ongoing.

However, the initial plan are as follow :
VRA
Drilled = 6 wells
Active = 6 wells
VRB
Drilled = 9 wells
Active = 8 wells (one well is
temporarily abandoned due to
technical problem)
WDA
Current drilling plan = 4 WDJ production wells + 4 WDP
production wells + 1 DCRI well + 1 DCRI well (optional) + 2 WDJ
production wells
Technically feasible to be drilled up to 16 wells as per total well
slot in platform design.
Infill wells (for further development of LNG Train 1 and 2)
VRA = 2 infill wells + potential annular DCRI
VRB = 2 infill wells + potential annular DCRI
Initial development is planned to use 1 rig campaign (2015-2023)
Initial estimation of total production well on

each platform:
VRF = up to 7 wells
OFA = up to 4 wells
VRD = up to 6 wells
VRC = up to 5 wells
TTA = up to 7 wells
TTB = up to 7 wells
KKA = up to 2 wells
UBA = up to 3 wells
VRE = up to 5 wells
Technically feasible to be drilled to total wells
16 as per total well slots in platform design.
Note :
DCRI well will be drilled on each platform, if DCRI option is deemed to be feasible. Drilling mud, drill cuttings and
associated drilling waste will be reinjected into this reinjection well.
3
Solid waste
and
hazardous
waste
management
Operation :
Solid waste generated from
offshore facility is very limited
(NUI) and only generated from
maintenance activity, hence
waste from platform will be
Drilling and Platform Installation:

Hazardous Waste
Hazardous waste will be sent to licensed waste management facility. Hazardous waste will be managed in
accordance with applicable Indonesia regulation, which is Government Regulation No. 18 jo 85 Year 1999
regarding Hazardous Waste Management.
No.
Facility
Existing Facility
sent to Tangguh site for further
management.

Train 4)
Non Hazardous Waste

Food waste will be macerated prior to offshore disposal in accordance with MARPOL Annex V Prevention of
Pollution by Garbage from Ships of 2012 requirement.
Non organic waste will not be disposed offshore, but will be treated onshore or sent to waste management facility
and in accordance with applicable Indonesian regulation, among others Law No. 18 Year 2008 regarding Waste
Management.
Non hazardous waste will be managed according to applicable Indonesian regulation, which is Law No. 18 Year
2008 regarding Waste Management and MARPOL Annex V Year 2012 regarding Prevention of Pollution by
Garbage from Ships (for food waste disposal to sea).
Mud and Cutting
Reinjection to subsurface formation or offshore discharge (if reinjection is technically not feasible).
Management will be conducted in accordance with applicable Indonesian regulation, which is Ministry of Energy
and Mineral Resources No. 45 Year 2006 regarding Management of Drilling Mud, Mud Waste and Drill Cuttings
from Oil and Gas Drilling Activity; applicable IFC requirement, which is Environmental, Health and Safety
Guidelines for Offshore Oil and Gas Development.
Operation :
Solid waste generated from offshore facility is very limited (NUI) and only generated from maintenance activity,
hence the management will be sent to the Tangguh LNG site for further management.
10
No.
4
Facility
Waste water
management
Existing Facility
Operation :
Wastewater generated from
offshore facility is very limited
and managed accordingly
based on the wastewater type,
i.e.sewage will be collected in
holding tank and to be
discharged directly to sea,
meanwhile for oily
contaminated water will be
collected and sent to LNG
Tangguh site for further
management using CPI unit or
temporarily stored in
temporary hazardous waste
storage for shipment to
licensed hazardous waste
management facility.

Train 4)
Drilling and Platform Installation:

Drainage
Non contaminated water from deck drainage are collected and discharged directly to sea.
Potentially hydrocarbon contaminated water from deck drainage will be channelled to OWS for reinjection into
DCRI well or collected into tote tank to be sent to licensed waste management facility.
Sewage
Sewage will be treated in sewage treatment plant prior to discharge to sea in accordance with applicable
Indonesian regulation, which is Regulation of Minister of Environment No. 19 Year 2010 and MARPOL Annex IV
Prevention of Pollution by Sewage from Ships year 2012 requirement.
All wastewater during drilling and platform installation, will be treated in accordance with applicable Indonesian
regulation, which is Regulation of Minister of Environment No. 19 Year 2010 regarding Waste Water Quality
Standard for Oil and Gas and Geothermal Industry/Activity; and MARPOL requirement Annex IV Prevention of
Pollution by Sewage from Ships Year 2012.
Operation :
Closed drain system will be provided on the platform which includes closed drain drum to separate liquids from
vented gas. Liquid in the closed drain drum will be removed from the platforms using a tote tank as required.
No toilet will be provided on the new platforms. Vessel (OSV) Toilet, clean water and sanitation facilities shall be
available in the OSV during visits to platform.
11
VRB
VRA
Figure I-1
Existing Offshore Platform
12
Gas production for the Tangguh LNG Expansion Project, both initial and future
development are produced from existing gas fields, which are Wiriagar Deep,
Roabiba, Vorwata, Ofaweri, Ubadari and other potential gas fields, such as Teteruga
and Kepe-Kepe.
Location of offshore development and initial plan of production well drilling for the
Tangguh LNG Expansion Project is shown in Figure I-5.
Offshore platform locations are selected based on the following criteria :
Gas reservoir characteristic that will be developed, is identified based on

exploration and appraisal result, 2-dimensional and 3-dimensional seismic data
interpretation, well testing, geological data, and other data which is obtained
during drilling and exploration;
Risk and hazard evaluation of shallow rock layer above reservoir (shallow
hazard evaluation);
Geological surface condition of drilling location (Geotechnical condition); and
Mobile Offshore Drilling Unit (MODU) approach envelope.
Initial configuration of the offshore developmemt will provide three gas supply
corridors:
Center VRA and VRB platform (existing operation), and VRE platforms with
pipelines to shore.
West ROA, WDA and third pipeline from OFA and VRC platforms to be
connected to ROA platform, including KKA and UBA platforms.
East including other platforms from VF (VRD/VRF) and prospective

development to Teteruga (if exploration is successful).
Final schedule and location of platform installation and well drilling will depend on
reservoir performance and may change from is the figure shown in Figure I-5.
13
As per AsPac GWO Integrated Rig Schedule (31th May 2013)
Figure I-2
Initial Development of Offshore and Production Wells Drilling Activities
14
Table I-1
Note
Potential Coordinate of Offshore Platform Development
Platform
Latitude
Longitude
ROA
2 21 S
133 5 E
WDA
2 19 S
132 57 E
VRC
2 18 S
133 8 E
VRD
2 17 S
133 17 E
VRF
2 21 S
133 16 E
OFA
2 25 S
133 0 E
UBA
2 35 S
132 39 E
TTA
2 21 S
133 18 E
TTB
2 23 S
133 20 E
VRE
2 19 S
133 11 E
KKA
2 31 S
132 57 E
: Platform design and location are still in finalization stage and may change according to design
and project progress.
A.
Pre-Construction Phase
A1.
Socialization of the Proposed Activity

Socialization of the proposed activity will be conducted to the community
prior to commencement of main activity, such as production well drilling and
platform installation. This socialization will be conducted with respect to local
norms and traditions.
B.
Construction Phase
B1.
Workforce Mobilization and Demobilization

Production Well Drilling
Majority of the drilling workforce will reside in shorebase and rig
accommodation. Logistic and other material will be provided from onshore.
Shorebase support will be required to supply other consumable goods to rig.
Estimation of workforce required for production well drilling activity is
summarized in Table I-4 below.
Table I-2
Estimated Workforce Number for Drilling Activity

Activity
Estimated Workforce
Drilling Rig (MODU)
100 120
Shorebase : Tangguh LNG & Security Personnel
10 20
Shorebase : Warehouse
10 20
Shorebase : Vendor (Mud, Cement, E-line)
20 40
Shorebase : Supporting Personnel
100 110
Shorebase : Others
15 20
15
Workforce qualification will be determined through workforce management

study result and will be described in RKL-RPL. Offshore activity mostly
required skilled workforce.
After drilling and platform installation finished, the workforce will be
demobilize to their origin.
Offshore Platform Installation
Construction phase consists of offshore platform installation. Most of platform
construction workforce will reside in barges and support vessel during
construction phase. Logistic and other materials will be provided from
onshore.
Total workforce estimation required during this phase is summarized on
Table I-5 below.
Table I-3
Estimated Workforce
(Construction Phase)
for
Platform
Installation
Activity
Activity
Location
Derrick barge for jacket and topside platform installation
Berau/Bintuni Bay
Estimated Total
Workforce
150 300
Transportation barges and towing tugs

Survey vessels
Berau/Bintuni Bay
Berau/Bintuni Bay
20 30
20 40
Anchor handling tugs

Construction barge/dive spread
Berau/Bintuni Bay
Berau/Bintuni Bay
20 30
60 80
Workforce qualification will be determined through workforce management

study result and will be described in RKL-RPL. Offshore activity mostly
required skilled workforce.
After drilling and offshore platform installation finished, the workforce will be
demobilized to their origin.
B2.
Sea Transportation for Workforce, Equipment and Material

During offshore construction phase and production well drilling, platform
deck and its jacket will be fabricated and assembled in the onshore fabrication
yard, which located outside project area and will be transported to project site
using barges.
All resources required for construction activity will be supplied by barges and
supporting vessels, with only some logistic and material supply required from
onshore. Fuel and other consumption material including temporary workforce
shelter is expected to be provided from onshore supporting facility.
Installation and construction of subsea pipelines and nearshore pipelines to
ORF will only required small team to be placed in shore area.
Type of vessel operated during drilling and construction activities, among
others LCT (for initial mobilization of equipment), tug boats (for towing rig
16
and other heavy equipments) and support vessels. Additional vessels may be
required to transport mud generated from well drilling at final depth to the
licensed waste management facility, if reinjection and overboard discharge are
deemed not applicable.
Component required for offshore construction facility will be transported to
Bintuni Bay using barges and will stay on barges until it is utilized for
construction. Several equipment and material may be stored at the Tangguh
LNG site to be used for offshore facility construction activity.
Drilling vessel will be in Bintuni Bay for approximately 3-6 months per one
well drilling. Construction vessel will be mobilised from various origin ports
and will be operated in Bintuni Bay for approximately 3-6 months per one
platform installation.
Vessel traffic movement frequency will be higher during construction phase
compared to operation phase. Vessel movement to support the Tangguh LNG
project is required to pass on designated marine traffic corridor. Traffic and
vessel arrival will also be scheduled to ensure efficiency of offshore facility
construction and avoid excessive vessel traffic in Bintuni Bay area.
Vessel movement activity for mobilization/demobilization of equipment and
material during production well drilling and offshore platform installation is
summarized in below table.
Table I-4
Estimated Sea Transportation Equipment during Construction

Phase of Gas Exploitation Activity
Drilling
(up to 3-6 months/well)
LCT for first equipment mobilization to
drilling site
4 Support Vessel (2 AHTV and 2 PSV)
Crew Boats
Platform Installation
(up to 3-6 months/platform)
5 Material Barges and 5 Tug Boats
3 Support Vessels
1 Derrick barge for jacket and topside platform
installation
1 Survey Boat
3 Anchor Handling Tugs
1 Construction barge, including hook up barge.
Crew Boat
17
Figure I-3
Potential Vessel during Construction Phase of Gas Exploitation Activity
18
B3.
Transportation and Installation of Offshore Platform

Major components of offshore platforms include :
Jacket - submerged structural frame that support the deck;
Pile - substructure part act as foundation in the seabed inserted to the
jacket legs; and
Deck - the structural frame that supports the functional facility with
associated appurtenances, technical building, etc.
The structural members of the platforms will be fabricated, assembled and
tested as a comprehensive integrated functional unit at a fabrication yard
outside project site. Deck components will be fabricated and assembled at
individual vendor shops and delivered to the platform shop as a complete
unit. The deck will be re-assembled to the maximum extent, as limited by the
lifting capacity of the marine construction equipment.
The pre-assembled platforms will be transported from the fabrication yard(s)
in Indonesia by offshore deck barges assisted by large dedicated tug boats.
Platform and deck fabrication facility outside Tangguh LNG is excluded from
TEP AMDAL Scope. Project Proponent will ensure that the appointed
fabrication yard has had environmental document, licence and approval in
compliance to applicable Indonesia regulations.
Platform installation work will be divided into the following major phases :
Fabrication workshop (outside Tangguh LNG site) - the jacket and deck
will be fabricated and assembled at the fabrication yard outside Papua
Barat.
Transportation of the platform to Tangguh LNG project site uses

specialised large tug boat, the platform will be transported from the
fabrication yard on to conventional offshore barges and lashed (seafastened) prior to be transported.
Offshore platform installation Offshore construction phase covers setting

of jacket, installation of foundation pile, and lifting of deck with its
installed equipment.
A derrick barge will be used to install the facilities, firstly setting the
platform jacket (support structure) and then drive the pile foundations.
The boat landings, decks, cantilevered vent booms, and helidecks will then
be set. Finally, all equipment and piping components will be hooked up
and made ready for commissioning. The derrick barge or the MODU may
install the well conductors. A support vessel for diving activity will be
available on the installation barge.
Hook up and commissioning will be carried out upon the mechanical

completion and pre-commissioning of all systems. Non-destructive
19
methods such as radiographic examination, ultrasonic testing, and

hydrotesting will be used to confirm the integrity of the systems. Some
pre-commissioning works will be carried out onshore and will involve the
checking and testing of all topside equipment to evaluate its correct
operation prior to installing the deck on the jacket.
Final
pre-commissioning and commissioning checks will be conducted offshore
before hydrocarbons are introduced into the facilities.
Conceptual design of offshore platform is shown in Figure I-7.
20
Figure I-4
Conceptual Design of Offshore Platform
21
Major facilities at platform consists of:
Safety Facility : one complete set of safety equipment will be available in

each platform for response to emergency shutdown and personnel
evacuation.
Electrical Power Generator : Electrical power generator will potentially be

supplied from one or combination of sources as follow : electrical power
supply from LNG Train through subsea cables, battery, and/or diesel
generator.
Pigging facility : Launcher and receiver facility for pigging will be installed
to facilitate activity of testing, cleaning and survey implementation of the
pipeline network.
The integrated subsea power cables and fibre optic cables from LNG Train
will be installed and buried in a ring-main topology. This integrated cable will
be installed at pipeline corridor and buried in trench for protection with
horizontal directional drilling at shore crossing.
Anchor/mooring buoys will be installed surrounding each platform location.
Installation of the buoys were meant to mark the safety exclusion zone. Wells
monitoring and measurement device will also be installed on platform.
B4.
Production Wells Drilling

Wells Design (Casing and Completion)
Gas wells will be drilled from Mobile Offshore Drilling Unit (MODU) with
jack up or other suitable rig type. It will be self-sufficient and not rely on
platform facilities. Estimated duration of drilling for each well is
approximately 3 - 6 months.
For the Tangguh LNG Expansion Project, wells will be drilled up to maximum
approximately 10,000 20,000 feet (3,000 6,000 meter). Typically a well is
drilled in stages from bigger diameter to smaller diameter, and tubular steel
pipe (casing) is inserted and cemented into place at the completion of each
section. The casing stabilizes the well bore hole and prevents the flow of fluids
between the well and the surrounding formations.
It is possible that all wells will be drilled one by one to total depth or only the
first well that will be drilled to total depth and other wells will be drilled
using batch drilling mode. Batch drilling mode means, all wells will be drilled
to the same depth, casing is installed and cemented before the next stage is
drilled prior to sections of other wells being drilled.
In general, sequence of well drilling, casing and completion is summarized as
follow :
22
1) 30 Conductor
Rock Formation & Casing Design
Rock Description &

TVDSS
Driven to 50 ft BML
MSL = 0 ft
30"
Conductor
Sea Floor = -49 ft
24" Hole
18-5/8" Casing
2) Drilling of 24 hole
3) 18-5/8 casing
To cover weak and
unconsolidated shallow
formation
-900 ft
4) Drilling of 17 hole
"STEENKOOL"
Mostly shales with some
sandstone & coal beds,
minor limestone streaks
5) 13-3/8 casing
17-1/2" Hole
13-3/8" Casing
Isolate Lower Steenkool and

minimize exposure to Kais
6) Drilling of 12hole (losses)
For DCRI well, drilling will
stop here and the well will be
used for re-injection purpose.
7) 10-3/4x 9-7/8 casing
Cover losses zone and minimize
exposure to Paleocene
-2,900ft
8) Drilling of 8 1/2 hole
channel
"KAIS"
Limestone
9) 7 liner
Cover losses zone and minimize
exposure to Paleocene
-3,600 ft
10) Production Tubing
12-1/4" Hole
9-7/8" Casing
Base case - 7. Equipped with

PDHG (P & T)
"FAUMAI"
Limestone at top
and base.
Interbedded limestones
and dolomites in the
middle, highly karstified
-6,200 ft
8-1/2" Hole
7" Liner
"PALEOCENECRETACEOUS"
Mostly shales with
common limestone and
sandstone beds
-8,400 ft
"AYOT
LIMESTONE"
-8,500 ft
-8,540 ft
"UPPER ROABIBA"
Sandstone
-8,790 ft
"MIDDLE ROABIBA"
Shale
"PERMIAN"
Interbedded sandstones,
shales, coals.
TD = -9,290 ft
NOT TO SCALE
Figure I-5
Cross Section of Well Drilling
23
Drilling Fluids
The base case plan is for all drilling depth sections (except for the reservoir
section) of each production well to useWater Based Mud (WBM) while the last
section (reservoir section) is planned to use Synthetic Based Mud (SBM) or Oil
Based Mud (OBM). However, the option to use SBM or OBM in the 17.5
interval (in addition to the reservoir section) is currently being evaluated and
will depend on hole conditions.
For delineation/appraisal and exploration well, non-toxic WBM may be used
for entire well sections. However, SBM and OBM is an option for reservoir
section and 17.5interval, if required.
The utilization of OBM is being evaluated by considering the technical and
economical aspect. However, when OBM is used, the drilling mud and drill
cuttings shall not be discharged overboard but shall be reinjected to the
subsurface formation through DCRI well. If due to any technical reason,
reinjection is not feasible, the drilling mud and drill cuttings generated from
drilling with OBM will be sent to licensed waste treatment facility.
Seawater and fresh drill water are the base fluid from the major component of
the drilling mud. Other, as yet to be determined, mud additives may be used
among others as viscosities, water loss control agents, oxygen and H2S
scavengers, surfactants, and lost circulation material.
Summary of initial drilling fluid usage and its objective for exploitation
drilling plan for the Tangguh LNG Expansion Project is summarized in table
below :
Table I-5
Diameter :
24 Hole
Section
The Use of Drilling Fluids and its Objectives

The Use of Drilling Fluids and its Objectives:
Drill 24 hole from top of Lower Steenkool layer and run 18 5/8 casing to bottom
section
Use seawater or pre-hydrated gel + sweep
Avoid/minimize well bore stability problems
Achieve good quality hole cleaning
Achieve optimum ROP.
17 Hole
Section
Drill 17 hole to Top Kais run 13 3/8 casing to bottom section

Use inhibitive mud + sweep
Avoid/minimize well bore stability problems
Achieve optimum ROP
Avoid stuck pipe due to differential sticking and losses circulation
More economical interval drilling fluid
Use of SBM/OBM may be required due to possibility of drilling may cross shale
formation which will be reactive to WBM and could cause bit and stabilizers
balling which could extend drilling period due to : a) slow ROP (rate of
24
Diameter :
The Use of Drilling Fluids and its Objectives:
penetration) and could result longer drilling period; b) several trips may require
to change or unball balled up bit and stabilizers; c) balled up BHA (Bottom Hole
Assembly) and bad bit could become a challenge in performing directional
trajectory steering to reach the intended target.
12 Hole
Section
8 Hole
Section
6 Hole
Section
Drill through Kais and Faumai layer, and total depth at Top Paleocene, run 103/4 x 9-7/8 to bottom section
Use of inhibitive mud and sweep which will be changed to seawater in case of
losses
Avoid stuck pipe due to differential sticking and losses circulation
Execute Annular Pressure Management operation
Avoid well control incident
Achieve optimum ROP
More economical interval drilling fluid
Mitigate drill string corrosion
Drill to total depth at base of Roabiba/ Paleocene formation

Run 7 liner to bottom and get good cement quality (zonal isolation)
Use of SBM as reservoir drill-in fluids (SBM)
Engineer the drilling fluid for reservoir preservation (minimize reservoir damage)
Avoid stuck pipe due to differential sticking
Achieve optimum ROP
Use of SBM/OBM may be required due to a) use of SBM/OBM could increase

ROP (rate of penetration); b) based in previous experience in Tangguh Phase 1
(pre-drilling laboratory test result), formation damage could be reduced if
SBM/OBM were used; c) to stabilize shale layer in Paleocene, SBM/OBM will
give benefit to stabilize the hole.
Use of SBM/OBM may be required due to a) use of SBM/OBM will fix lubrication
and reduce friction factor to help reach further well target; b) to stabilize
Paleocene shale, SBM/OBM will give benefit in stabilizing the hole.
The use and composition of drilling fluids may change to adapt with drilling
layer condition.
Detail casing design, drilling fluids and cementing is shown in Figure I-9
Summary of Well Design (Casing).
Gas reservoirs of the Tangguh LNG Expansion Project have been extensively
evaluated through 2-Dimensional and 3-Dimensional seismic program,
exploration and appraisal drilling, logging measurements (well logs),
extensive coring characteristic measurement program and well testing
activities. These data will be incorporated into the overall development well
design. Key well design components include casing design, logging program,
drilling mud program, cementing program and MODU criteria. The well
design have calculated potential flow condition of reservoir fluids into the
well and its mitigation measures, hence the risk of blowout can be minimized.
25
Primary well control which being drilled, will use drilling mud, so that the
hydrostatic pressure from the surrounding well hole will not be higher than
the hydrostatic pressure from the drilling mud itself. Secondary well control
will be provided by installing a shallow gas diverter prior to commencing
drilling of the surface section and a Blow Out Preventer (BOP) prior to drilling
is iniated in the deeper sections. The installation of these devices enable
secondary well control to allow the regulated discharge of any fluids and
adjustment of the hydrostatic pressure exerted by the drilling muds.
If the well take a kick, then well control method will be activated. Well will be
shut-in and continue with circulating out the kick using kill mud and the well
will be monitored afterwards. If all parameters return back to normal, then
drilling operation will be continued.
Worst case, if the kick cannot be uncontrolled or blowout happened,
emergency response is required to evacuate personnel out of the rig and the
operation will be continued with different rig/MODU to kill the well by
drilling relief wells.
Relief well design and all required equipment to drill relief well will be
provided prior to drilling development program commenced.
26
Lithology
Casing Schematic
Casing Design
Drilling Fluids
Cementing
30" Conductor driven to ~200 ft TVD

30" Conductor
BML - TBD on Conductor Analysis

- Grade : 310 lb/ft, X-52, 1" WT, Butt
Welded - TBD on Drivability Study
24" Hole
18-5/8" Csg
18-5/8" Casing set at base of Upper
General
Stenkool
Sea Water with sweeps.
- Grade : 94.5 lb/ft, X-56, Connection -
Heavy fluid displacements.
TBD
WD-Jur & WD-Pal

Heavier mud might be required to
avoid WBS issues vs ECD limitations.
Inhibited mud might be required.
To allow sufficient integrity to drill 171/2" hole section.

To act as pressure containment and
allow sufficient integrity from well
control condition.
Slurry
Lead 12.6 ppg, Tail 15.8 ppg (150 ft
above shoe). TOC 100 ft BML.
13-3/8" Casing set at Top Kais
Inhibited mud (8% KCl, concentration
- Grade: 72.0 lb/ft, Special Drift, P-110,

ECP & Stage
Connection - TBD
TBD)
Strict fluid loss control to avoid
differential sticking in Kais.
17-1/2" Hole
avoid WBS issues.

Strictly requires optimization on mud
13-3/8" Csg
To act as pressure containment and

allow drilling to Faumai
Slurry
Lead 12.6 ppg, Tail 15.8 ppg (500 ft
above shoe). TOC 500 ft above 185/8" casing shoe.
lower rhelogy characteristics (6 RPM).
10-3/4" x 9-7/8" Casing
Drill with mud from 17-1/2" hole
Set below Faumai (ensure no more lost
section until loss rate is consider
circulation) and above over pressured
technically and economically
zone in Early Paleocene/ Late
unpractical; THEN use sea water with
Slurry
Cretaceous.
sweeps.
Stage-1: Lead 12.6 ppg, Tail 15.8 ppg
- 10-3/4" Casing : 65.7 lb/ft, T-95,
Formulate better method for drill string

corrosion mitigation.
Connection - TBD
- 9-7/8" Casing : 62.8 lb/ft, T-95,
Re-visit mud/ fluid cap methods and

drilling practices when drilling w/ total
Connection - TBD
To isolate potential gas sand in Kais

(DPZ-1)
(500 ft above shoe).

Stage-2: Single slurry 15.8 ppg,
minimum 500 ft above ECP (inside
13-3/8" x 9-7/8" shoe)
losses to avoid high torque, well

control incidents and stuck pipe
incidents due to poor hole cleaning/
packing off.
Adding torques reduction material to
drilling fluids.
Liner Hgr
12-1/4" Hole
10-3/4" x 9-7/8"
Casing
7" Liner set at Permian or TD
- Grade : 32.0 lb/ft, 13Cr95, Integral joint
avoid WBS issues in potentially over
To isolate Cretaceous/ Paleocene
- TBD
pressured Paleocene & Cretaceous.
(DPZ-2) and Roabiba (DPZ-3)
Develop Reservoir Drill-In Fluids that

help preserve reservoir properties
(non/ less damaging).
Strictly requires optimization on mud
lower rhelogy characteristics (6 RPM).
Strict fluid loss control to avoid
differential sticking in Kais.
7" Liner
Figure I-6
8-1/2" Hole
Drilling Activities Summary and the Use of Drilling Fluids
27
Slurry
Single slurry 15.8 ppg, TOC at Top of
Liner.
B5.
Drilling Mud and Drill Cuttings Management

Prior to usage, toxicity test will be conducted to drilling mud and drill
cuttings (WBM and SBM). Toxicity test will be performed in accordance with
Government Regulation No. 18 Year 1999 (JO Government Regulation No. 85
Year 1999) regarding Hazardous Waste Management, also Guideline of
Minister of Energy and Mineral Resources No. 45 Year 2006 regarding Drilling
Mud Management in Oil and Gas and Geothermal Industry.
Toxicity test result of drilling mud from previous well will also be used as
reference.
The base case plan is for all drilling depth sections (except for the reservoir
section) of each production well to use Water Based Mud (WBM) while the
last section (reservoir section) is planned to use Synthetic Based Mud (SBM) or
Oil Based Mud (OBM). However, the option to use SBM or OBM in the 17.5
interval (in addition to the reservoir section) is currently being evaluated and
will depend on hole conditions.
Approximately 15,000 bbls (1,900 m3) of drilling mud and 6,000 bbls (960 m3)
of drill cuttings are expected to be produced and will be discharged from each
well. In principle, drilling mud will be reused as much as possible during
drilling period.
There are two alternatives of drilling mud and drill cuttings management that
are assessed in this AMDAL study, which are :
1. Reinjection of drill cuttings and final drilling mud into subsurface formation
through dedicated reinjection well (one well per platform) or into the annulus of
production well that being drilled
Reinjection of drilling mud and drill cuttings into subsurface formation is
the most preferable alternative.
Currently the Tangguh LNG is assessing the possibility to perform
reinjection of drill cuttings and final drilling mud to a dedicated reinjection
well that will be constructed at each platform or into annulus between
casing of 13-3/8 and 9-7/8 from production well being drilled as
undertaken successfully in the previous drilling activities of 15 wells at
VRA and VRB.
Should reinjection is deemed feasible, the following drilling waste will also
be reinjected :
Drilling mud (WBM, SBM and OBM) from final depth and/or cannot
be reused;
Drill cuttings (WBM and SBM);
Sludge from sludge tank;
Viscous pre-flush and following over-flush for drilling;
28
Invert Emulsion Mud contaminant waste from the drill base;
Cement mix spacer;
Cement mix returned to the surface;
Cleaning fluid from the annulus;
Extra KCL brine;
Produced water during well testing;
Produced solid during well testing;
Sludge from mud plant tank;
Sludge from drilling mud tank on the vessel;
Potential hydrocarbon contaminated water.
Although the alternative of reinjection of drilling mud and drill cuttings is

preferred to be applied, there is possibility that there would be technical
problems during drilling then the option cannot be applicable.
Several examples of technical problem that may be encountered are as
follow :
1. In the case where the target formation rejects the re-injected material,
therefore drilling mud and drill cuttings will be discharged
overboard;
2. For the initial well which will be drilled on each platform, whether it
is reinjection well or production well, reinjection cannot be done.
Therefore, there is only one possibility can be performed, which is to
discharged the drilling mud and drill cuttings overboard;
3. The volume of generated drilling cuttings is in excess of the injection
equipment capacity and the drilling operation cannot be shut down.
Therefore, the excess will be discharged overboard;
4. Failure on the injection equipment, with consideration of drilling
schedule and/or on critical periods during the drilling operations,
shut down of drilling operation may not be able to be done;
5. Catastrophic failure subsurface such as tubular collapse and
formation partially or fully plugged;
6. Blow out and shallow gas, which are diverting operation situations;
and
7. If reinjected drilling mud and drill cuttings affect the integrity of the
producing wells.
Some technical studies are performed to confirm if one (or more)
formations have been identified for appropriate reinjection of drilling mud
and drill cuttings (reinjection zone). At this stage, the Faumai formation is
29
the preferred interval for reinjection of drilling mud and drill cuttings and,
the study is being perfomed to elaborate the possibility of this option.
The technical studies are being conducted to investigate the following
technical issues :
Do the selected formations have sufficient injectivity, technically safe?
Do the potential formations for reinjection provide sufficient storage

for the volume of injected mud and cuttings?
Do the potential formations for reinjection have a strong compartments

and be able to isolate the injected drilling mud and drill cuttings from
the formations above to the surface and below to potential
hydrocarbon zones?
Is there any risk of contaminating groundwater aquifer resource above

it?
Is there any risk of contaminating potential hydrocarbon layer

resource?
Is there any impact to other PSCs reservoir nearby?
Final decision on whether the reinjection will be done through a dedicated

well or annulus (between casing 13-3/8 and 9-5/8) of production well is
not yet defined.
2. Overboard discharge
If DCRI is not technically feasible due to geological consideration or other
technical consideration, or there is technical problem during DCRI
operations, the final drilling mud (only WBM) and drill cuttings can be
discharged overboard at the drilling location.
Therefore, dispersion and potential impact generated from final drilling
mud and drill cuttings overboard discharge has been evaluated. Drilling
mud and drill cuttings discharge modelling has been conducted as part of
AMDAL study and being used as a basis of impact evaluation in Chapter
III. The Complete modelling results can be seen in Attachment IV.1.
The drilling mud and drill cuttings overboard discharge shall be
conducted in compliance with the applicable Indonesian regulations
(ESDM Regulation No 45 of 2006) and the permit provided for this activity,
as well as relevant Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines of IFC
Year 2007 for Offshore Oil and Gas Development.
Water Based Mud (WBM) discharge of well drilling from the final depth
and/or not reusable can be done if the mud passes toxicity test
(30,000ppm, 96 hours LC-50) and comply with applicable Indonesian
regulation and IFC Guidelines as mentioned above. LC-50 test will be
conducted prior to the mud being used for gas well drilling.
30
If DCRI option is not feasible, synthetic-based drilling cutting (SBM) can be

discharged overboard if the oil content is less than or equal to 6.9% (
69,000ppm). Meanwhile, oil-based drilling mud and drill cuttings ( OBM)
will not be discharged overboard, but will be sent to licensed waste
management facility, if the DCRI option is not feasible.
If there is technical problems with the DCRI process, and the drilling mud
or drill cuttings do not meet the requirement for the overboard discharge
option, then the drilling mud and drill cuttings will be sent to licensed
waste management facility.
Other potential drilling wastes that may be discharged are brine water and
seawater including small amount of cuttings from sand blasting during
drilling operation.
The Tangguh LNG will apply a permit for DCRI option or Overboard
Discharge option to the Ministry of the Environment in accordance with
applicable regulations.
Drilling mud and drill cuttings management will be conducted in
accordance with all requirements stipulated in the permit, applicable
Indonesian regulations ( ESDM regulation No. 45 Year 2006) and IFC 2007
Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines for Offshore Oil and Gas
Development.
DCRI option will only be applied for drilling activity of production well.
Meanwhile, for well drilling exploration activity, preferred option for the
management is overboard discharge.
During drilling activity, there will be cementing stage for every section
interval. In this well drilling, it is not expected to have cement excess from
cementing process. This is because the all supplied cements will be
adjusted according to well design, thus all the cement produced will enter
the casing as required. No cement on the surface at all times.
There will be a possibility of residual cement from cement tank clean-up
process, maximum waste water volume from this process is 100 bbls
(15,000 L) for each cementing activity. This residual cement will be
discharged overboard through a discharge pipe. However, cement waste
could not be produced and there would be no potential excess during
cement circulation from other section due to cement process will not reach
mud line. Cement will be prepared as per design and cement tank is not
designed for dead volume.
31
Mud Type
DCRI*)
- Dedicated Well
- Annulus of production well
Overboard Discharge*)
Mud
Cutting
Mud
Water Based Mud (WBM)
LC50 30.000 ppm
Synthetic Based Mud (SBM)
Oil Content 6,9%
Oil Based Mud (OBM)
Note :
*) : required permit
If both options cannot be done, drilling mud and drill cuttings will be treated in accordance with applicable regulation.
Figure I-7
Summary of Drilling Mud and Drill Cuttings Management
32
Cutting
B6.
Production Well Clean Up (Flaring)

During production well clean up which will be conducted prior to production
stage, there will be flaring on drilling rig for 48-72 hours period for each
drilled well. Flaring rate during production well clean up can reach up to 100
MMSCFD.
As mentioned previously, it is possible that all wells will be drilled one by one
up to the final depth or by using batch mode (except for the first well of each
drilling location). Therefore, on each platform a period of flare test will be
conducted for 48 to72 hours at the end of each well drilling. There is also
possibility to conduct batch flaring if batch drilling mode was used.
B7.
Non Hazardous and Hazardous Waste Management

Well drilling and platform installation activity will generate hazardous and
non hazardous waste. Hazardous waste which will be generated such as used
oil, contaminated oil/grease, used chemical substance and its packaging, paint
and thinner can. Meanwhile, non hazardous waste generated include organic
waste (food waste) and non organic waste (plastic, can, scrap metal,
styrofoam, etc.).
Hazardous and non hazardous waste will be segregated and managed in
accordance with applicable Indonesian regulation and MARPOL 2012
requirement (for food waste disposal to sea only).
Detail waste management strategy is currently being developed, with
considered management plan are as follow :
-
Hazardous Waste
Hazardous waste generated will be sent to licensed waste management
facility. Hazardous waste will be managed in accordance with applicable
Indonesian regulation; Government Regulation No. 18 jo 85 Year 1999
regarding Hazardous Waste Management.
Non Hazardous Waste (Organic)

One of organic waste which will be generated during drilling and
platform installation activity is food waste. Food waste generated from
those activity will be disposed overboard following the MARPOL 2012
Requirement Annex V Prevention of Pollution by Garbage from Ships.
According to MARPOL Annex V, comminuted food waste are allowed to
be disposed overboard at minimum distance of 3 nautical miles from the
nearest shore. Food waste must be comminuted and pass through a screen
with a mesh size no larger than 25 mm prior to disposed overboard.
Non Hazardous Waste (Non-organic)

Non organic waste generated during drilling include plastic, can, scrap
metal and Styrofoam. Non organic waste will not be disposed overboard,
but will be managed in the onshore facility or sent to external waste
ANDAL FOR INTEGRATED ACTIVITIES OF THE TANGGUH LNG EXPANSION
33
management facility in accordance with applicable Indonesian regulation,

including Law No. 18 Year 2008 regarding Waste Management. Currently,
considered option for non-organic waste is to be managed in the Tangguh
LNG site along with other waste from LNG Plant activity and in
accordance with applicable regulation.
Summary of estimated waste generated during drilling and offshore platform
installation activities is shown in Table I-8 below.
Table I-6
Solid Waste from Drilling Activity
Type of Waste
Estimated Quantity
Treatment Facility (if applicable)
Domestic waste (food waste)
60 tonnes/ month
Comminuted and discharged according to MARPOL

2012 requirement
Scrap metal
15 tonnes/ month
Sent to scrap metal treatment facility
Wood
20 tonnes/ month
Sent to waste treatment facility
Non organic waste
1,5 tonnes/ month
Sent to waste treatment facility
Used oil (hazardous waste)
60 tonnes/ month
Sent to licensed waste management facility
Other hazardous waste

65 tonnes/ month Sent to licensed waste management facility
(non-oily)
Source : Environmental Data of Tangguh Exploration and Appraisal Program (TEAP) June 2013
Detail of waste management implemented in the Tangguh LNG is described

in Sub Chapter 1.2.3 LNG Plant Activity Section B8 Non Hazardous and
Hazardous Waste Management.
Drilling mud and drill cuttings management has been described previously in
Section B5 Drilling Mud and Drill Cuttings Management.
B8.
Wastewater Management
Wastewater generated during drilling and platform installation activities
include deck drainage, sewage, cooling water and brine water. All wastewater
generated during drilling and platform installation will be managed (at the
minimum) in accordance with applicable Indonesian regulation and MARPOL
2012.
Detail of main wastewater source and its management during drilling and
platform installation are described as follow :
Surface drainage from rig/platform decks Deck drainage from

uncontaminated areas will be collected and discharged directly
overboard. Potential Hydrocarbon contaminated runoff from equipment
washdown water, any diesel, chemicals, or lubricants spill contaminated
runoff will be reinjected into DCRI or annulus of production well (during
drilling) or collected in tote tank and sent to licensed waste management
facility.
Sewage Drilling rigs and support vessels that are manned, resulting in
the generation of sewage to be treated in a a sewage treatment plant prior
34
to be discharged overboard. The discharge will comply with Indonesian

regulations, Minister of the Environment Regulation No. 19 Year 2010
regarding Wastewater Quality Standard for Oil and Gas and Geothermal
Activities, also provisions in MARPOL 2012 Annex IV Prevention of
Pollution by Sewage from Ships.
Table I-7
Wastewater from Drilling Rig

Estimated
Wastewater
Volume
Activity
Desalination
Reject)
(Brine
Water
Sewage Treatment Plant
140 m3/day
Brine water is discharged overboard
120 m3/day
Effluent will be treated to meet effluent quality standard

prior to discharge overboard
130 m3/day
Oily contaminated water which has been separated

from its oil layer in OWS unit will be discharged
overboard in accordance with applicable standard.
Separated oil layer will be reinjected to DCRI well or
annulus of production well or sent to licensed
hazardous waste facility.
20 m3/day
Produced water will be flown into oil diverter to be

discharged to sea in accordance with applicable quality
standard.
Separated oil will be reinjected to DCRI well or annulus
of production well or sent to licensed hazardous waste
facility.
Oily Water Separator (OWS)
Well Test (Produced Water/

Brine Water)
Cooling System
Deck Drainage
Discharge Option
1,200 m3/day
180
m3/day
The effluent is directly discharged overboard

Deck runoff is directly discharged overboard
Source : Estimation based on information from TEAP 2013 data
B9.
Storage and Loading of Fuel and Chemicals

Production Well Drilling
Fuel and chemicals storage for drilling activity will be located in shore base
area. Existing combo dock facility will be enhanced and used for liquid mud
(brine) and dry bulk plant.
Refueling will be required for the drilling rig, once it is in its final drilling
position. The refueling process will be conducted using an appropriate vessel;
this activity will be in accordance with Refueling Procedures that are
applicable at Tangguh LNG.
Offshore Platform Installation
During offshore platform installation, fuel and chemicals storage will be
located in the offshore construction barge.
During the offshore platform installation, vessels will transport fuel and
chemicals that are required to execute its construction activities. Potentially
there will be offshore re-fuelling or chemical loading during platform
installation activity.
35
B10. Power Generator (Diesel Generator)

Electrical power during drilling and platform installation/construction
activity including during preservation period will be supplied by dieselfuelled power generator which it will be removed after completion of the
activity.
C.
Operation Phase
C1.
Workforce Mobilization
During operation phase, the platform will be operated in NUI concept, which
means there is no personnel works on platform, except during inspection or
maintenance. Total workforce required for platform inspection and
maintenance activity are included in total workforce required for LNG Plant
operations.
Detail of recruitment process, mobilization and demobilization of workforce
during operation phase are described in Sub Chapter 1.2.3 LNG Plant Activity
Section C1. Workforce Mobilization.
C2.
Gas Exploitation and Offshore Platform Operations

Each offshore platform is designed as a Normally Unattended Installation
(NUI) with 4 or 6 jacket legs. These platforms are essentially wellhead
installation with 9, 12 or 16 well slots with 35 m 65 m water depth for
Bintuni Bay. Where appropriate, an expandable hub NUI design will be
adopted to allow commingling of fluids from different gas fields and enable
future tie-ins. This hubwill be operated as normally unattended and
lessons learned from existing operation will be considered in the design to
minimize visit frequency and to allow future tie-in to be performed safely.
For initial development, ROA and WDA platform will be installed with an
inter-field connector to direct gas from the outlying WDA platform to the
ROA platform where fluids will be commingled and sent from ROA to ORF
onshore.
The NUI platforms are designed with no major processing equipment on the
offshore platforms except riser, launcher and/or receiver, pedestal crane,
hydraulic power units and technical building. Wells are operated remotely
from control room located in LNG Plant onshore. Local control station will be
provided on platform, particularly for evaluation system when maintenance
team are on platform.
Control and communications between onshore and the offshore platforms will
be via fibre optic cable. Additionally, security boats will perform patrols
around the facility on a regular basis.
Each well will be equipped with a subsurface safety valve that can be closed in
the unsafe event or failure on control system.
36
The full wellhead pressure shut-in design does not require flaring of
hydrocarbon vapors in the event of a process upset (equipment malfunction,
blowdown, depressuring-blowdown, etc.). However, process piping vents
will be installed for maintenance activity. On the contrary, minimum facilities
which are not designed for full wellhead shut in pressure, require ventilation
system to release hydrocarbon vapor. Future compression facility on platform,
when installed, will also use ventilation system.
During the operation phase of the Tangguh LNG, compressor booster will be
required to be installed to compress the gas and compensate reservoir
pressure decline. The compressor will be driven by gas turbine. At this stage,
the location of the compressor will be subject to further technical assessment.
The option of compressor locations will be at onshore area close to the ORF or
at offshore on platform.
There will normally be operational personnel only at the onshore facility.
However, a fast crew boat will be utilized to provide emergency response in
the event of offshore platform shut-in.
C3.
Existence of Offshore Platforms

Physical existence of the offshore platforms will potentially constitute hazards
to marine activity, as well as impacts on sea transportation and fishery
activity. All applicable Indonesian maritime regulations and relevant
International Maritime Organization (IMO) requirements for the provision of
navigational aids will be provided on the platforms.
Safety exclusion zone will be applied for each platform to ensure no
disruption to production operation and thus safety of non operational
personnel not interrupted as well. As part of platform security, a 500 m radius
Safety Exclusion Zone will be applied for each platform. These Safety
Exclusion Zones will be indicated with marker buoys installed on location and
also marked on the appropriate navigation charts. Socialization program will
be conducted to neighbouring villages within offshore platform locations.
As described previously, during normal operations the offshore platforms will
normally be unattended. A daily patrol to the offshore platforms may be
required to ensure the safety of the facility. Access to the offshore platforms is
via boat landings or walk to work gangway. The operations and maintenance
personnel associated with the offshore platforms activity are currently
stationed at the onshore Tangguh LNG.
Since it is designed as NUI, no waste is expected to be generated from offshore
platform during operation, limited volume of waste will be generated during
maintenance activity of offshore platform and production wells.
Possible venting on platform for emergency intervention is currently being
studied.
37
C4.
Maintenance of Production Wells and Offshore Platforms

There will be a comprehensive preventative maintenance and inspection
program for each platform to assure the mechanical, electrical, and
instrumentation systems as well as the structures to function well. This
program will include lubrication, calibration, non-destructive testing, and
replacement of equipment, when required. Additionally, an independent
contractor will perform verification activities to establish that the facilities are
being operated and maintained in accordance with the Safety and Risk
Management Guidelines developed by the Tangguh LNG Expansion Project.
Although the inspection and maintenance program will be thorough, it is not
possible to undertake all activities while the platform is operating. Operation
shutdown for maintenance purposes will be scheduled to maintain the
continuity of system and equipment integrity on the platform or if health,
safety, and environment considerations shall require it. The schedule of GPF
operation activity shutdown will be planned in alignment with planned
schedule of LNG plant shutdown (turn around period - TAR).
Production well maintenance during operation phase consists of well
intervention programs, which include wire line (from offshore platform) and
coiled tubing activity (from jack up vessel).
During the life time of project, if required, well work-over programs will be
performed involving the removal of sand, well stimulations, casing repair, reperforating, and shutting off flow from specific formations.
C5.

No waste are expected to be generated from offshore platform during normal
operation, because it is designed as NUI. Waste will only be generated during
maintenance visit with estimated domestic waste quantity of approximately 5
kg per visit.
No waste management facility at offshore platform. All waste generated will
be sent to an integrated waste management facility in Tangguh LNG site for
handling and further management.
Detail non hazardous and hazardous waste management is described in Sub
Chapter 1.2.3 LNG Plant Activity Section B8. Non Hazardous and Hazardous
Waste Management.
C6. Wastewater Management

During operation phase, wastewater generated from production well and
offshore platform activities are very limited. The wastewater generated is
mostly from offshore platform maintenance activity, such as seawater/brine
water from well work-over and lubricants. Hydrocarbon contaminated water
will be reinjected into DCRI well or annulus of production well.
38
Closed drain system will be provided on the platform which include closed
drain drum to separate liquids from vented gas. Liquid in the closed drain
drum will be removed from the platforms via a tote tank as required.
No toilet will be provided on the new platforms. Vessel Toilet (OSV), clean
water and sanitation facilities shall be available in the OSV during visits to
platform.
C7.
Storage and Loading of Fuel and Chemical

During operation phase of offshore platform, refueling facility is available at
the combo dock area. The use of these facilities will be limited to vessels under
direct control of the Tangguh LNG and is most likely to be limited to transport
and maintenance vessels traveling periodically to the offshore platforms.
Chemicals transfer during normal operation will be conducted using
Multipurpose Support Vessel (MPSV) with connection to platform which only
occurred for well intervention activity.
Loading and unloading of chemicals into chemical tanks will be conducted
onshore.
Currently, Tangguh LNG operations are equipped with an Oil Spill
Contingency Plan (OSCP). This OSCP will be updated to reflect the additional
activity scope. Accidental diesel spill could occur from offshore platform or
vessel. Emergency response plan for fuel spill will be described in the OSCP.
D.
Post Operation Phase

Post operation phase will include but not limited to decommissioning of
facilities and workforce demobilization.
D1.
Workforce Demobilization
At the completion of operation phase, there will be demobilization of
operation workforce. Detail process will be determined later and will be
conducted in accordance with applicable regulation.
D2.
Decommissioning of Offshore Platform Facilities

The facilities decommissioning plan will be developed to obtain approval
from the government. The decommissioning activity of offshore platform
facilities will be carried out in accordance with applicable Indonesian
regulation and industrial standard recommended by the Government of
Indonesia at that time.
The offshore platforms and their facilities will be decommissioned and
dismantled in accordance with Indonesian regulations and PSC obligations.
Currently the applicable regulation for dismantling of offshore installation is
Minister of Energy and Mineral Resources Regulation No. 01 Year 2011.
39
Several options that being considered for project decommissioning are as

follow :
1.2.2
a.
Well abandonement procedure also will follow Indonesian regulation

(Standar Nasional Indonesia No. 13-6910-2002) and standard procedure
applied in PSCs. Cement plugs will be installed in each production well to
isolate each reservoir layer, cement plug between reservoir layer, cement
plug at final production casing and cement plug at surface. Each cement
plug will be tested to ensure it has suitable strength which complies with
cement plug standard. Then, casing conductor will be cut off in the depth
of 150 feet below sea level.
b.
Platform piles may be cut and brought onshore, or as alternative may be

left for growing coral reefs. A decommissioned platform would be left
temporarily at least until several platforms have been decommissioned
and therefore it becomes more economic to proceed with their removal. A
site clearance survey will be conducted as part of the removal process to
assist in removal of all debris. Remaining chemicals will be managed in
accordance with applicable Indonesian regulations and best industrial
practice.
c.
Subsea pipeline will be flushed and left on site.
Gas Transmission Activity

Currently there are two subsea pipelines that have been installed to connect two
offshore platforms to Onshore Receiving Facility (ORF), VRA-ORF and VRB-ORF.
Those subsea pipelines have a diameter of 24 with length of 19 km (VRA-ORF) and
18 km (VRB-ORF).
As mentioned briefly in Sub Chapter 1.2.1 Gas Exploitation Activity, up to eleven
subsea pipeline will be installed as part of overall Tangguh Expansion Project. Two
subsea pipelines will be installed as part of initial development to connect the first
two initial platforms, WDA to ROA then ROA to ORF.
In future development stage, up to nine subsea pipelines will be installed to connect
offshore platform to other offshore platform (hub platform) or directly to ORF.
Design of each pipelines will be determined during FEED and Detail Engineering
Design, which includes design of pipeline mechanics, stability, route, burial depth
requirement, etc.
The material used for pipelines is Corrosion Resistant Alloy (CRA) with various
diameter between ranging from 16-24. CRA pipelines will transport the multiphase
well stream to shore with high CO2 content combined with the high temperature
and water vapour that makes the fluid highly corrosive. The CRA to be used is
designed to reduce corrosion during the life of the operating facilities.
Existing subsea pipelines illustration and future development scenario of Tangguh
LNG Expansion Project is shown in Figure I-11.
40
Geographical and geotechnical survey in potential pipelines corridor will be done to

identify seabed condition. With regards to that, thus the impact from pipeline
activities will be assessed within corridor of 2 km (1 km left side and 1 km right
side) from pipeline corridor as shown in Figure I-11 to anticipate potential shift of
pipeline channel due to technical problem, such as seabed condition is too steep or
other causes.
Gas supply pipeline of the Tangguh LNG Expansion Project are divided into three
different parts, which are :
Offshore pipelines
Near shore approach (shore pipelines), with alternative methods :
Trenching and shore pull
Horizontal Directional Drilling (HDD)
Onshore pipelines
Additional study is also performed to assess pipeline installation method in near

shore and feasibility to use HDD method in comparison to trenching and shore pull,
to minimize environmental impact and taking into account technical and financial
aspect. If HDD method is technically feasible, hence it will minimize impact to
seabed and nearshore area, also to minimize physical impact to mangrove in that
particular area.
Conceptual illustration of nearshore and onshore pipeline connection is shown in
Figure I-11 below.
41
Figure I-8
Conceptual illustration of Nearshore and Onshore Pipeline Connection-
42
Summary of gas transmission activity is provided in Table I-10 below.

Table I-8
Existing Gas Transmission Facility and Development Scenario of Tangguh Expansion Project
No.
Facility
Subsea Pipelines
Existing Tangguh LNG Facility
Initial Development
(LNG Train 3)
Future Development
(upto LNG Train 4)
2 subsea pipelines:
2 subsea pipelines:
Up to 9 subsea pipelines.
VRA to ORF
Diameter = 24
Length = 20.5 km
WDA to ROA (hub platform)

Diameter = 24
Length = + 16 km
Engineering study is in progress, with initial plan as follow :

Diameter = 16- 24
Length up to approximately 30 km
VRB to ORF
Diameter = 24
Length = 19 km
ROA ke ORF
Diameter = 24
Length = + 12 km
Initial plan are as follow :

- VRF to ORF ( 24" , approx. 21 km length)
- OFA to ROA ( 16", approx. 13 km length)
- VRD to VRF ( 24", approx. 7 km length)
- VRC to ROA ( 24", approx. 9 km length)
- TTA to ORF ( 24", approx. 20 km length)
- TTB to ORF ( 24", approx. 20 km length)
- UBA to OFA ( 24", approx. 30 km length)
- VRE to ORF ( 24", approx. 15 km length)
- KKA to OFA ( 24", approx. 30 km length)
Those pipeline route are the initial plan and will be finalized
according to engineering study result that currently ongoing.
Parallel pipeline, size is not yet defined, but the diameter is
estimated to be 20-24.
Initial plan of parallel pipeline are as follow:
- ROA WDA
- ROA ORF
- VRA ORF
- VRB ORF
43
No.
Facility
Initial Development
(LNG Train 3)
Future Development
(upto LNG Train 4)
- VRF ORF
- TTA ORF
- TTB ORF
- KKA - ORF
Finalization of parallel pipeline will be done according to
engineering study result that currently ongoing.
During Tangguh LNG operation phase, compressor booster will
be required to be installed to compress the gas and compensate
reservoir pressure decline. The compressor will be driven by
gas turbine. At this stage, the location of the compressor will be
subject to further technical assessment. The option of
compressor location includes at onshore area close to the ORF or
at offshore on platform.
The ORF will be expanded to accommodate additional future
pipelines (expandable ORF). The system design life for structure
and pipeline is 40 years.
Solid waste
management
facility
Operation :
No solid waste generated from
pipeline operation.
Pipeline Installation:
Hazardous Waste
Hazardous waste, such as used oil and chemical, will be sent to licensed waste management facility.
Hazardous waste will be managed according to applicable Indonesian regulation, which is
Government Regulation No. 18 jo 85 Year 1999 regarding Hazardous Waste Management.
Non Hazardous Waste
Food waste will be macerated prior to overboard discharge according to MARPOL 2012 Annex V
Prevention of Pollution by Garbage from Ships.
Non organic waste will not be discharged oberboard, but will be treated onshore or sent to waste
management facility and will follow applicable Indonesian regulation, among others Law No. 18
Year 2008 regarding Waste Management.
44
No.
Facility
Initial Development
(LNG Train 3)
Future Development
(upto LNG Train 4)
Non hazardous waste will be managed (at minimum) according to applicable Indonesian
regulation, which is Law No. 18 Year 2008 regarding Waste Management and MARPOL 2012 Annex
V regarding Prevention of Pollution by Garbage from Ships (for offshore discharge of food waste).
HDD waste and onshore pipeline
HDD waste will be disposed to construction landfill in Tangguh LNG area. Meanwhile, waste from
onshore pipeline installation will be managed along with waste from LNG construction activity.
Operation :
No waste generated from gas transmission operation.
3
Wastewater
management
facility
Operation :
No wastewater generated from
gas transmission operation.
Pipeline installation :
Drainage
Non hydrocarbon contaminated deck drainage will be collected and discharged directly to sea.
Hydrocarbon contaminated run off will be collected into skimmer/tote tank to be sent to licensed
wste management facility.
Sewage
Treated in biological treatment facility and chlorinated prior to overboard discharge according to
MARPOL and applicable Indonesian regulation, which is Regulation of Minister of Environment
No. 19 Year 2010 regarding Wastewater Quality Standard for Oil and Gas and Geothermal
Industry/Activity; and MARPOL 2012 requirement Annex IV Prevention of Pollution by Sewage
from Ships.
All wastewater during pipeline installation will be managed according to applicable Indonesian
regulation, which is Regulation of Minister of Environment No. 19 Year 2010 regarding Wastewater
Quality Standard for Oil and Gas and Geothermal Industry/Activity; and MARPOL 2012
requirement Annex IV Prevention of Pollution by Sewage from Ships.
Operasi :
No wastewater generated during operation stage of gas transmission.
45
A.
A1.

Socialization of proposed activity will be conducted to the community prior to
commencement of pipeline installation activity. This socialization will be
conducted with respect to local norms and traditions
B.
Construction Phase
B1.

Estimated workforce required for pipeline installation activity for initial
development of the Tangguh Expansion Project is summarized in Table I-11.
Total required workforce demand for pipeline installation during future
development will be similar with this estimated number.
Table I-9
Estimated Workforce Required for Pipeline Installation

Activity
Location
Workforce
Pipeline barges and support tugs
Bintuni/Berau Bay
20 30
Pipelay vessel
Bintuni/Berau Bay
200 300
Shore approach and onshore pipeline construction team
Bintuni/Berau Bay
150 200
Trenching vessel
Bintuni/Berau Bay
25 35
Rock dump vessel
Bintuni/Berau Bay
30 50
Rock transport barges and support tugs
Bintuni/Berau Bay
30 50
Survey vessel
Bintuni/Berau Bay
20 40
Bintuni/Berau Bay
30 60
Support vessel
commissioning)
(diving
support
vessel,
LCT,
Pre
Workforce qualification will be determined from study result of workforce

requirement an will be described in detail in RKL-RPL. Offshore activities is
mostly required skilled workforce.
After pipeline installation finished, workforce will be released and
demobilized to their point of hire.
B2.

The line-pipe joints will be fabricated at pipe fabrication facility and will be
delivered to coating yard for anti corrosion coating and concrete weight
coating application. The line-pipe concrete weight coating will include
installation of anodes to mitigate corrosion risks and ensure integrity of the
pipeline. Some of the pipes may be double joint at fabrication yard. Once the
pipelines are ready, they will be transported to Bintuni Bay by cargo barges
for installation.
Subsea spools tie-in will be pre-fabricated onshore.
Final
adjustment/fabrication will be performed during offshore facility construction
based on the spool metrology.
46
The fabrication yards will be at locations that will most likely be in or around
industrial zones or ports.
Most pipelines will be transferred to pipelay barge or to combined
construction lay barge in the bay. Pipe joints with designated length will be
required for onshore pipeline.
The offshore pipelines will be installed from the lay barge, using the S-lay
method. The gas transmission pipelines will be laid on the seabed, either
directly on the natural seabed floor or in areas that may already have been
trenched. The requirement for trenching and rock dumping will be defined
based on the engineering assessment.
Vessel traffic may occur in Bintuni Bay during the commencemet of pipeline
installation activity . Estimated construction period for pipeline installation is
approx. 10-12 months per pipeline with estimated length of 30 km (pipe lay
4 months, trenching 2 months and rock dumping 6 months).
During construction, initial estimation of vessel type required are as follow :
Approximately 10 material barges, including tug boats;
Approximately 3 anchor handling tugs;
Approximately 3 supply boats;
Approximately 2 crew boats, and
Construction vessels, including: pipelay barge, trenching barge, rock

dumping barge, cable lay vessel, survey vessel, support vessel (including
diving work, LCT, pre commissioning), HDD support vessel.
Type and number of vessel which will be used during construction will
depend on construction method and actual field condition .
47
Side Dump Vessel
Figure I-9
Example of Construction Vessels (left : Side Dump Vessel, right : Pipelay Barge)
48
Pipelay Barge
B3.
Land Clearing and Site Preparation

In Tangguh Integrated AMDAL which was approved in 2002, Tangguh LNG
is allowed to clear areas of 800 Ha. Approximately 400 Ha of 800 Ha have been
cleared for existing Tangguh LNG facility. Additional area of maximum 500
Ha will be cleared as part of Tangguh LNG Expansion Project.
For pipeline installation, land clearing and site preparation are required for
shore approach and onshore pipeline (depending on location).
If HDD option is applied, estimated area for HDD pad and onshore pipeline is
approximately 100 m x 100 m for each campaign.
If shore pull option is applied, estimated area needed for hold back anchor is
approximately 30 m x 20 m.
Onshore pipeline will require laydown and temporary storage area
approximately 80 m x 120 m, potentially located adjacent to ORF area.
Final location will be further assessed as the project progresses.
HDD entry points are in the south further away from shoreline and intended
to be established adjacent to ORF facilities. Estimated total area which will be
cleared for HDD option is approx. 16 Ha as shown in Figure I-13.
For shore pull option, the area of mangrove to be cleared is estimated 40 m
width for each shore pull. Total mangrove area to be cleared depend on the
depth of mangrove in the specific area, with current estimation approximately
3 to 5 Ha Winch will be positioned on an area similar to HDD pad, at location
closer to the shore near the mangrove area.
49
Note
Figure I-10
: *) Project land clearing map plan which at this stage is in completioin design stage and may change subject to design and project development
Land Clearing Area Map
50
Figure I-11
Conceptual Trenching and Rock Dumping (Trench Backfill) Operation
51
B4.
Pipeline Installation, Seabed Trenching and Rock Dumping

As described previously, offshore pipeline will be laid on seabed within
designated corridor using lay barge with S-lay conventional method.
Offshore pipeline installation for initial development phase, such as ROA and
WDA pipelines, will be installed in one campaign using one pipelay barge.
Due to the temperature of the gas, the pipeline may need to be trenched and
rock dumped to mitigate buckling issues.
Further engineering study will be performed to determine the extent of
trenching and rock dumping, including burial requirement for the pipeline.
The assessment will consider gas properties, seabed condition, stabilization,
protection and integrity of the pipeline during operation.
Depending on the result of the engineering study, there could be possibility of
the pipeline required to be trenched and rock dumped for the full length,
partial trenched and rock dumped, or no trenched and rock dumped.
In the case where trenching and rock dump is required for the pipeline
offhore, the activities will involve pipe-lay, trenching and rock dumping.
For nearshore pipeline, prior to installation it will potentially be required to
trench a channel (pre-trenched/pre-dredged) for pipeline stabilisation
purpose during installation due to strong current in shore area and also for
pipeline protection. Channel size will be a depth ofup to 3m deep from seabed
and between 5 m to 10 m width. Method of channel trench/dredge will use
cutter-section dredger, clamp shell or similar equipment depending on thesoil
type.
For HDD method option, channel will be dredged/trenched approximately
500m long, from HDD exit point in seafloor to water depth of approximately 13m. Estimated spoiled soil for this option is approximately 15,000m3 and will
be placed on the trench sides or at the approved dredged material disposal
location. For trenching and shore pull method option, channel will be made
along the shore with the same depth. Estimated spoiled soil for this method is
approximately 105,000m3, which some could be used for fill material and the
remaining spoiled soil will be disposed at approved dredged material
disposal location. After the pipeline is placed in the channel, if technically
required or for pipeline protection, the pipeline will be rock dumped.
Trenching requirements will be determined through further study.
For pipeline in deeper area, once pipeline installed on the seabed, trenching
will be conducted below pipeline using jetting, ploughing or other mechanical
cutting technique. Those trenching methods will require to place the trenched
material at the trench sides. Current plan is to conduct trenching for pipeline
installation using water jetting. Trencher or cutter suction dredger may be
used for pre-lay seabed intervention prior to pipe lay.
52
Trenching requirement for pipeline installation will be determined with

considerations of applicable regulation and local site specific condition, such
as vessel route and geotechnical condition.
For design requirement at this stage, the target of trenching depth is 1 2 m
(on top of pipe), then rock dumped with 0.3 2 m high.
Estimated displaced soil for trenching activity will range between 2 4 m3/m
for 1 m deep trench.
Rock quantity which was used during previous Tangguh LNG construction,
for VRA and VRB pipeline is 360,000 tonnes for pipeline with diameter of 24
and length of 35 km. Based on pre-FEED design, estimated rock quantity for
pipeline installation of ROA and WDA with 0.3 2 m high is approximately
300,000 tonnes. Estimated rock quantity for future pipeline installation will be
determined later subject to pipeline length.
Pipeline installation will be performed in compliance with applicable
Indonesian regulation and other relevant international requirement.
Prior to pipeline installation, risk assessment, especially along pipeline route
near the shipping lane. This will be conducted to anticipate shipping activity
that may have impacts to the pipeline integrity such as anchor drop, anchor
drag and ensure safety as well as integrity of the pipeline.
Prior to pipeline installation, a pre-construction survey will be carried out,
which include magnetometer survey to confirm no risk of UXO along the
pipeline route.
After pipelines installed, pipe route and platform location will be included in
marine chart. Refer to Law No. 1 Year 1973 regarding Indonesian Continent
Base and Government Regulation No. 175 Year 1974 , Government Regulation
No.5 Year 2010 and Minister Regulation No. 5 Year 2011, the safety exclusion
zone for the offshore facilities is as follows :
-
Prohibited zone is 500 m measured from the outermost point of offshore

facility/oil and gas installation;
Restricted zone is 1,250 m measured from the outermost point of the

prohibited zone or offshore facility/oil and gas installation.
Potential safety exclusion zone for new platforms and pipeline is shown in
Figure I-15.
In the case of pipeline burial is required for technical purpose, the offshore
pipeline will be buried using trenching and rock dumping or other method
that meet the design criteria.
53
During pipe-laying activities, a temporary exclusion zone with approximate

width of 1km to 1.5km radius of anchor area (or total diameter up to 3km)
around the pipe-lay barge will be required for safety reason. It should be
noted that the temporary exclusion zone will be applied at the location where
the pipe-laying barge is performing its activity, which will be moving
progressively as the pipe-laying is performed.
54
Figure I-12
Potential Safety Exclusion Zone for New Platforms and Pipeline
55
B5.
Near Shore Pipeline Installation (Shore Approach)

Pipeline from water depth of -13 m LAT will be buried to minimum depth of
2 m below the natural seabed.
There are two alternatives that currently being considered for near shore
pipeline installation, which are :
a. Horizontal Directional Drilling (HDD)
This method allows the pipeline to be drilled under the shore to a point 1
to 2 km offshore and it is normally used in sensitive environment. HDD
can greatly reduce the exposure to weather change and has minimal
environmental impact on the coast line. HDD is also used for Tangguh
LNG construction phase 1 (LNG Train 1 and 2) with good result.
In this method, a drilling rig and associated equipment will be transferred
ashore by barge to BOF, and then placed on trucks/loaders to landfall
location. A hole will then be horizontally drilled under the coastline. The
transmission pipeline will then be pulled through the drilled hole to the
landfall at the shore from the back of a pipelay barge located in the
nearshore. Alternatively, the drill equipment may be located on crane
barge offshore, and the pipe string will be assembled onshore and pulled
from the offshore drill rig.
Typically, for a large diameter pipeline (up to 24), new HDD pipeline
length of up to 2,000 m may be achieved, depending on the pipeline
parameters and environmental conditions. HDD pipeline is expected to
be drilled approximately to 30-45 m deep. HDD for cable and umbilical
will use the same method with the smaller diameter (up to 10-12) in the
same location.
The pipe will be welded on the laybarge station at -10 m water depth and
pulled by HDD rig. If offshore HDD pulling by is selected, an onshore
pipeline fabrication area will be required to fabricate 2,000 m of pipeline
subject to availability of suitable area for pipe stringing.
56
Figure I-13
Near Shore Pipeline Installation Method (Shore Approach): Shore Pull Trenching (left) and HDD (right)
57
Figure I-17 shows the approximate location for the onshore drilling rig and
associated storage areas used for the installation of the existing pipeline. For initial
development, the HDD entry points were located on the beach with consideration
on lesson learnt from Tangguh LNG previous construction.
Figure I-18 shows the conceptual layout of the HDD site. As mentioned above,
worksite will be approximately 10,000 m2 (100 m x 100 m). Storage tanks will be
used to separate the bentonite drilling mud from drill cuttings. Drill cuttings will
settle to the bottom of the tank and will be removed.
58
Figure I-14
Conceptual HDD Layout
59
Figure I-15 Conceptual HDD Layout
60
Figure I-16
Conceptual Trenching and Shore-pull Activity
61
b. Trenching and Shore Pull

If HDD option is technically not feasible, trenching and shore pull method
will be used. If this option is selected for shore approach pipeline, the area
required for hold back anchor is approximately 30 m x 20 m.
Critical factor that may affect the method selection for trench method is
water depth, distance from shore and seabed condition. For nearshore
area and mudflat, channel can be trenched using excavator, such as
backhoe or grab crane.
Trenched material will be placed on trench sides or placed in a barge to be
disposed offshore. Pipeline will be installed in the trench and followed by
backfilling using trenched soil that previously placed on trench sides, and
rock dumped or combination of both.
Figure I-19 shows conceptual design and cross section of trenching and
shore pull. In deeper water which normally passes by vessel with higher
draft, trenching can be done using pre-lay trenching or post-lay trenching
as described below.
The trenched crossing is constructed by building a cause way across the
tidal zone to provide access for equipment.
Sheet piles are driven down each side of the trench. The trench is then
excavated to provide 2 to 4 m high coverage at the beach. A winch is set
up onshore and the lay barge moves into position as close as possible for
pipe lay. During pipelay, winch applies tension and pulls the pipe string
to shore along the trench.
Once the laydown head is ashore, the pipe is layed and is back filled in the
near shore section using excavators and all sheet piling removed.
Estimated trenched material generated from this method is approx. 4.5 m
x 40 m x 500 m = 90,000 m3 in tidal area and 3 m x 10 m x 500 m = 15,000
m3 for deeper area (total 105,000 m3).
B6.
Onshore Pipeline Trenching

The onshore pipeline will start from shoreline to pigging receiving facility at
ORF.
After crossing shore, the onshore pipeline will be designed to include options
of buried pipeline or above ground pipeline.
For buried option, the onshore pipe will be placed inside the trench, then
buried with depth of 1.2 m on top of pipe. For pipe aboveground option, the
onshore pipeline will be installed on the sleepers.
62
B7.
Pre-commissioning/Commissioning Activity
Pre-commissioning/commissioning activity sequence are as follow:
a. Flooding, Cleaning and Gauging
-
To remove all free air which may accumulated at the various high
points along the pipelines.
To remove any debris.
Water is pumped into the pipeline to fill the pipe with water. Requires the
use of pigs to eliminate air along the pipelines. Two bi-directional pigs
fitted with multiple sealing discs shall be used for this process.
The flooding operation will be followed by cleaning and gauging which
will be performed with gauging pig operations. The discharged water
from this process will be at sea bed as the pig trap (lay down head)
location is on sea bed. During pipeline flooding, cleaning and gauging,
some water oxygen scavenger and biocide content will be disposed
offshore on seabed. If required, this activity will be repeated several times
to ensure pipeline cleanliness from debris.
Gauging is a process of passing a gauging aluminium plate aluminium
disc with a minimum diameter 95% of pipe, to confirm there are no
deformation, unintended intrusions (dents, gouges, etc.) and the ovality of
the pipeline within acceptable limits).
63
Figure I-17
Conceptual of Pipeline Flooding, Cleaning and Gauging Activity
64
b. Baseline Inspection
This activity is conducted after hydrotest to collect initial data of pipeline,
including and to detect size and locate any features which could have a
negative effect on the integrity of the given line.
This activity requires bi-directional pig and intelligent pig train. This
series will be pushed through the pipe using pumped water. The water
will be neutralized and chemical will be used as corrosion inhibitor. The
water will be discharged to sea during pumping process. If required, this
activity can be repeated several times to obtain the required parameter.
c. Hydrotest
Hydrotest will be conducted to ensure the integrity of the pipeline prior to
commissioning.
After pipeline flooded with water, the pipeline strength will be tested
using pressurized water. Water will be pumped to 1.25 of design pressure
and hold for 24 hours to test the strength of the pipeline from the inside
pressure. Once hydrotest completed, it will be depressurized until
reaching positive pressure to avoid free air ingress.
Detail explanation related to hydrotest dewatering is described in Sub
Chapter B8 Hydrotest Water Discharge (Dewatering).
d. Depressurize
After hydrotest, water in pipeline will be depressurized, but still maintain
the condition to avoid free air and seawater ingress into the pipeline.
There will be treated freshwater discharge from this process.
e. Dewatering (commissioning activity)
Dewatering is done to remove ex-hydrotest water from the pipeline. The
main scenario is to use hydrocarbon gas or nitrogen as propelling
medium, will be done during start-up.
Detail explanation related to hydrotest dewatering is described in Sub
Chapter B8 Hydrotest Water Discharge (Dewatering).
65
Figure I-18
Conceptual of Pipeline Baseline Survey
66
Dewatering Pig Train (for offshore discharge option)

TEG/Nitrogen
Figure I-19
Conceptual of Pipeline Dewatering
67
Hydrocarbon
Gas
B8.
Hydrotest Water Discharge (Dewatering)

Pipelines will be hydrotested using freshwater which preliminary treated with
chemical. Chemicals used for hydrotest include oxygen scavengers, biocide
and fluorescein dye. Potential type of oxygen scavenger that will be used for
hydrotest are Ammonium Bisulphite orSodium Bisulphite.
Hydrotest will use groundwater or other freshwater source (not seawater)
which will be stored in temporary water storage prior usage.
Hydrotest is done to ensure the integrity of pipelines prior to commissioning.
Estimated hydrotest water volume depends on diameter and length of pipe.
For 24diameter pipe, estimated water volume required for one hydrotest is
approx. 250 m3/km. Estimated water volume required for one hydrotest for
initial development is approx. 8,000 m3 one system volume (3,500 m3 ROA
to ORF and 4,500 m3 WDA to ROA). Hydrotest volume per kilometre of pipe
length for future development is expected to be similar with initial
development (250 m3/km), however, the total volume will depend on
diameter and length of pipe, and other relevant factor. Discharge flow rate
estimated 450 m3/hour (based on assumption of pig speed 0.5 m/s and 24
diameter). If required, hydrotest and dewatering can be repeated several
times.
During hydrotest, water will contain oxygen scavenger, fluorescence dye and
biocide.
Pipeline preservation method will be performed based on following options
subject to further engineering assessment:
-
After hydrotest, the water remains in the pipeline until start-up. It is

recommended to change the water every 6 month until start-up or
adjusted with chemical effectivity. Hydrotest water discharge will be done
during start-up after feed gas enter the pipeline.
After hydrotest, the pipeline will be dewatered. After pipeline dewatered

then it will be filled with positive pressure with air or N2 until start-up.
Preservation period between 6-24 months.

Conceptual hydrotest activity is shown in Figure I-23 below.
68
Pipeline Schematic from ROA Platform to ORF

LIMIT OF SYSTEM HYDROTEST FOR PIPELINE FROM ROA PLATFORM TO ORF
PLATFORM SCOPE
OFFSHORE SCOPE
ONSHORE SCOPE
Sea Level
HDD Tie-In Point
Subsea Pipeline
Figure I-20
Conceptual of Hydrotest Activity
69
Shore Crossing
Onshore Pipeline
Dewatering will be performed by running pig trains with chemical for

pipeline drying and inerting. Pipelines will be cleaned, gauged and pressure
tested prior to dewatering. During pipeline flooding, cleaning and gauging,
some water (with small quantity of oxygen scavenger and biocide) will be
disposed offshore at seabed.
Dewatering will be by field gas or Nitrogen using a series of pig trains with
supporting chemical, i.e Nitrogen approximately 50 m3 and Tetra Ethylene
Glycol (TEG) approximately 40 m3 (current estimation) in media between pigs.
The actual implementation and required chemical volume will be subject to
further hydrotest and dewatering study align with project progress.
Hydrotest and dewatering for one pipeline segment will require
approximately one week duration. Final duration is subject to further study
which will determine the pump rates and pig velocity requirement.
70
Figure I-21
Conceptual of Dewateting Activity
71
Two alternatives of hydrotest water discharge that currently being considered

are offshore discharge and onshore discharge. Hydrotest water discharge will
contain oxygen scavenger (100 ppm), biocide (550 ppm) and fluorescein dye
(30 ppm). Additive chemical will be used in a low concentration and dissolved
in hydrotest water, thus no expected environmental impact. Freshwater for
hydrotest will be tested prior to use to ensure the suitability and safe for
pipeline material.
Hydrotest water discharge method that being considered and assessed in this
ANDAL document are as follow :
Offshore discharge
-
If offshore disposal is the preferred option, discharge is likely to occur

around the platform location (-3 m LAT) with estimated flowrate (for
pipe with diameter of 24) is approx. 500 m3/hour. As described
previously, there will be additional chemical that will be discharged as
part of hydrotest flow and dewatering.
Onshore Storage and Discharge to Common Outfall

-
The onshore disposal option would involve storage and/or treated the
water in a temporary water pit/storage to be located onshore to meet
the applicable discharge requirement (stabilization time) prior to
discharge to common outfall (-6 m LAT). Water storage will be
designed with adequate capacity to contain water from hydrotest and
dewatering process. During Tangguh phase 1 construction experience,
hydrotest water pit has the capacity of approx. 15,000 22,500 m3,
while estimated volume of the new pit that will be constructed will be
confirmed after FEED.
As mentioned above, to meet permitting requirements,

some
treatment may require and this may involve chemical treatment of the
water or retention until the required discharge quality is achieved.
The material used for pipelines is Corrossion Resistance Alloy (CRA), hence
the water that will be used for pre-commissioning and hydrotest purpose
have to comply with several specification to maintain the pipeline integrity.
Therefore, laboratory analysis is required to control the quality of water that
will be used. Currently, the plan is to use imported water from outside
Tangguh LNG area, such as Sorong and Fakfak, or to use groundwater, as
long as it meets the water specification requirement. However, final decision
on hydrotest water source is subject to further study and will be aligned with
project progress.
If possible, the water which used for hydrotest of one pipeline, will be stored
and later on will be used for hydrotest of other pipelines or be used for other
suitable needs, depending on the water quality.
72
B9.

Pipeline installation and platform hook up will generate hazardous and non
hazardous waste. Hazardous waste generated from the process are used oil,
hydraulic oil, paint, thinner, blasting grit, hydrocarbon contaminated/grease,
used chemical and its packaging, also radioactive source. While non
hazardous waste consists of organic waste (food waste) and non organic waste
(plastic, can, steel waste, scrap metal, styrofoam, etc.).
Hazardous and non hazardous waste will be segregated and managed
accordingly. Hazardous and non hazardous waste management will be done
in compliance with applicable Indonesian regulation and MARPOL.
Detail waste management strategy is currently being developed, with
potential management plan that being considered are as follow :
-
Hazardous Waste
Generated hazardous waste will be sent to certified waste management
facility. Hazardous waste will be managed according to applicable
Indonesian regulation, which is Government Regulation No. 18 jo 85 Year
1999 regarding Hazardous Waste Management.
Non Hazardous Waste (organic)

Generated organic waste during pipeline installation activity is food
waste. Generated food waste can be disposed to sea in compliance with
MARPOL 2012 requirement Annex V Prevention of Pollution by Garbage
from Ships. Based on MARPOL Annex V, comminuted food waste are
allowed to be disposed offshore at minimum distance of 3 nm from the
nearest shore. Comminuted food waste must pass through a screen with a
mesh size no larger than 25 mm prior to disposed offshore.
Non Hazardous Waste (non-organic)

Generated non organic waste pipeline installation activity include plastic,
can, scrap metal and styrofoam. Non organic waste will not be disposed
offshore, but will be sent onshore or to external waste management facility
to be managed according to applicable Indonesian regulation, including
Law No. 18 Year 2008 regarding Waste Management. Currently,
considered option for non-organic waste is to be managed in Tangguh
LNG location along with other waste from LNG construction activity and
according to applicable regulation
HDD waste and onshore pipeline installation waste

HDD waste will be disposed to construction landfill inside Tangguh LNG
site. While the waste generated from onshore pipeline installation will be
managed along with the waste generated from LNG plant construction.
73
Detail of waste management in Tangguh LNG is described in Sub Chapter

1.2.3 LNG Plant Activity Section B8 Non Hazardous and Hazardous Waste
Management.
B10. Wastewater Management
Wastewater generated during pipeline installation activity includes deck
drainage, sewage, cooling water and brine water. All wastewater generated
during drilling and platform installation will be managed (at the minimum)
according to applicable Indonesian regulation and MARPOL 2012 (for
overboad discharge).
Detail of wastewater source and its management during platform installation
are described as follow :
Surface drainage from rig decks Deck drainage from uncontaminated

areas will be collected and disposed of directly overboard. Contaminated
wastewater from equipment washdown water, any contamination of
diesel, chemicals, or lubricants will be collected in skimmer tank and sent
to certified waste management facility.
Sewage support vessels that are used for this activity will generate
sewage that would be treated in a treatment unit prior to discharge to the
sea. The discharge will meet Indonesian regulations, Regulations of
Minister of the Environment No. 19 Year 2010 regarding Wastewater
Quality Standard for Oil and Gas and Geothermal Industry, also
MARPOL 2012 requirement Annex IV Prevention of Pollution by Sewage
from Ships.
Wastewater generated from HDD and onshore pipeline installation

activity will be managed along with wastewater generated from LNG
Plant construction activity.
Detail of wastewater management in Tangguh LNG is described in Sub

Chapter 1.2.3 LNG Plant Activity Section B9 Wastewater Management.
Hydrotest and dewatering will be conducted as part of pipeline construction.
Detail description of hydrotest and dewatering, including other related water
management is described separately in Section B8. Hydrotest Water Discharge
(Dewatering).
B 11. Storage and Loading of Fuel and Chemical
During construction, fuel will be stored on LCT or construction vessel for
offshore storage and in fuel tank for onshore storage.
Construction vessels are required to have an adequate fuel to perform the
activity, or in other word, those vessels are required to do the refueling in
other area, outside Tangguh LNG site, such as in their local logistic base.
74
If additional fuel is required, offshore refuelling can be conducted with

appropriate control. If required, vessel can refuel in existing fueling facility in
Tangguh area.
Chemicals required during construction will either be stored onboard the
vessels or could potentially be stored onshore at Tangguh site and transferred
to construction vessels when required.
C.
Operation Phase
After construction and pre-commissioning of the gas transmission pipeline,
the pipeline system will be ready for commissioning and transfer of gas to
LNG plant. Initially, one pipeline will be operated at very low flow rates to
fulfil the requirements of the LNG plant commissioning phase. Once the LNG
plant is fully operational, gas will be transmitted through the pipelines to
maintain LNG production.
The gas stream from well will be transmitted through pipeline to ORF in a
three-phase mixture of gas, condensate and formation water. During low flow
rates along the pipeline routes, the produced water plus the condensate in the
pipelines may collect at low points. Normally, these liquids would be swept to
the ORF under the pressure of the gas. During period of low flow, these
liquids may require removal of operational pigging. This type of pigging
would involve introducing spheres into the pipelines that are then forced
along by gas pressure sweeping the majority of accumulated liquids. All
produced liquids will be collected and separated at the ORF.
C1.
During operation phase, no specific personnel required for gas transmission
activity, except for inspection and maintenance. Total workforce required for
inspection and maintenance already included in total workforce required for
operate LNG train and covered in LNG Activity Section.
Detail of recruitment process, mobilization and demobilization of workforce
during operation phase are described in Sub Chapter 1.2.3 LNG Plant Activity
Section C1. Workforce Mobilization.
C2.
Existence and Operation of Offshore Pipelines

Pipeline will be designed with consideration to safety during its operation.
Pipeline Leak Detection System (PLDS) will be installed in pipeline system for
early detection in case of leak. This device is installed in main control building
onshore which will be monitored continuously 24 hours per day. If pipeline
leak were detected, emergency response action to prevent leaking impact will
be initiated. If pipeline pressure were dropped to a certain level, the valves in
pipeline system will automatically closed and platform operation will be
shutdown automatically to prevent further impact. In addition, due to
pipeline is using CRA material which is not resistant to sea water, it is
important to prevent sea water ingress into pipeline to ensure the pipeline
75
integrity. The emergency procedure will be developed with consideration to

above subject.
In addition, emergency response procedure to manage further impact of leak
will be prepared, including the availability of pollution prevention equipment,
response team and its supporting facilities.
As reference from current operation, emergency response system for pollution
prevention is already developed, which include :
-
Pollution prevention procedure and strategy;
Incident Management Team;
Pollution prevention equipment;
Supporting facilities (oil spill modelling, deployment boats, etc.).
Those procedure will be further developed in accordance with offshore

development sequence of Tangguh Expansion Project.
For the safety purpose, the pipeline will have exclusion zone during
operation. Safety exclusion zone for pipelines will not be marked using buoys
on site (subject to result of risk assessment), but the pipeline safety exclusion
zone will be requested to the Directorate General Sea Communication and
plotted on the marine charts.
C3.
Pipeline Maintenance
A risk-based program of internal and external inspections will be
implemented during operations of the pipelines. The behaviour, responses,
burial requirements and routing of the pipelines and the behaviour of the
seabed will be investigated during detailed design of the pipeline system and
enhanced further during operation. During detailed design phase, a riskbased inspection program will be developed. Typically, this include the
following :
Route survey leak inspection along the pipeline routes by patrol boats;
Subsea inspection along the pipeline route using remotely operated

vehicles (ROV) where feasible including riser, tie-in spool and rock cover
inspection;
Cathodic protection (attached to the pipeline and buried) external survey

will be conducted where feasible;
Internal inspections using intelligent pigs; and
Location survey using geometry-type pigs.
The inspection program may result in some form of local remediation along
the pipeline routes. This may include, but not limited to, installation of
pipeline supports, rock dumping at localized areas, repair of concrete
coatings, retrofitting anodes, and removal of sediment build ups.
76
Inspection activity will be done once in the first five years and is expected to
be less afterward, depending on the pipeline condition and risk assessment.
Inspection activity will be commenced using intelligent pig as internal riser,
tie-in spool and rock cover using ROV for external. In addition, for accessible
location, such as onshore pipeline, inspection will be done as per MIGAS
Certification program as stipulated in relevant regulation.
C4.

No waste generated from gas transmission activity during operation phase.
C5.
No wastewater generated from gas transmission activity during operation
phase, limited volume of wastewater will be generated only during
maintenance activity.
D.
Post Operation
Post operation phase will include but not limited to facility decommissioning
and workforce release.
D1.
There will be workforce release at the end of operation phase. Detail process
of workforce release will be determined later and will be done according to
applicable regulation
D2.
Decommissioning of Gas Transmission Facilities

Decommissioning of offshore facility including pipeline will be conducted
according to applicable Indonesian regulation and industrial standard which
recommended by Government of Indonesia at that time. Decommissioning
plan will be consulted with relevant parties, particularly national and local
government.
Currently applicable regulation for offshore decommissioning including
pipeline is Regulation of Minister of Energy and Mineral Resources No. 01
Year 2011.
1.2.3
LNG Plant Activity

The existing Tangguh LNG comprised a two train natural gas liquefaction facility
with capacity of each train is 3.8 MTPA. The plant was designed to produce a single
LNG product and a stabilized condensate product that meet the product
specifications. No Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) products are exported. There are
two LNG Tank and two existing condensate storage tanks. The condensate
production capacity 6,000 bbls/day.
77
The expansion GPF and LNG plant will be designed to handle ranges of feed gas
compositions e.g. lean & rich condensate, CO2 composition between 10 to 15%, to
allow adequate flexibility and design margin in the plants design. Design feed gas
flow into ORF is 808 tonnes/hour per train.
The LNG plant can be considered to be composed of two general sections, which
are:
a natural gas purification section; and
a natural gas liquefaction section.
Purification of the natural gas is required to avoid corrosion and freezing problems
in the Liquefaction Unit. Each of trains includes an Acid Gas Removal Unit (AGRU),
a Dehydration Unit and a Mercury Removal Unit (MRU).
The main objectives of the Liquefaction Facilities are to remove the heavier
hydrocarbon components (C5+) of the produced gas and to liquefy the natural gas
yielding the LNG product. Removal of the heavier hydrocarbon (C5+) components is
required to avoid freezing problems during the actual liquefaction step. Each
liquefaction trains will include a Refrigerant andLiquefaction Unit, a Fractionation
Unit and a Stabilization Unit.
In term of the LNG facilities, the Tangguh Expansion scope include the
development of Train 3 and its supporting facilities with future development to
include further gas supply for Train 3 and development of Train 4. The Tangguh
Expansion scope also includes upgrade and expansion to utility facilities such as
water supply, wastewater treatment, power supply, offices, accommodation
facilities,etc.
Feed gas composition which enter the ORF is shown in these below tables
Table I-10
Feed Gas Composition*)
Gas Composition
Average (%)
Gas Composition
Average (%)
CO2
13.2984%
Xylenes*
0.0216%
N2
0.7523%
C9*
0.0100%
C1
83.4094%
C10*
0.0154%
C2
1.6207%
C11*
0.0097%
C3
0.3579%
C12*
0.0081%
iC4
0.0671%
C13*
0.0077%
nC4
0.0873%
C14*
0.0057%
iC5
0.0411%
C15*
0.0082%
nC5
0.0314%
C16*
0.0070%
C6*
0.0335%
C17*
0.0061%
Benzene*
0.0244%
C18*
0.0055%
C7*
0.0373%
C19*
0.0051%
Toluene*
0.0319%
C20+ WD*
0.0665%
78
C8*
Table I-11
C20+ V*
0.0304%
0.0000%
Other Reservoir Fluid Contaminants*)

Component
Composition
H2S
10 ppm
R1SH (Mercaptan)
25 ppm
R2SH
15 ppm
R3SH
7 ppm
COS
3 ppm
CS2
10 ppm
Mercury
100 g/Nm3
Note :
*) : Detail regarding gas composition is currently being assessed and may be changed according to the
assessment result and project progress. The data will be updated using the assessment result.
Overal LNG Process Block Flow Diagram is shown in Figure I-25 and Gas
Production Profile for Two Trains and Development of Three Trains is shown in
Figure I-26. Gas production profile for four train is currently being assessed.Figure
I-26.
LNG process block flow and emission/waste generated from the process is shown
in Figure I-27.
79
Figure I-22
Overall LNG Process Block Flow Diagram
80
Figure I-23
Gas Production Profile from Two LNG Trains and Development of LNG Train 3
81
Figure I-24 Flow Chart of
LNG Process and its Emission/Waste Diagram
82
Onshore Receiving Facility (ORF)

The Onshore Receiving Facilities (ORF) is where three-phase feedstock from the
offshore gas production facilities is separated into gas, hydrocarbon liquid and
water phases.
The unit has sufficient volume to accommodate liquid slugs produced during nonsteady state operations to ensure the gas feed rate to the LNG trains remains steady.
The three-phase feedstock enters the new slug catcher where the gas is cooled,
followed by pressure reduction valves and routed to a gas scrubber to remove any
liquids formed.
The gas is then passed and feed to the ORF Outlet Gas Header to the LNG Trains.
The liquids are routed to a three phase separator from the slug catcher via LP steam
heaters in order to melt any incoming wax and to assist the separation of the
condensate and produced water in the inlet liquid - liquid separators prior to any
pressure reduction to avoid formation of stable emulsions and suspensions.
Condensate is fed to Condensate Stabilization Unit and Produced Water to the
Waste Water Treatment Unit via new Produced Water Storage Tank.
One expandable ORF will be built as part of the Tangguh Expansion Project to serve
the Train 3 and the future Train 4.
Condensate Stabilitation Unit
Liquid condensate from the ORF, Dehydration and Mercury Removal Unit and
Acid Gas Removal Unit shall be routed to the Condensate Stabilization Unit to be
processed to meet the product specification.
The existing unit consists of two Condensate Stabilizer columns and a Condensate
product cooler to meet the N+1 sparing philosophy.
One additional Condensate Stabilizer Column and one new condensate product
cooler shall be required for the Tangguh Expansion Project to maintain the N+1
sparing philosophy.
The stabilized condensate is run-down to atmospheric storage tanks prior to being
pumped onto tankers via a loading arm located on the product export jetty.
Acid Gas Removal Unit (AGRU)
The feed gas stream passes through the Acid Gas Removal Unit (AGRU) where CO2
and trace amounts of sulphur components are removed from the feed gas, by
absorption by aqueous activated MDEA solvent, to meet the product specifications.
Removal of these components prevents their freezing out in the downstream
cryogenic liquefaction process, which could cause blockages and corrosion.
The acid gas absorbed by the solvent is then flashed in the HP and then LP drums,
before being subsequently stripped in the stripper. The acid gas from the stripper
83
overheads is routed to acid gas incinerator to avoid emission of BTEX contaminants

to atmosphere.
Feed gas is dissolved with amine solution which will bind the CO2 in feed gas. CO2
will be released through AGI in regeneration of amine solution. In Tangguh
Expansion Project, maximum CO2 composition in feed gas before being liquefied
into LNG is 150,000 ppm and after being processed in AGRU, the CO2 composition
in feed gas is reduced to 50 ppm.
CO2 composition in feed gas which enter the LNG plant is natural condition of the
reservoir. CO2 reduction program which aim to minimise the greenhouse gas effect
is currently being assessed.
Dehydration Unit and Mercury Removal Unit (MRU)
The feed gas is dehydrated to prevent freeze-out or hydrate formation in the
downstream liquefaction process. Treated gas from the acid gas removal unit is
cooled to 22C by propane chilling to condense the bulk of the water which is
removed in separator vessel.
Gas from the separator is then passed over molecular sieve beds, removing the
water to below 1 ppmv. A three-vessel arrangement has been selected, with two
vessels in adsorption mode and one in regeneration mode.
Regeneration of the molecular sieve bed is achieved by means of BOG, which is
heated using a fired regeneration gas heater. After cooling and water removal the
regeneration gas is routed to supply the primary source of fuel gas for the Gas
Turbine.
Water and condensed hydrocarbons are separated and depressurized separately
and are routed to the acid gas removal unit and condensate stabilization unit
respectively.
Elemental Mercury from the feed gas can cause rapid corrosion of aluminum in the
Main Cryogenic Heat Exchanger (MCHE).
Since the mercury concentrations in the feed gas will exceed the maximum
allowable levels for the cryogenic system, a mercury removal bed will be included
downstream of the Dehydration drier drums.
Mercury concentrations in feed gas before being processed is 100 microgram/Nm3
and will be processed through catalyst in mercury removal drum to 0.01
microgram/Nm3 which will be stay in the gas to be further processed. No mercury
release to air.
As illustrations of mercury concentration reduction, in Table I-14 is result of
mercury measurement before and after passing through Mercury Removal Unit.
84
Table I-12
Month
Dec-13
Jan-14
Feb-14
Mercury Measurement Result Before and After MRU

MRU
(g/Nm3)
Inlet
Output (max. 0,01 g/Nm3)
Inlet (g/Nm3)
Inlet (g/Nm3)
W1
3.91
0.001
5.82
0.001
2.50
0.002
LNG Train 1
W2
W3
3.53
2.69
0.001 0.002
4.20
2.09
0.001 0.002
5.43
2.81
0.002 0.003
W4
N/A
N/A
2.54
0.002
4.24
0.004
W1
N/A
N/A
2.25
0.001
2.17
0.001
LNG Train 2
W2
W3
0.71
1.78
0.0021 0.0015
2.54
1.41
0,001
0.002
2.41
1.39
0.003
0.002
Note :
N/A : Plant shutdown.
Mercury catalyst will be used to its saturation point then will be replaced with a
new one. The saturated mercury catalyst will be handled as hazardous waste and
will be sent to certified waste management facility.
Liquefaction/Fractination Unit
The Liquefaction unit will remove heavy hydrocarbons and chill the natural gas to a
temperature suitable for storage at virtually atmospheric pressure.
The dry, sweet natural gas will first be chilled against propane refrigerant, and then
fed to the reboiled scrub column where C5+ components are removed. In order to
assist the C5+ removal, the warm bundle of the Main Cryogenic Heat Exchanger
MCHE is utilized as a reflux condenser.
The scrub column reflux drum overheads are then routed to the MCHE and
liquefied using a mixed refrigerant (MR) composed of nitrogen, methane, ethane
and propane. The bottoms from the scrub column are processed in the deethanizer,
depropanizer and debutanizer columns and a portion of the ethane and propane is
recovered for use as refrigerant in the process.
The remaining overheads from the three columns are chilled in a dedicated tube
circuit in the MCHE and re-injected into the LNG product stream which is routed to
storage. Condensate from the debutanizer will be rundown to the condensate
storage tanks. Main Cryogenic Heat Exchanger (MCHE) is used as condenser reflux.
Refrigeration Unit
The Refrigeration Unit provides the refrigeration to cool and liquefy the feed gas in
the Liquefaction and Fractionation Unit.
There are two main refrigeration compressor systems (refrigeration with
compression system) which are driven by two GE Frame 7 gas turbines, each with a
starter/helper backpressure steam turbine. Two main refrigerant system consist of
proporane and mixed refrigerant compression system. The mixed refrigerant
compression system includes MR low pressure, medium pressure and high
pressure.
85
W4
2.10
0.0008
2.33
0.004
0.54
0.005
One refrigerant compressor string shall consist of a 4-stage propane compressor

plus a HP mixed refrigerant compressor. The other refrigerant compressor string
shall include the LP and MP mixed refrigerant compressors.
The propane refrigerant circuit is used to pre-cool the natural gas, mixed refrigerant
and some fractionation system chillers at four pressure levels. Propane vapour
streams from the propane kettles are routed via knock-out drums to the centrifugal
propane compressor. De-superheating, condensation and sub-cooling of the
propane is achieved by using air coolers.
The mixed refrigerant circuit is used to liquefy the natural gas in the MCHE. The
mixed refrigerant vapour from the shell side of the MCHE is compressed in three
centrifugal compressors in series.
Inter-cooling and initial de-superheating is achieved by air cooling. Further desuperheating and partial condensation is achieved by the propane pre-cooling cycle.
The mixed refrigerant vapour and liquid are separated and further cooled in the
MCHE.
The vapour mixed refrigerant stream inside the MCHE is condensed and sub-cooled
to approximately minus 153C after which it is let down in pressure and returned to
the shell side of the heat exchanger, cooling the natural gas and the high pressure
MR vapour.
The liquid mixed refrigerant is sub-cooled to approximately minus 125C and after
expansion in a liquid expander, returned to the shell side of the MCHE to liquefy
the natural gas and the high pressure vapour MR and cool the liquid MR.
LNG Storage and Loading
Prior to shipment, the LNG from the new Train will be stored in LNG Tanks. Two
LNG Tanks with working volume of 170,000 m3 currently exist as part of existing
operation. Additional one LNG Tank, with a working volume of 170,000 m3 will be
required to support the each expanded LNG Trains.
Two new motor driven BOG compressors will recompress boil-off gas together with
the existing two BOG compressors. The compressed BOG will be used as
regeneration gas for the LNG Trains dehydration system and will then discharge
into the main HP fuel gas system.
The loading facilities will be extended with a second berth for loading LNG on a
new jetty. The loading facilities will operate in two main modes. 'Holding mode' is
the period between loadings with part of the rundown LNG circulating through the
loading system and back to the tanks, in order to keep the piping cold. 'Loading
mode' is the period when a ship is on a berth and receiving LNG.
During loading, the loading pumps in each tank will transfer the LNG via the
loading lines to the LNG loading arms at the jetty head loading platforms.
86
Simultaneous loading of two LNG ships will be possible from the existing and new
loading berths, LNG berth 1 and 2.
All vapors generated by displacement, heat input to the loading and storage system
and cool down of the ship will be routed back via a vapour return line. The vapours
will be compressed in the existing and new BOG compressors and routed to the fuel
gas system via the LNG Train Dehydration units.
Condensate Storage and Loading
Stabilized condensate produced in the Condensate Stabilization Unit and the
Fractionation Units will be routed to the Condensate Storage Tanks. The
fractionation condensate will be blended with that from the condensate stabilization
unit in order to meet the product specification.
There are one existing condensate tanks, a working volume of 19,000 m3, with
another one to be constructed in 2013 as part of the existing Tangguh LNG
operations. Additional Condensate Storage tanks, will be provided as part of the
Tangguh Expansion Project scope.
One condensate loading berth will be required. This berth will be shared with the
new LNG loading berth on the new jetty which will be built as part of Tangguh
Expansion Project.
Refrigerant Storage and Loading
Ethane and propane will be stored in pressurized refrigerant storage bullets which
will be used as refrigerant media in the MCHE unit. Ethane and propane will be
produced from the Fractionation Unit. The existing storage and unloading unit will
be expanded to cater for additional demand from Tangguh Expansion, with
interconnecting lines to existing system. The refrigerants are rundown/filling from
the Fractionation Unit of the LNG trains
87
CO2 Emission from Tangguh LNG Plant Operation

CO2 from existing Train 1 and 2 operation are generated from flaring, fuel gas, gas
to AGI/flare, vehicle fuel, diesel and avtur (<1%) with total CO2 emission as shown
in Table I-15 below.
Table I-13
CO2 from LNG Train 1 and 2 Operation
Year
CO2 (million tonnes)
2013
5.15
2012
4.66
2011
4.51
2010
4.56
2009
2.50
Based on above data, it is estimated that CO2 emission which will be generated from
LNG train 3 (one train) operation are as follow :
Flare = 0.25 million tonnes/year (8.1% of total);
Fuel gas = 0.79 million tonnes/year (25.5% of total);
Gas to AGI/flare (CO2 from wellhead) = 1.96 million tonnes/year (63.2% of

total); and
Fuel consumption dan CH4 emission (converted to CO2) = 0.097 million

tonnes/year (3.2% of total);
Total CO2 from Train 3 operation = 3,1 million tonnes/year.
It is predicted that LNG Train 4 operation will emitted similar CO2 emission with
LNG Train 3 operation, which is 3.1 million tonnes per year.
Table I-16 below is summary of existing and additional expansion plan of LNG
plant and its supporting facilities as part of Tangguh Expansion Project, both initial
and future development.
88
Table I-14
No.
Existing LNG Plant and its Supporting Facilities and Development Scenario of Tangguh Expansion Project
Facility
Existing Tangguh
Initial Development
(Train 3)
Future Development (Further Gas

Supply for Train 3 and Development of
Train 4)
LNG Plant
Feed gas to ORF = 1,465

tonnes/hour
Anticipated CO2 composition up
to 12%
Production capacity = 2 x 3,8
MTPA, including :
1 ORF
2 AGRUs 2 AGIs
2 Flare Stacks (wet flare stack
dan dry flare stack)
2 BOG compressors
1 Tankage flare
Feed gas to ORF = 808 tonnes/hour

Anticipated CO2 composition 10% to
15%
Production capacity = 1 x 3,8 MTPA,
including :
1 ORF
1 AGRU 2 AGIs (1 spare)
1 demountable flare for 6 plants with 3
flare stacks (wet flare stack, dry flare
stack, and common spare stack)
1 BOG compressor
1 Tankage flare
Feed gas to ORF = 808 tonnes/hour

Anticipated CO2 composition 10% to
15%
Production capacity = 1 x 3,8 MTPA,
including :
1 ORF
1 AGRU
LNG Tank
2 x 170,000 m3
1 x 170,000 m3
1 x 170,000 m3
Condensate Tank
2 x 19,000 m3
(1 operational & 1 will be
constructed in 2013)
1 x 31,800 m3
Condensate Production
6,000 bbls/day
10,000 bbls/day
(maximum expected condensate
production)
89
10,000 bbls/day
(maximum expected condensate
production)
No.
Facility
Initial Development
(Train 3)
Existing Tangguh
Future Development (Further Gas

Supply for Train 3 and Development of
Train 4)
Supporting facilities :
5
Freshwater Supply
Produced Water Treatment (PWT)
Sewage Treatment Plant (STP)
Freshwater demand =
70 m3/hour
Desalination
Capacity = 3 x 28 m3/hour
Production = 43 m3/hour
Reverse Osmosis
Capacity = 86 m3/hour
Production = 27 m3/hour
Freshwater demand
Construction = 512 m3/hour
Operation = 79 m3/hour
(LNG Train 3-4)
Potential additional desalination unit

with design capacity = 1 x 28 m3/jam
Desalination
Design capacity = 3 x 28 m3/hour
Groundwater
Design capacity = 172 m3/hour
2 x 25 m3/hour
1 x 25 m3/hour
1 x 25 m3/hour
140 m3/day
Will be established based on peak

POB during construction and will be
used during operational phase (will be
built in modular type)
(10,500 POB x 400L/day x 90% =
4,000m3/day)
Will be determined later
Neutralization Pit
5 m3
5 m3
Corrugated Plate Interceptor
m3/hour
m3/hour
10
Solid Waste Management Facility
Note
100
- Hazardous waste storage

(temporary storage)
- Incinerator (non hazardous)
- Landfill (non hazardous)
- Composter
- etc.
100
Integrated waste management facility:

- Hazardous waste storage (temporary storage)
- Incinerator (hazardous and non hazardous)
- Landfill (non hazardous)
- Composter
- dll
: These facilities are designed based on the current available technology. Should better technology becomes available in the future, the design may change to adopt
the new technology as long as it still complies with applicable regulations.
90
A.
A1.

prior to commencement of construction activity. This socialization will be
conducted with respect to local norms and traditions.
B.
Construction Phase
B1.

A significant amount of labor will be temporarily mobilized to Tangguh site.
Based on conceptual construction study, approximately 10,500 workers will be
on site during peak construction of LNG and its supporting facilities,
including marine facilities.
A construction camp will be built and operated to provide accommodation for
10,500 construction workforce. The camp facilities will include, medical care
facilities and other needs of workforce.
EPC contractor is expected to endeavor the workforce minimization effort
through pre-fabrication outside Tangguh site and other effort in order to
minimize total workforce on site during construction.
Workforce qualification will be determined through Workforce Management
Study and will be described in RKL-RPL.
After construction period is completed, the workforce will be demobilized to
their origin.
B2.

Sea transportation during construction phase will be required to support
manpower, equipment and material mobilization. Potentially, the type of
vessel that will be used during construction are support vessel, tug boat,
material barge, crane barge, crew boat and LCT.
Estimated vessel intensity during construction period of LNG Train and its
supporting facility are as follow :
2014 : 550 movements;
2017 : 600 movements; and
2018 : 400 movements.
91
List of main construction equipment that will be used for construction of LNG
Trains and its supporting facilities is shown in Table I-17 below.
Equipment, its number during peak of construction, total on-site period and
source of construction equipment depends on implementation of construction
strategy, schedule and availability of the equipment from the main
construction contractor. Most of the equipment will be mobilized to site using
barge and will enter the site through BOF and combo dock.
Table I-15
Potential Construction Equipment for LNG Train Construction

Estimated Quantity during
Peak Construction
Equipment
Civil Work
Bulldozer, under 20 ton
18
Bulldozer, above 20 ton
12
Backhoe
21
Excavator
21
Wheel loader
18
Motor grader
15
Dump truck
43
Roller (tandem, tire, vibration)
14
Compactor (plate, trench, d frog)
24
Concrete batch plant
Concrete pump
Mixer truck
20
Water truck/fuel truck
17
Pile driving rig
19
Mechanical Work
Ringer crane, 1.200 to 1.500 ton
Heavy lift crane, 800 ton
Heavy lift crane, 450 or 500 ton
Crane, 150 ton
Crane, 100 to 120 ton
12
Crane, 30 to 50 ton
18
Crane, under 30 ton
70
Prime mover and or self propelled transporter with

power pack
Low bed trailer, 60 to 100 ton
11
Flat bed trailer, 30 to 50 ton
63
Boom truck
47
Fork lift
25
Welding generators
274
Power generators
50
92
Estimated Quantity during

Peak Construction
Equipment
SPMT (Self Propelled Modular Transporter) Peak
Number of axle lines
200 Axles
Pipe Bending Machines
Pipe Rollers
Plasma Arc Cutters
Oxy Acetylene Plate Cutting Machines
All Terrain Telescopic Fork Lifts 5T
Air Compressor
20
B3.
Land Clearing
In Integrated AMDAL of Tangguh LNG which approved on 2002, Tangguh
LNG is allowed to clear area of 800 Ha. Around 400 Ha of 800 Ha have been
cleared for existing Tangguh LNG facility, which include two LNG trains and
its supporting facilities, while the remaining 400 Ha were not being cleared.
As part of Tangguh Expansion Project plan, an additional area of maximum
500 Ha will be cleared. This additional area is required for the development of
the new LNG train, LNG and condensate tanks, marine facilities, flare, new
accommodation, maintenance facility, etc.
Project planned to expand the existing log pond area to temporarily store logs
(timber) from Tangguh Expansion clearing. Additional area (approx. 20 m
width) at the eastern side of the log pond will be cleared to install the cables to
the PLN sub-station.
Total area that will be cleared for Tangguh Expansion Project is already
include clearing of mangrove area approximately 10 Ha for marine facilities
(( 5 Ha for LNG-Condensate Jetty 2) and near shore pipeline installation ( 3
to 5 Ha for overall shorepull method).
Location of land clearing area of Tangguh Expansion Project is shown in
Figure I-28.
93
Note
: Land clearing area map is currently being finalized and may be changed as per project design progresses.
Landfill Option B is currently being considered and requires further assessment should this option is preferred.
Figure I-25
Land Clearing Area Map
94
B4.
Site Preparation
After tree cutting activity completed, a series of earthwork, such as cut and
fill, grading and compaction will be conducted for site preparation.
Based on current design plan, estimated volume for earthwork (cut and fill)
activities are as follow :
Future LNG Tank, BOG, Flare, LNG Jetty Access and Condensate Tank
areas North West of Train 3 = 2,200,000 m3 (of earthwork);
The Bulk Offloading Facility (BOF), approximately 6 km Access Road,

Construction Camps, Dormitory/Warehouse, Centralized Waste Facility
and ORF = 2,100,000 m3 (of earthwork); and
Train 3 plant site and construction laydown areas = 2,200,000 m3
Total volume of earthwork is estimated to be approximately 6,500,000 m3.

The earthwork material will be weathered Steenkool clay material with
some thin layers (approximately 1 m thick) of sandy/gravel deposits on the
ridge areas comprising less than 5% of the bulk earthwork volume.
Current plan is to balance the cut and fill volumes as much as possible within
the work areas. Where possible surplus cut earthwork will be used to raise the
elevation of the future train areas to avoid the need for additional areas for
disposal.
The areas in the future dormitory/camp area and future train areas that are
currently proposed for the disposal of unsuitable earthwork materials.
These area are marked on the tree harvesting plan with total area
approximately 50 ha. Excess soil disposal location is shown in Figure I-29.
95
Note : *) Master plot plan proyek is currently in finalization stage and may be changed according to project and design progresses. This drawing will be updated to reflect the final design result.
Figure I-26
Master Plot Plan of the Tangguh Expansion Project*)
96
B5.
Quarry
After further consideration, to minimize the environmental impact and the
project footprint, the option to have dedicated quarry locations within the
buffer zone area outside the areas of forest being cleared for construction
access and project physical footprint has been cancelled. Quarry material
required will be mostly imported from outside Tangguh LNG site area.
The suitable granular materials discovered within the TEP tree clearing and
cut and fill area will be used for construction, this will reduce the area to be
cleared, project physical footprint and at the same time reduce the volume of
materials to be disposed from the cut and fill activities.
B6.
Construction of LNG Plant and its Supporting Facilities

One EPC contractor will be appointed to manage construction of all Tangguh
LNG Expansion Project facilities, including:
-
LNG Train;
LNG Tank;
Condensate Tank;
Utilities: steam, air system, nitrogen system, etc;
Freshwater supply system (desalination and/or groundwater extraction);
Flare;
Power generation;
Solid waste and wastewater management facilities.
Layout of facilities that will be built as part of the Tangguh Expansion Project
is shown in Figure I-29 Overall Master Plot Plan of the Tangguh Expansion
Project.
Conceptual strategy of overall construction plan is currently being developed.
A detail construction strategy for Tangguh Expansion development will be
developed as well.
Some of the main facility components to fabricated outside Tangguh area and
shipped to site using barge. These components will be assembled, installed
and commissioned on site. This fabrication activity (if any) is excluded from
this AMDAL study scope. Project proponent will ensure the selected
fabrication facilities already obtained the required environmental permit and
approval as per applicable regulation.
Hydrotest for LNG tank, condensate tank and utilities will be done during
commissioning stage with estimated volume as follow :
97
Table I-16
Hydrotest Water Volume for Tanks and Utilities

Facility
Volume (m3)
Tanks :
LNG tank
105,000
Condensate tank
31,000
Desalination tank
16,000
Produced water buffer tank
10,500
Potable water tank
1,500
Demineralized tank
800
Diesel tank
2,000
Recovered oil tank
50
Admin & dormitory service reservoir tank
900
Chemical cleaning :
Soda Boiling Boiler
700
Passivation & cleaning :

- Heat exchanger
- CWSS
5,700
Degreasing :
a. Step-1 water recirculating
b. Chemical dilution for degreasing
c. First water flushing after degreasing
d. Second water flushing after degreasing
e. Water make up
f. Preparation of amine solution
B7.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
2,600
2,600
2,600
2,600
400
1,000
Freshwater Supply
Estimated freshwater demands during construction of LNG Train 3 and 4 is
512 m3/hour. Water quality shall comply to Government Regulation No. 82
Year 2001 regarding Water Quality Management and Water Pollution Control.
There are two alternatives freshwater supply will be assessed in this AMDAL
study, which are :
1. Groundwater abstraction; and
2. Desalination.
Groundwater abstraction is the preferred option for freshwater supply during
construction. Should the groundwater capacity is not sufficient to fulfil the
water needs, a combination between groundwater extraction and desalination
will be used for freshwater supply. Detail explanation on freshwater supply
option is described in Sub-Chapter 1.2.3 LNG Plant Activity Section C6.
Freshwater Supply.
98
B8.

Waste management facility will be built as part of the Tangguh Expansion.
Incorporating lessons learned from waste management during previous
construction and existing operation, project has identified the need to have an
integrated waste management facilities to manage waste generated from
Tangguh LNG construction, drilling and operation activities. This also include
improvement of existing waste management facilities.
Current plan is to provide an Integrated Waste Management Facility (IMWF)
to manage waste from construction, drilling and operation activity. Location
criteria of integrated waste management facility are :
Near the STP;
Near the landfill to minimise the total vehicle movements;
In an area accessible to the accommodation camp but not so close as to

cause odour, smoke, litter or visual nuisance;
In an area accessible by road; and
In an area with access to necessary power, water and drainage

infrastructure.
The proposed location if integrated waste management facility is to the

northeast of the existing accommodation and north of STP, outside of 30 mbar
LNG train blast zone. Proposed location is shown in Figure I-30.
Integrated waste management facility which will be established during early
works, includes non hazardous waste incinerator and hazardous waste
temporary storage. Other facilities will be built during main construction
stage, including provision of hazardous waste incinerator and additional non
hazardous waste landfill capacity for organic and inert waste. At handover to
operation (after construction), some reconfiguration may be required to meet
long term requirements.
Non Hazardous Solid Waste
Estimated non hazardous solid waste volume generated during construction
stage is shown in Table I-19 below.
99
Table I-17
No
Non Hazardous Waste Volume
Non Hazardous Waste
Waste Production
Rate
(m3/POB/month)
Total
Mandays
during
Construction
Cumulative Waste
Volume Generated
(m3)
Organic waste
0.065
266,800
17,500
Recyclable waste
0.02
266,800
5,400
Combustible waste
0.17
266,800
45,500
Food waste
50,000
Inert waste
15,000
Note : the above volume are for two trains construction
Proposed facilities for non hazardous solid waste are as follow :
Non hazardous waste incinerator : for combustible waste, e.g. paper,

carton, etc.;
Incinerator capacity = 2 x 3 tonnes per day (1 operated and 1 spare)
Composter and food dewatering : for food waste
Wood chipper;
Can compactor and plastic shredder;

Recyclable waste, such as pressed food can and shredded plastic bottle
are planned to be sent to waste recycling facility.
Non hazardous waste landfill (for inert and organic waste)
Landfill will be constructed to accommodate 110% of predicted waste volume

generated during construction. Currently there are four alternative area which
being considered as landfill location. From logistical perspective, option A
represents the most favourable by virtue of the close proximity of both the
proposed IWMF and STP and access to necessary infrastructure. However, the
final landfill location will be determined after a series of relevant studies are
performed, such as topography, hydrology, hydrogeology, geology,
geotechnical, environmental assessment and other relevant studies.
Considered alternative landfill locations are shown in Figure I-30.
Possibility to use food macerator and discharge to STP is currently being
assessed. This option is aimed to reduce the waste that goes into landfill. If it is
proven to be effective, macerator will be used as one of non hazardous waste
treatment facility.
100
Figure I-27
Alternative Non Hazardous Waste Landfill Locations (for organic and inert waste)
101
Hazardous Waste
Estimated hazardous waste volume generated during construction stage is
shown in Table I-20 below.
Table I-18
Estimated Hazardous Waste Volume
Hazardous Waste Type
Volume per month (m3) during construction
Used packaging/container
900
Used oil
350
Chemical cans
180
Used/spent chemicals
90
Others
250
Total
1,770
Note: the above volume are for two trains construction
Proposed facilities and equipment to manage hazardous waste are as follow :
Hazardous waste incinerator (for combustible hazardous waste);
Hazardous waste storage (for incombustible hazardous waste including

ashes from hazardous waste incinerator) prior to sending to certified waste
management facility.
Hazardous waste incinerator and hazardous waste storage will be designed

according to applicable Indonesian regulation and relevant IFC requirement,
taking into account lessons learned from previous construction and existing
operation.
Waste management facilities will be designed incorporating lessons learned
from waste management from previous construction and existing operation.
Detail design of waste management plan and its facilities are currently being
assessed and will be included in RKL-RPL.
Some of the waste treatment facility which are constructed to handle
construction waste will be preserved (not demolished) for long term
utilization (operation phase).
B9.
Wastewater during construction phase will be discharged at the same
discharge point with existing wastewater discharge. Wastewater during
construction phase will be discharged through GRP-HDPE (or similar type)
pipe with diameter of 18 and approximately 5 km length.
Main wastewater generated during construction phase are as follow :
Sewage sewage generated from construction camp will be treated in a
sewage treatment plant in project location. TEP construction will have an
102
integrated sewerage unit, which will be used during operational phase after
the construction phase with an adjusted POB number.
Current plan is to use aerobic biological treatment with a disinfectant unit.
The design capacity will be based on peak POB during construction phase.
Estimated sewage volume generated during construction is approx. 3,800
m3/day.
Effluent from the STP will be contained for possible reuse, such as irrigation,
road watering and other similar usage. Sludge generated from STP will be
handled by the non-hazardous waste system in IMWF (potential nonhazardous landfill).
Storm water/Runoff water Storm water will be managed throughout the
Construction Phase to minimize erosion and discharge of sediment to
surrounding waterways. Typical storm water management practices include
treatment and conveyance structures, retention and detention basins, filters,
and oil/water separators. Temporary drainage systems and sediment and
erosion control measures to minimize erosion, such as riprap, re-vegetation,
slope stabilization, and so forth, will be implemented as needed.
Storm water runoff from clean areas will be allowed to flow through natural
or manmade ditches to the nearest natural watercourse. Runoff from areas
potentially subject to contamination will be diverted to a holding basin. Water
collected in the basin will be tested prior to final discharge. If found to be
acceptable for direct discharge, basin contents will be released to the outfall. If
unacceptable for direct discharge, water will be treated prior to discharge.
Effluent from batching plant The effluent water from batching plant
usually contain Alkaline and high TSS characteristic. This effluent water will
be treated in (temporary) neutralization pond to meet applicable quality
standard for pH and TSS prior discharge to environment.
During construction, there will be temporary neutralization pond to treat the
effluent water from batching plant.
However, this is not considered as main source of wastewater from Tangguh
LNG activity due to the small volume (not more than 10 m3/day) and it is
intermitten (not a continual activity) hence it is not considered as main
wastewater source in Tangguh LNG activity. The wastewater can also be
reused for similar purpose. The wastewater that cannot be reused will be
treated in neutralization pond to comply with quality standard prior to
discharge to sea.
Hydrotest During the commissioning of LNG train and its supporting
facilities, hydrotest will be done for vessels and piping. Disposal option and
location, including possibility to reuse the water (if not contaminated) is still
being assessed.
103
Brine Water Reject Should Tangguh decide to build new desalination

unit/RO to fulfil freshwater needs during construction, the discharge of brine
water reject will be increased.
Estimated volume of brine water reject during construction is approx. 3000
m3/day during peak with RO efficiency of 0.4. Discharge of brine water reject
will be significantly reduced, if Tangguh LNG is allowed to use groundwater
extraction as freshwater supply.
B10. Power Generator/Diesel Generator
During construction, temporary diesel generators will be used for electrical
supply.
B11. Storage and Loading of Fuel and Chemical
Fuel and chemical storage for construction activity will be managed by EPC
Contractor. Fuel and chemical storage for the Tangguh Expansion Project
construction activity will be built separately from the existing fuel and
chemical storage for operation. Fuel will be transported to site using LCT or
other similar vessel. Fuel and chemical will be stored in fuel storage facility in
onshore storage.
Up to this stage, the volume of stored fuel and chemical have not been
predicted yet. The storage and loading requirement during construction will
be defined during Detail Engineering Study.
C.
Operation Phase
C1.
Existing Tangguh operation employs approximately 1800 workers. This
number could increase by maximum 30% during TAR (heavy maintenance).
This includes workforce requirement for operation and maintenance of LNG
trains, offshore platforms, gas pipelines and other supporting facilities.
Approximately additional 500 1000 personnel will be required to operate
and maintain Train 3 and its supporting facilities. For further development
(Train 4), additional personnel requirement could be double from this
estimation.
Base case is to absorb the operation and maintenance of the additional
facilities in the current population (i.e. no increase in workforce size) by
building capability in existing workforce. It is recognized that some increase
in workforce may be required. Hence this provision of the numbers listed in
this AMDAL document, should not be interpreted as an indication of
increased employment opportunities.
104
Workforce qualification will be determined through Workforce Management

Study and will be described in RKL-RPL.
C2.
Flare Gas Emission

In order to provide 100% availability of the wet and dry flare systems, a
common flare shall be provided. In this case, the common spare flare stack
installed (one spare) shall be designed to handle both the wet and dry flare
loads. These stacks, wet, dry and common spare, should be installed in one
derrick structure and shall be possible to retract one flare stack while others
remains in operation, without personnel having to work above the riser
removal/replacement platform.
New flaring installation will be designed using demountable flaring method
which can accommodate multiple riser flare up to six trains.
Benefit of demountable flare are :
Multiple risers allow flare tip to be maintained at grade while the flare
system and plant remain in operation;
Multiple risers allow for smaller plot space;
Extra space on derrick allows for the addition of risers for future
expansion.
The new flaring installation (demountable flare) will consist of flare headers,
KO drums and flare stacks for dry, wet and common spare flare for exising
LNG Trains and its development up to LNG Train 6.
Schematic flare diagram for six trains operation is shown in FigureFigure I-31.
This new demountable flare will be located to the west area (north of the
existing condensate tank) as shown in FigureFigure I-32 with stack height of
130 m and diameter of 48 inch.
The existing flare systems for train 1 and 2 will be tied in to the new flare
system.
A new tankage flare is provided at the north of LNG storage tank area,
including a stainless steel flare header and elevated flare stack. Additional KO
drum is not required for the new tankage flare system.
There will be purge gas and pilot flaring needed for safety reason. In addition,
there will be some routine flaring required e.g. during dry dock ship, warm
LNG ship, mixed refrigerant composition, train start up after TAR/trip. The
amount of flaring will be significantly higher during initial start up and
commissioning.
Based on existing operation (train 1 and 2), annual amount of flaring from
normal operation as follow:
105
Table I-19
Flaring per Year (2011 May 2013)
Year
Total Feed Gas (mmscf)
Flare (mmscf)
Flare vs Feed Gas (%)
2011
394,637
9,222
2.34
2012
421,395
6,668
1.58
2013 (YTD Jan-May)

Estimate 5,500 mmscf
172,937
1,573
0.91
For Train 3 and 4, the annual amount of flaring is estimated to be 5,500 mmscf
based on existing operation experience. However, the new design of LNG
trains will be improved incorporating lesson learned from existing operation
to reduce flaring.
106
Unit 063/163
Fuel System
Unit 016/017
ORF
Unit 074
Refrigerant
Storage
Unit 011/012
Condensate
Stabiliser
186-FL-1001
Dry Flare
Stack
Wet Flare
Liquid Drain
Train 1
Dry Flare
186-D-1001
Dry Flare
KO Drum
Wet Flare
Liquid Drain
Train 2
Dry Flare
186-FL-1003
Common Spare
Flare Stack
Wet Flare
Liquid Drain
Train 3
Dry Flare
Electric
Heater
Wet Flare
Liquid Drain
Train 4
Electric
Heater
186-D-1003
Common
Spare Flare
KO Drum
Dry Flare
Wet Flare
186-FL-1002
Wet Flare
Stack
Liquid Drain
Train 5
Dry Flare
Wet Flare
LP Steam
Liquid Drain
Train 6
186-D-1002
Wet Flare
KO Drum
Dry Flare
186-D-1004
Blow Down
Drum
Wet Flare
Liquid Drain
Heavy HC to
Slop Oil Tank
No 1 LNG
Storage Tank
No 2 LNG
Storage Tank
Existing BOG
Compressors
No 3 LNG
Storage Tank
New BOG
Compressors
Existing Jetty Ships Vapor

Rtn from Dry Dock
New Jetty Ships Vapor Rtn

from Dry Dock
Source : Tangguh Expansion Onshore Flare and Blow Down Basis of Design (186-DBS-PS-0001 Rev. B01)
Figure I-28
Schematic Figure of Demountable Flaring for 6 Trains
107
086-FL-1003
Tankage Flare
Stack
186-FL-1004
New Tankage
Flare Stack
Figure I-29
Proposed New Flare Location
108
C3.
Power Generator (Gas Turbine)

The Tangguh Expansion Project will provide additional three units of steam
turbine generator with each capacity of 35 MW to generate electricity power
required for the project operation. Electric power is generated by steam
turbine driven power generator (STG) packages supplied with high pressure
steam from the steam system and located in the utility area. Each steam
turbine generator runs at 11 kV, 3 phase, 50 hertz and the voltage is steppedup to 33 kV for distribution. The existing power generation system comprises
three 35 MW STGs.
The emergency power will be generated from diesel engine driven generator
(EDG) units and distributed from emergency switchboard. The new
emergency power supply system for TEP will be using the same design as
existing which comprise of four 2,3 MW EDG units.
C4.
Boiler
High pressure (HP) steam is produced at 40 kg/cm2G and 400C in the Heat
Recovery Steam Generators (HRSG) installed in the exhaust stacks of the
Frame-7 Gas Turbines driving the main refrigerant compressors in the LNG
trains and is supplemented by Package Boilers. HP saturated steam is
produced by injecting the boiler feed water under temperature control to
decrease the temperature to the almost saturated condition of 251C at 40
kg/cm2G.
Medium pressure (MP) steam (24 kg/cm2G, 223C) is produced from the
medium pressure let down station (pressure reduction and de-superheating).
In this letdown station, high pressure steam is reduced to 24 kg/cm2G under
pressure control then boiler feed water is injected under temperature control
to decrease the temperature to the almost saturated condition of 223C.
Low pressure (LP) steam (3.5 kg/cm2G, 148C) is produced from the exhaust
of the back-pressure starter/helper steam turbines of driving the refrigeration
compressors in the process trains. The condition of low pressure steam from
the turbines is slightly superheated. Therefore boiler feed water is injected
under temperature control to de-superheat the steam at a temperature of 148
C. The low pressure let-down station is also provided with a boiler feed
water injection system to produce saturated LP steam from the HP steam.
Steam is distributed through the steam headers to the steam consumers. HP
steam is mainly used to drive Starter/Helper the Steam Turbines on the
refrigerant compressors in the LNG trains. These provide power for start-up
of the Frame-7 gas turbines driven compressor strings as well as additional
power during normal operation. Since the turbines are back pressure type, the
outlet stream from the turbines is low pressure steam. Other main users of HP
steam are the Steam Turbine Generator sets in utility area.
109
The steam losses in the system will be replaced by boiler make-up water. This
comprises fresh water mixed with steam condensate which is then treated in
the demineralization package.
The Steam unit will be expanded to generate and distribute additional steam
required by the Tangguh Expansion facilities, and will include interconnection
to exiting system. The potential Steam Equipment as described in Table I-22.
Table I-20
Description
Potential Steam Equipment

Existing Equipment in Tangguh LNG
Initial Development
(LNG Train 3)
Steam Supply
Boilers
1 set (3 x boilers)
1 set (3 x boilers)
HRSG
2 set (2 x trains)
2 set (2 x trains)
1 set
1 set
BFW (system)
Steam Consumers
Process
Reboilers
STGs
2 set (2 LNG trains)
1 set (1 LNG train)
1 set (3 x 35MW)
1 set (3 x 35MW)
Notes:
1. Plot plans/layout for the steam system expansion shall be located within the available
space on the western side of the existing utilities block. The new boilers will be located
adjacent to the existing units.
2. Further development is required to determine if an additional STG is required with LNG
Train 4. Simple summation of the design electrical loads indicates one additional 35 MW
machine would be required, whereas operational data suggests this would not be
needed.
3. Space will be allocated for the additional facilities anticipated to be required for Train 4.
This includes one STG package, one package boiler, two de-aerator, one steam turbine
condenser, one condensate recovery drum, one condensate pump and one boiler feed
water make-up package. It is assumed all these items will be of the same design and
capacity as the corresponding Train 3 facilities.
110
C5.
Acid Gas Incinerator (AGI)

Acid gas from the Amine Flash Reflux Drum contains a small amount of light
hydrocarbon, aromatic compound such as benzene, toluene, xylene, and a
variety of sulphur compounds, which must be oxidized prior to releasing
them to the atmosphere. This oxidation process is performed in the Acid Gas
Incinerator.
A thermal combustion unit will be provided to burn the Acid Gas Removal
Unit vent gas. Acid gas from the top of the Amine Flash Reflux Drum is sent
to the incinerator; all combustibles substances will be converted into oxidized
products.
The additional heat required to achieve the required flame temperature will be
provided by an auxiliary burner, firing fuel gas or flash gas from the Unit.
The maximum H2S content in the flue gases is 5 ppmv. In case of trip or other
non-availability of the incinerator, acid gas is vented directly to atmosphere
and flash gas is routed to the flare as it contains hydrocarbons.
C6.
Freshwater Supply
Estimated freshwater demands during Train 3 and 4 operation is 79 m3/hour.
Water quality shall comply to Government Regulation No. 82 Year 2001
regarding Water Quality Management and Water Pollution Control.
There are two alternatives freshwater supply will be assessed in this AMDAL
study, which are :
1. Groundwater Abstraction
The option to use groundwater supply to replace or supplement the
current desalination system are considered as part of the Tangguh
Expansion Project and included in this AMDAL study scope.
Option to have groundwater production well within Tangguh fence and
possibility to obtain freshwater supply from outside Tangguh, or
combined both options are currently being considered.
Use of groundwater would reduce the volume of wastewater discharge
(brine water reject) into Bintuni Bay, providing an environmental benefit.
It would also be more energy efficient and reduce the emission of
greenhouse gases.
A number of groundwater investigations have been conducted previously
at Tangguh site, including desk top study, groundwater modeling, drilling,
pilot hole, and geophysical surveys.
The result of those studies identified fresh water aquifer that may be
suitable to supply water for Tangguh construction and operations. A field
111
investigation including drilling of some production and monitoring wells

and pumping test was recommended and approved by MoE in 2006 to
confirm the desk top study finding. Due to several reasons including the
peak construction activities at that time, Tangguh decided to postpone
this programs.
An additional desktop study has recently been completed which confirms
the previous findings and recommends to proceed with the previous
programme with some amendments. A field investigation is conducted as
part of this AMDAL study.
As part of this AMDAL study, one production well with depth of 400 m
and one monitoring well with depth of 150 m for 10 days pumping test
will be drilled. Should the test indicates the positive result and
groundwater option is confirmed to be feasible and approved in the
AMDAL, Tangguh will drill additional production wells up to 400 m
depth and additional two monitoring wells up to 300 m depth, to monitor
potential impact of seawater intrusion and land subsidence, also to
monitor the availability of groundwater resource for the community. The
numbers of groundwater production wells to be drilled to supply
constructions and operations water needs will be determined based on the
result of groundwater study.
2. Desalination
Existing Tangguh LNG operation use desalination system to fulfil its
freshwater demands. Currently, freshwater for Tangguh LNG are
provided by desalination (capacity of 3 x 28 m3/hour) and reverse osmosis
(86 m3/hour) units.
Should TEP decide to use desalination as freshwater supply, 4 x 28
m3/hour (3x28 m3/hour for initial phase and potentially additional 1x28
m3/hour unit as part of future development) desalination unit will be
constructed. Brine water reject will be discharged directly to sea
comingled with other treated wastewater.
Groundwater abstraction is the preferred option for freshwater supply during
construction, subject to local government approval. Should the groundwater
capacity is not sufficient to fulfil the water needs, a combination between
groundwater abstraction and desalination will be used for freshwater supply
Detail of this program is described in Sub-Chapter 2.1.5 Hydrogeology and
Groundwater Quality.
112
Figure I-30
Water Balance of Existing Tangguh LNG Operation
113
C7.
Estimated wastewater volume generated from four trains operations are as
follow :
Table I-21
Estimated Wastewater Volume from Four Trains Operation

Wastewater Type
Treatment Unit
Volume
(m3/day)
Produced Water
Produced Water Treatment (PWT)
1,200
Oily Contaminated Water
Corrugated Plate Interceptor (CPI)
4,800
Chemically Contaminated Water
Neutralization Pit
3,400
Sewage
Sewage Treatment Plant (STP)
1,320
Brine water reject
32,832
Total
43,552
Total (m3/hour)
1,851
Produced Water
Produced Water
Dissolved Air
Flotation
Bio-treatment
Filtration and
Adsorption
Discharge
Point
-6 m LAT
at LNG Jetty 1
&2
Existing PWT capacity = 2x25 m3

DAF Sludge
Figure I-31
Biosludge
Block Flow Diagram of Produced Water Management
The existing Produced Water Treatment (PWT) unit received wastewater

streams from the following source :
Produced water from ORF pre-treated and collected in produced water

tank;
Pipeline unloading water stored in dewatering pit;
Water from well start-up activity stored in dewatering pit;
Treated water from CPI; and
Recycled water from bio-treatment section of PWT (aerobic conventional

type.
114
In existing operation, the pre-treated produced waste water stored in the

Produced Water Tank and Off-Spec Produced Water Tank is fed to PWT
Plant for further treatment. PWT unit consists of :
Dissolved Air Floation (DAF) oil and grease removal primary

treatment;
Biological treatment secondary treatment;
Sand filter tertiary treatment;
Activated carbon filter tertiary treatment;
Sludge treatment; and
Chemical injection facilities.
The existing PWT plant does not have the capacity to handle the anticipated
increase in wastewater from the Tangguh Expansion Project facilities.
Therefore, an additional unit of similar design to the two existing units (25
m3/hour) will increase total plant capacity to 75 m3/hour for three LNG
Trains. Addition of PWT unit will be aligned with trains expansion.
The locations of the new PWT plant will be built at the east side of the Main
Control Building (MCB). Design of the integrated system shall address flow
distribution between the new and existing PWT plant.
As proven during the performance test to effluent water of PWT plant, it is
identified that the effluent water from the PWT has the potential to be further
treated/polished to reach the quality of utility water.
There will still be some wastewater to be discharged, though the quantity will
be reduced. Should the PWT flow rate is not sufficient to meet utility water
demand, water supply from other source (groundwater or desalination) will
still required.
Study to assess the possibility of produced water reinjection is being
considered to be conducted in the future. However, this possibility is not
included in this AMDAL scope. Should this reinjection option is selected,
Tangguh LNG will coordinate with relevant institution to have guidance on
further process.
DAF sludge will be managed according to the study result and/or will be
used as soil enricher and/or incinerated in hazardous incinerator and/or sent
to certified waste management facility. Bio-sludge will be treated as raw
material of soil enricher and/or other similar utilization according to the
ongoing study result. Should the study result shows that this option is not
applicable, other option that being considered is to incinerated bio-sludge in
incinerator and/or sent to certified waste management facility.
115
Oily Contaminated Water
Recovered Oil
Tank
LNG Production
Process
Collection Pond
CPI Unit
-6m LAT
Discharge Point
at LNG 1 & 2
Jetties
Figure I-32
Block Flow Diagram of Oily Contaminated Water
Oily contaminated water during operation phase are produced from several
sources, which are :
Process/train area;
Utility/offsite area;
ORF area;
Area within condensate tank;
BOG compressor area;
Seawater intake area;
Potential contaminated runoff area.
Oily contaminated water has different discharge specification/requirement

with produced water, therefore a separate treatment unit shall be provided
(i.e. Corrugated Plate Interceptor CPI). There will be a back up line to tie-in
to PWT unit which allow the oily contaminated water to flow to PWT in case
of trip/downtime in CPI unit.
Design consideration as stated above is based on lesson leard from the current
Tangguh LNG operations. CPI unit will be improved to separate hydrocarbon
more effectively.
CPI sludge management will be conducted as per study result and/or as soil
enricher and/or incinerated in hazardous waste incinerator and/or sent to
certified waste management facility.
116
Chemically Contaminated Water

LNG Plant Area
Utility Area
Discharge point
Demineralization Unit
Neutralization Pit
Laboratory
(pH neutralization process)
-6m LAT at LNG Jetty 1

&2
New Activated Carbon

Washing in Amine Unit
Figure I-33
Block Flow Diagram of Chemically Contaminated Water
Chemically contaminated water are generated from the following source:
Utility/offsite area;
Process/train area;
Laboratory.
An adequate neutralization pit will be provided to receive chemically

contaminated water stream and neutralized it to meet discharge water quality
standard. Similar with the existing unit, a sufficient neutralization pit will be
built to accommodate all chemically contaminated water from TEP.
Sewage
Domestic Wastewater
from the Office Area,
Dormitory, Main
Control Room, Non
Process Area and
Dormitory Offsite
Area
Domestic
Wastewater
Collection
Pond
Aeration
Tank
Clarifier
Sludge
Tank
Figure I-34
Disposal
Tank
Discharge
Point -6m
LAT at LNG
Jetty 1 & 2
Sludge
Drying
Facility
Landfill
Block Flow Diagram of Sewage Management
New permanent STP unit that will be built during construction phase will also
accommodate the sewage generated during operation phase (including
commissioning) of Tangguh Expansion Project, with some POB adjustment
during operation phase.
In addition, STP unit will be used to treat leachate from organic landfill.
117
Treated sewage water (STP effluent) will be collected for possible reuse, such
as for irrigation, road watering and other similar usage. However, the treated
sewage water will not be reused for human consumption.
Sludge from treatment will be disposed to landfill and/or as compost material
and/or as soil enricher and/or other similar utilization as per the ongoing
study result and/or incinerated.
Brine Water Reject
Discharge point
Desalination Unit
Figure I-35
Brine Water Reject
-6m LAT at LNG Jetty 1

&2
Block Flow Diagram of Brine Water Reject Management
Discharge of brine water reject will be increased, should Tangguh decide to

build new desalination unit to fulfil freshwater need during construction and
operation of Tangguh Expansion Project. Discharge of brine water reject will
be significantly reduced, if Tangguh will use groundwater extraction as
freshwater supply.
Wastewater generated during operation phase will be discharged to sea to
common outfall at -6 m LAT through the new wastewater discharge line in the
new LNG-condensate jetty 2 location. This new discharge line will be tied in to
the existing line to minimize potential risk of downtime due to blockage or
maintenance at existing/new discharge line. Location of the new wastewater
discharge line is shown in Figure I-39.
118
Figure I-36
Wastewater Discharge Location at LNG-Condensate Jetty 2 (A)
119
Figure I-37
Wastewater Discharge Location at LNG-Condensate Jetty 2 (B)
120
C8.

As described in Sub-Chapter 1.2.3 LNG Plant Activity Section B8. Non
Hazardous and Hazardous Waste Management, an integrated waste
management facility will be provided as part of Tangguh Expansion Project in
order to provide an integrated facility to manage waste from construction,
drilling and operation activity.
Non Hazardous Waste
Estimated volume of non hazardous solid waste generated during operation
phase is shown in Table I-24 below.
Table I-22
Estimated Volume of Non Hazardous Solid Waste

Type of Solid Waste
Volume per month (m3)
Organic waste
100
Recyclable waste
85
Combustible waste
500
Wood
90
Inert waste
60
Total
835
Source: Waste Management Strategy Worley Parsons Rev. B03
Hazardous Waste
Estimated volume of hazardous waste generated during operation phase is
shown in Table I-25 below.
Table I-23
Estimated Volume of Hazardous Waste
Type of Hazardous Waste
Volume
Solid waste
60 m3/month
Liquid waste
60 m3/ month
Chemical cans
Used/spent chemical
Others
Mercury contaminated waste
60
m3/
110
m3/
month
month
100
m3/
month
Source: Waste Management Strategy Worley Parsons Rev. B03
Hazardous waste generated from Tangguh LNG operation includes solid

waste from process, liquid waste from process and mercury catalyst which
generated during Turn Around (TAR) activity. TAR will be conducted
regularly, however mercury catalyst replacement will only be done if
necessary. Mercury catalyst waste will be sent to certified waste management
facility.
Hazardous waste management will be done in compliance with applicable
Indonesian regulation (Government Regulation No. 18 jo 85 Year 1999),
121
current plan is to use hazardous incinerator to incinerate combustible

hazardous waste or will be stored temporarily in Hazardous Waste Storage
prior to be sent to certified waste management facility.
Tangguh currently assessed possibility to recycle PWT sludge to be used as
compost or other potential usage. A preliminary study will be done prior
utilization of hazardous waste.Should the study result shown this option is
feasible, Tangguh LNG will consult with MOE to ensure this option can be
done in compliance with applicable regulation.
Some of the waste treatment facility which are constructed to handle
construction waste will be preserved (not demolished) for long term
utilization (operation phase).
Tangguh LNG waste management diagram and flow is shown in Figure I-41
and Figure I-42.
122
Figure I-38
Existing Non Hazardous Solid Waste Management Diagram in Tangguh LNG Site
123
Figure I-39
Existing Waste Management Facilities in Tangguh LNG Site
124
C9.
Non Production Facilities (NPF)

Supporting facilities will be built to support Tangguh LNG operation. Those
facilities are include :
Accommodation;
Office;
Warehouse;
Maintenance workshop;
Laboratory;
Clinic;
Worship facility;
Sport facility.
C10. Storage and Loading of Fuel and Chemical

Tangguh LNG existing operation already equipped with fuel and chemical
storage and loading facility and procedure.
Diesel oil is supplied by ship (local LCT transporter) from the off-site vendor
to the Tangguh LNG plant. Existing operation consumes approxmately
900,000 L/month of diesel fuel for vessel fuel, equipment and operational
vehicle. The diesel is currently offloaded at the Combo Dock using a dockside
pump or ship pump to transfer the diesel to diesel storage tanks.
A new hydrocarbons un-loading berth will be installed as part of the Tangguh
LNG Expansion Project for this purpose. Existing Tangguh operation only use
one diesel type. The diesel fuel is subsequently distributed to the following
end-users via a small tanker truck, as there is no direct distribution by
permanent piping. Following are facilities and equipment inside Tangguh
LNG which use diesel fuel :
Diesel driven sea water supply pump;
Diesel driven main firewater pump;
EDGs;
Vehicle fuel stations:

-
One in the GPF Shore Base (GPFSB) area to refuel equipment used to
support the GPF Shore Base and plant activities
Two on the Combo Dock. One is used for refuelling small marine craft,
e.g. the pilot boat, security boats and water taxis, as well as to refuel
the motorised equipment and vehicles that are used on the Combo
Dock. The other one is used for refuelling large marine craft, e.g. tugs,
crew boats and offshore supply vessels, although the offshore supply
125
vessels will generally refuel at the supply depot at Sorong, or at

another convenient site.
Should it deemed necessary, storage and fuel distribution system will be
supplemented to fulfil fuel requirement for Tangguh Expansion Project. New
fuel tank with capacity approximately 2000 m3 and transfer/loading pump (2
x 60 m3/hour) will be added for TEP in new location which will be
determined later.
Chemical for LNG production and GPF is being offloaded at combo dock and
will be stored in dedicated storage.
All diesel/fuel storage shall be provided with an adequate secondary
containment system (e.g. 110% of its capacity).
D.

Post operation phase are include but not limited to facility decommissioning,
remediation and workforce release.
D1.
There will be workforce release in the end of operation phase. Detail process
applicable regulation
D2.
LNG Plant and Its Supporting Facilities Decommissioning

Facility decommissioning plan will be developed to obtain approval from
Government. The decommissioning plan will be developed according to
applicable regulation on decommissioning at that time.
Most of LNG Plant and supporting facilities will be removed. However,
discussion with stakeholders will be ongoing to determine if any of these
facilities will be left behind to be used in the future or will be abandoned. A
clear plan and legal understanding of the transfer of responsibility for the
facilities will be determined through this process. Some remediation of the
areas is expected and will be completed prior to release.
D3.
Revegetation
Revegetation will be done in former area of demolished LNG plant and
supporting facilities. Detail revegetation program will be developed once
decommissioning plan is completed.
1.2.4
Marine Facilities Activity

The existing marine facilities in Tangguh LNG currently consist of an LNG jetty, a
construction jetty, and a combo dock (condensate/cargo/passenger-crew jetty)
(Figure I-43). These facilities are used for various operational activities including
LNG and Condensate loading, the wastewater discharge outfall, equipment
laydown and transportation, manpower mobilization, sea water intake, bulk fuel
126
and chemical delivery and for servicing offshore maintenance, operational and
exploration activities.
Tangguh LNG has conducted a design study to investigate possible marine
expansion options to facilitate the additional requirements of the Tangguh
Expansion Project. The primary marine infrastructure requirements identified are :
LNG-Condensate Jetty 2;
Bulk Offloading Facility; and
Combo dock enhancement.
All marine facilities are design with no causeways establishment. The interface
between the trestle and the land are supported with an abutment which also
incorporates some erosion protection in the form of a concrete and boulders, as
shown in Figure I-44.
127
Figure I-40
Existing Marine Facilities in Tangguh LNG
128
Figure I-41
Detail of Shore Protection for LNG Jetty Abutment
129
Development scenario of marine facilities is shown in Table I-26 below:

Table I-24
No.
Facility
1.
Marine Port
Dredging
Waste
Management
Existing Marine Facilities and Development Scenario of Tangguh

Expansion Project
Existing Tangguh
Marine facilities:
- 1 construction
jetty
- 1 combo dock as
condensate/
cargo/
passenger dock
- 1 LNG Jetty for 2
trains
Initial Development
(Train 3)
Marine facilities:
- 1 Bulk Offloading
Facility permanent
- Combo Dock
enhancement
- 1 LNG-Condensate
Jetty
Future Development
(Future Gas Supply for
Train 3 and
Development of Train 4)
Not considered yet
LNG-Condensate Jetty 2
= 130,000 m3
BOF = 750,000 m3
Combo dock
enhancement =
180,000 m3
Maintenance =
400,000 m3
Solid waste from
marine facilities are
managed at
Tangguh LNG site.
Solid wastes from
vessel are managed
on vessel and
follow MARPOL
requirement Annex
V Prevention of
Pollution by
Garbage from Ships
Year 2012 (for
discharge of food
waste to sea).
Solid waste from marine facilities will be managed at

Tangguh LNG site.
Solid waste from vessel will be managed on vessel
and follow MARPOL requirement Annex V
Prevention of Pollution by Garbage from Ships Year
2012 requirement (for discharge of food waste to sea).
130
No.
Facility
Wastewater
Management
Existing Tangguh
Wastewater from
marine facilities are
managed at
Tangguh LNG site.
Wastewater from
vessel are managed
on vessel and
follow MARPOL
requirement
Annex IV
Prevention of
Pollution by
Sewage from Ships
Year 2012.
Initial Development
(Train 3)
Future Development
(Future Gas Supply for
Train 3 and
Development of Train 4)
Wastewater from marine facilities are managed at

Tangguh LNG site.
Wastewater from vessel will be managed on vessel
and follow MARPOL requirement Annex IV
Prevention of Pollution by Sewage from Ships Year
2012.
According to Government Regulation No. 5 Year 2010 regarding Navigation, Safety

Exclusion Zone will be established for safety purpose, which are :
Prohibited zone : 500 meter measured from the outermost point of installation or
marine navigational aid facility.
Restricted zone : 1250 meter measured from the outermost point of the
prohibited zone or 1750 meter from the outermost of installation or marine
navigational aid facility.
Existing safety exclusion zone around Tangguh LNG marine facilities are shown in
Figure I-45 and Figure I-46.
During operation, a 500-m area on all sides of the LNG vessel and 150-m area for the
combo dock are determined as Safety Exclusion Zone for other vessel traffic for
safety reasons
131
Figure I-42
Marine Restricted Zone of the Existing Tangguh LNG
132
Figure I-43
Marine Prohibited Zone of the Existing Tangguh LNG
133
Map I-1
Marine Navigation Aid (Sarana Bantu Navigasi Pelayaran - SBNP)
134
A.
A1.

prior to commencement of construction activity. This socialization will be
conducted with respect to local norms and traditions
B.
Construction Phase
B1.
Workforce Mobilozation and Demobilization

The number of workforce required to construct and operate marine facilities
are already included in total workforce required for LNG construction and
operation activity. Detail workforce recruitment and release are described in
Sub-Chapter 1.2.3 LNG Plant Activity Section B1 Workforce Mobilization and
Demobilization.
Based on conceptual construction study result, total workforce for marine
facilities during peak construction is estimated around 800 workers.
Workforce requirement and its qualification are described in detail in RKLRPL.
B2.

Sea transportation during construction phase (approx. 1-4 years, 24 hours per
day) will be required to support workforce, material and equipment
mobilization and working vessels. The potential vessels required in
construction phase for example are to support vessels, tug boats, material
barges, crane barges, dredging vessels, dredging barges, and LCTs.
Vessel route during construction will use the existing access channel that
currently used for LNG tanker to enter the site. The access channel is shown in
Map I-2.
There will be extension of existing anchorage area to accommodate
construction vessel and additional mooring for barge, as shown in
Figure I-47.
Equipments and material construction for marine facilities will be mobilized
through sea transportation using vessels and barges. EPC contractor will use
exising construction jetty, particularly to support BOF construction. EPC
contractor will construct the new BOF and will be used for further
mobilization of equipments/material for marine facilities and other
construction activity. Existing Combo Dock will be utilized for supporting
mobilization of heavy equipment.
135
Map I-2
Map of Shipping Lane to Tangguh LNG
136
Figure I-44
Temporary Anchorage Area and Barge Mooring during Construction Phase
137
B3.
Land Clearing
Some land clearing may be required for construction of marine facilities. For
LNG Condensate Jetty 2 construction, there will be mangrove clearing
approximately 5 Ha.
The area required is already included in total area cleared for LNG
construction and described in LNG Plant activity section.
B4.
Site Preparation
Onshore cut and fill for the marine facilities will be limited to the construction
of the LNG jetty abutment and the construction of access roads from the new
berths to existing road infrastructure.
BOF construction will be from sheet piling, filled with granular material
which may be sourced from onshore or outside Tangguh area. Volumes of fill
are not known at this stage because the design of the BOF is not finalized,
however it is anticipated that at minimum 200,000 m3 of material will be
required for the sheet piling infill. Estimated excavation volume is approx.
95,000 m3.
B5.
Dredging and Dredge Material Disposal

The foreshore at Tangguh is a mix of silts, sands and some gravel fractions,
typical of mangrove areas. Sediments are likely to come from the many small
rivers that are prevalent throughout Bintuni Bay and the dendritic channels
further east.
Tidal currents in the area are sufficient to mobilise and carry significant
volumes of the finer sediments in suspension on a daily basis, with deposition
occurring during periods of slack tide. Siltation can occur in dredged areas
and where flows are obstructed.
BOF channel, combo dock enhancement area and LNG-Condensate Jetty 2 will
be dredged during construction phase (within approx. 1-4 years). Dredging
may be required to form berthing pocket in front of the new LNG-Condensate
Jetty. Dredge channel through mud flats to shore will be required to allow
loading-unloading equipment in BOF.
Volume of dredge material from LNG-Condensate Jetty berth is estimated to
be 130,000 m3, from combo dock enhancement around 180,000 m3, while for
BOF approximately 750,000 m3.
All dredged area, will require regular maintenance dredging to maintain the
water depth as per design. Maintenance dredging is planned to be done once
a year or depends on field condition, with dredging period of 3 months
dredging activity per year. Estimated dredge material volume from
maintenance activity is 400,000 m3. Maintenance dredging activity will include
138
dredging at LNG Jetty 1, LNG-Condensate Jetty 2, combo dock, BOF and

construction jetty.
Dredge material will be disposed at the similar location as approved in
AMDAL 2002. Two potential area have been identified for dredge material
disposal. Those sites are West Disposal Site (02026'46.40" S, 132052'06.56" E,
with 50 m depth) and East Disposal Site (02019'31.97" S, 133007'15.99" E, with
60 m depth). Those sites were chosen based on water depth to minimize
impact.
Disposal method can be done by direct disposal to designated dredge material
disposal site or temporarily stored onshore near dredging location prior to be
disposed to dredge material disposal site. Decision on temporary storage
location and design will be made based on risk assessment. Temporary
storage design shall take into account suspended solid management and other
relevant factor based on risk assessment.
Safety exclusion zone will be applied during dredging around dredged area.
Dredging method will be determined and proposed in detail by dredging
contractor based on safety and environmental requirement as stated in the
contract and consideration on available equipment. Tangguh LNG will
establish a stringent and straightforward requirement in work contract with
relevant contractor related to work safety which can also minimise
environmental impact from dredging operation including dredge material
disposal as stipulated in this AMDAL. Disposal location set in this AMDAL is
similar with previous disposal location which has been approved by General
Director of Marine Transportation, Ministry of Transportation Republic of
Indonesia. Designated location is shown in Figure I-48 Potential Dredge
Material Disposal Area.
In order to assess the impact from seabed dredging activity which will be
done to : (i) entrance and port channel of BOF, (ii) combo dock enhancement
area and (iii) LNG-condensate jetty 2; during planning stage a hydrography
study (mathematical model) has been performed, therefore any impact (such
as sedimentation and erosion) which may by occurred can be predicted and
minimized.
139
Figure I-45
Potential Areas for Dredged Material Disposal
140
B6.
Bulk Offloading Facility

A new construction or Bulk Offloading Facility will be constructed during
early works to provide a safe and efficient facility for all vessels associated
with construction activities.
BOF and all elements of the dredged channel and manoeuvring area will be
located within the western boundary of the site, as shown in Figure I-49. All
elements of the berth will be configured to avoid all interfaces between
construction and LNG plant operation.
Figure I-46
Bulk Offloading Facility Location
Unlike the construction jetty during Tangguh LNG phase one construction, the BOF
will be operated within the boundaries of an operational LNG plant. Safety
considerations therefore include the risks associated with working in an area where
hydrocarbon transfer and routine transport operations are being conducted.
A primary consideration in selecting the location of the BOF is to ensure that its
future operation would not adversely affect existing LNG and condensate export
operations.
Following are some areas which considered to be BOF location and its primary
consideration :
141
Area A
Located between pipeline corridor to existing LNG jetty (within 700 m of the
pipelines). Primary consideration is safety issue related to risk of pipeline
damage due to drop anchor and dragged anchor.
Area B
Located between LNG Jetty 1 (existing) and future LNG-Condensate Jetty 2.
Location is currently occupied by the existing construction jetty and it is too
close with existing and future marine facilities. Potential restrictions of vessel
movement may occur in the future.
Area C
Located between LNG-condensate jetty 2 and 3 with combo dock. Risk of
environmental damage as it is located in the mangrove fringe of approximately
200 m and in close proximity to existing and future marine facilities. The BOF
may be unusable for the construction of LNG Train 4 and new facility will be
required in the future, if BOF is constructed in this location.
Area D
Located between Tangguh LNG site boundary and combo dock.
East side : potential impact to sacred stone in the location and potential risk of
combo dock damage, from out-of-control vessel.
West side : has no such restrictions, and lies within area of Tangguh LNG
marine authority area. Access to the onshore construction areas is good and
would not encroach into any plant operating areas. Therefore, this location is
deemed as the most suitable location for BOF construction.
All alternative BOF location are shown in Figure I-50.
142
Figure I-47
Alternative Locations of Bulk Offloading Facility
143
BOF is designed in a similar way to the existing construction jetty which was
utilized during previous Tangguh LNG construction. The BOF will be
designed as a permanent structure with a 25 year design life (with continuous
usage), and will be configured to accommodate a minimum of six berths for
construction barges and LCTs in three basins between wing walls.
The elevations of the berth working and laydown areas shall be appropriate to
the size and type of vessels operated at the berth. Elevations shall take into
consideration the risk of tsunami, and the berth should be designed for
inundation if necessary.
The facility will be designed for the import of heavy loads up to 300 te in
weight, it has been assumed that larger loads will be imported over the
Combo Dock. A laydown area will be provided for the short-term storage of
off-loaded materials.
The BOF will be located in a depth of 1.0 mCD and dredged to a level of -0.4 m
CD at the berths to accommodate barges and LCTs for the import of bulk
materials and equipment. All the berth structures will be designed for a
dredged depth of -3.5 mCD with an over-dredge allowance of at least 0.5 m to
permit future expansion if required.
In addition to the six barge/LCT berths, a berth for the import of diesel fuel
and for re-fuelling vessels will be provided on the west side of the western
finger of the BOF. Berths for construction tugs and small vessels will located
on the east side of the eastern finger. These berths will be dredged to a depth
of at least -2.5 m CD.
An area on the east side of the BOF, also dredged to -2.5 mCD, will be
provided for the operation of ferries for the disembarkment, mustering and
transport of personnel to and from the site in ferries. This area will be remote
from the cargo handling areas to avoid interaction between this activity and
personnel in transit.
A manoeuvring area will be provided, dredged to a depth of -2.5 m CD for
barges and tugs, LCTs, personnel ferries and other vessels using the BOF. The
manoeuvring area will be linked to deep water by a channel, also dredged to a
depth of -2.5 m CD. Navigation marks will be provided at the outer end of the
channel to delineate its width, and leading marks to delineate the channel
centreline shall be provided at the inner end.
This facility will be constructed using sheet piles which driven into the ground
and hoarded to provide strong structure.
As mentioned previously, BOF construction will be part of early work scope
and estimated to take between one to two years period with 9 months of
piling activity (or longer if soft hammer were used).
144
BOF is critical to start the construction of LNG plant and other facilities, such
as loading-unloading area for construction equipment, e.g. bulldozer,
excavator, loaders, backhoe and dump truck; also as loading-unloading area
for construction equipment and LNG plant component.
The BOF is designed to accommodate the vessels summarised in Table I-27
below.
Table I-25
Design Vessels for BOF

Vessel Type
Construction Barge
Maximum Construction Barge
Maximum Size
Minimum Size
2,500 DWT
1,600 DWT
Approx. 90 m LOA and 27 m

Beam
Landing Craft Tanker (LCT)
Approx. 1,600 DWT
Passenger Ferry
Approx. 30 m LOA
Tug for mooring and assistance
Approx. 15 m LOA
Source : Bulk Offloading Facility (BOF) Basis of Design Rev. B03 - June 2013
145
Note :
*) : Detail design of marine facilities is currently being finalized and may be changed as per project and design progresses. This figure will be updated later to reflect the final design.
Figure I-48
146
Layout BOF*)
Note :
Figure I-49
147
BOF Sections*)
Note :
Figure I-50
BOF Dredging Location*)
148
B7.
LNG Jetty 2 (Combined LNG-Condensate Jetty)

LNG Jetty 2 (Combined LNG-Condensate Jetty) will be built to the west side
of existing LNG Jetty and will require approximately 2-3 years for its
construction.
LNG-Condensate Jetty 2 is designed to be able to :
Provide a secure, safe and efficient deep-water berthing for the size range
of LNG and condensate vessels as shown in Table I-28 regarding Type
and Capacity of Vessel to be Accommodated in Marine Facilities.
Provide a loading platform to support the mechanical equipment, piping

and manifolding and safety equipment required to load LNG carriers and
condensate vessels.
Provide access and support for piping, services, vehicles and personnel
from onshore to the platform by means of a trestle.
In addition, LNG-Condensate Jetty 2 may be expanded if the agreement with

the potential buyer achieved for LNG sales using smaller LNG tanker. This
objective of the expansion is to provide additional capacity to LNGCondensate Jetty 2 to be able to accommodate LNG tanker with capacity of
10,000 20,000 m3. This additional facility will have similar function with the
proposed LNG-Condensate Jetty 2. To minimize the impact from LNGCondensate Jetty 2 and its additional facilities, several jetty facilities will be
design to be able to be used by LNG-Condensate Jetty 2 and its additional
facilities.
The water depth at the berthing line shall be not less than -14m below CD. If
necessary, this water depth shall be achieved through dredging to allow LNG
shipping of 125,000 m3 up to Aframax Size.
There will be one access road for LNG Jetty 1, 2 and 3 which will be
constructed later. Where there will be some adjustment on manoeuver area for
these LNG jetties access.
The new LNG-Condensate Jetty 2 is designed to be able to accommodate LNG
and condensate tanker, therefore the jetty head, mooring and breasting
dolphins will be different with conventional layout (adjustment to offset berth
centerlines from LNG and condensate jetty) with maximum 8 mooring
dolphins and 4 berthing (breasting dolphins).
A trestle with approximately 1 km long, with road and pipe tracks will be the
access to jetty head for LNG and condensate loading. An abutment will be
provided for shore linked. LNG trestle will be built using open piled structure
to minimize the siltation impact.
Trestle shall provide structural support from the shore abutment to the
loading platform for product piping, mechanical auxiliary and electrical
systems, also an access roadway.
149
The new LNG trestle for LNG Jetty 2 (and future LNG Jetty 3) will be lengthen
to outside shore line above the open piled structured with decline road in the
middle and designated pipe track area on its both sides. This trestle will be
branched, with one branch out to LNG Jetty 2 Platform and additional access
road to LNG Jetty 3 that will be built later.
The LNG jetty will be of open piled construction with a concrete and steel
superstructure. The construction methodology and plant will be determined
by the EPC contractor, the options considered include the following :
Piling for the loading platform and trestle will be carried out by
conventional pile driving plant, using either a floating or jack-up barge;
Alternatively, piling for the trestle could employ the end-over-end or

cantilever bridge method. This method would be more efficient in
shallow water depths less than approximately 3 m at Chart Datum (CD).
Jetty topsides including piping and equipment may be constructed in modular

form. Modules could weigh up to approximately 1,000 tons, requiring a large
floating crane for their installation. Such modules could be used for all
elements of the topside facilities, including the loading platform equipment or
the pipetrack (including piping).
The trestle roadway shall accommodate one-way traffic, and shall have a
minimum width of 4 m. Turning points and parking areas shall be provided at
each end of the roadway and at other appropriate locations. A 2 m wide
walkway for pedestrians shall be provided between the roadway and the
eastern pipe track. Crash barriers shall be provided throughout and on both
sides of the roadway to protect each pipe track from vehicle impact.
Pipetrack will be required to accommodate LNG and other piping for LNG
jetty and condensate loading facility in LNG Jetty 2. Each pipetrack shall be
designed to support all process, services and utility piping to the respective
loading platform. Power and instrument cables shall be run separately on
trays which may be run adjacent to the walkway or in cable trenches/ducts.
A water intake and associated facilities for the water intake shall be
constructed in a water depth not less than -11 m CD. It shall be located on the
west side of the trestle and adjacent to trestle. A working area shall be
provided for the operation of a 40 te crane for maintenance of the facility.
150
Note : LNG Jetty 3 will be developed as part of LNG Train 5 development and is excluded from this AMDAL
scope.
Figure I-51
LNG Jetty Location
151
Figure I-52
Jetty Topside
152
The intake facility shall be designed to support pumps, screens and filters for
the extraction of water from the sea and transfer to shore. The filters are
required in order to remove the high level of suspended solids from the
seawater. As far as possible the facilities shall be designed to be operated and
maintained without the need for divers.
Provision for a seawater outfall shall be made at the rear side of the loading
platform. The seawater discharge line will be run along the pipe track to the
discharge point, where it will discharge through a vertical leg into a water
depth of -6 m LAT.
153
Figure I-53
Existing LNG Jetty
154
Note :
Figure I-54a
LNG and Condensate Jetty 2 Plan Details *)
155
Note :
Figure I-57b
LNG and Condensate Jetty 2 General Arrangement *)
156
Note :
Figure I-57c
LNG and Condensate Jetty 2 Berthing Pocket Plan *)
157
B8.
Combo Dock Enhancement

A number of modifications and additions shall be made to the Combo Dock
structure in order to enhance Tangguh LNG operations activities. Several
main modifications that will be performed to combo dock are as follow :
-
Drilling operations berth

A facility shall be provided to accommodate a mud plant for the support
of offshore drilling operations. It will be constructed as part of the Early
Works Project scope.
It shall be constructed as an extension to the west end of the Combo Dock
jetty head and will share the common shore approach structure and
existing jetty head for vehicular and personnel traffic. The extension shall
be configured as an open piled structure, and the elevation of the platform
shall be the same as the existing Combo Dock.
The platform shall be approximately 81 m long and 30 m wide and shall
provide two berths for OSVs, one each on the north and south sides of the
platform. The water depth at the north berth should be at least 9 m CD,
with provision to increase this to 11 m by dredging in the future.
Wave Screen
A wave screen shall be constructed at the east end of the Combo Dock
jetty head to provide protection from wave action to the Small Boat Haven
located on its south side. The wave screen shall be designed such that
wave heights at the small boat berths do not exceed 0.5 m for a deep water
wave height of 1.5 m.
It is envisaged that the screen will be at least 200 m long in order to
accommodate the length of the small boat haven pontoons behind.
Diesel Berth
A new Small Hydrocarbons Berth shall be constructed as a finger pier at
the east end of the Combo Dock jetty head. Hydrocarbon operations that
are currently undertaken on the south berth of the Combo Dock will be
transferred to this new facility :
-
The north side of the berth shall be used for the import of diesel fuels
loading for the refuelling of OSVs and tugs;
The south side of the berth shall be used for fuelling small boats.
The berth shall be at least 120 m long and approximately 15 m wide; the
structure shall incorporate the wave screen.
Hydrocarbon transfer operations will be by hose. A bunded area shall be
provided around each hose handling and manifold area to prevent any
spillage of hydrocarbons entering the marine environment.
158
Hydrocarbon transfer will comply to relevant procedure to ensure no spill

occur to environment during transfer process.
The proposed hydrocarbons berth would allow berthing of product
tankers of approximately 2,500DWT on the outside (north side), with
small craft using the inside (south) for refuelling. The deck would be
lower than the present Combo Dock (+6m), to suit operations of small
craft, and more open to allow overwash/avoid uplift during storms or
tsunami. The existing electrical substation/LCR (Local Control Room)
could be relocated to the root of this new area at +7m, to provide more
working space on the main Combo Dock.
-
Small Boat Haven

A safe haven will be design to accommodate small boats in adverse
weather conditions on the south face for refuelling small boats . Boats
include crew boats, small ferries and security boats can use this facility.
Tug Berth
The existing tug berth shall be removed and replaced with a pontoon
berth (up to 4 pontoons). The berth shall be designed to accommodate up
to large tugs and pilot boats.
Extension to Crew Boat Pontoon

The existing passenger ferry pontoon shall be extended by the addition of
a new, linked pontoon. The new pontoon shall be the same size and
construction as the existing pontoon.
Another pontoon similar with existing will be added to east side of
existing pontoon ferry, to handle bigger vessel in the future.
Coach Parking Area

A piled platform shall be constructed on the landward side of the
passenger ferry pontoons to provide a waiting and embarkation area for
passengers arriving by ferry.
A covered waiting area shall be provided for passengers, and parking and
turning areas, where currently it is still difficult for buses to take turn on
the existing trestle.
Oil Spill Response Support

The storage and deployment facility for the Ready use oil spill response
equipment currently stored on the east end of the existing ferry pontoon
will not be modified. Storage and deployment facility will also be
provided on other location in Tangguh LNG area.
159
Figure I-55
Existing Combo Dock
160
Note :
*) : Detail design of marine facilities is currently being finalized and may be changed as per project and design progresses. This figure will
be updated later to reflect the final design.
Figure I-56
Combo Dock Enhancement General Arrangement*)
161
B9.

Solid waste management, both hazardous and non hazardous waste during
marine facilities construction will be transported and managed onshore, in
Tangguh LNG location.
Detail of solid waste management in Tangguh LNG location is described in
Sub Chapter 1.2.3 LNG Plant Activity Section B8 Non Hazardous and
Hazardous Waste Management.
Non hazardous waste disposal to sea by construction vessel shall comply with
MARPOL 2012 requirement Annex V regarding Prevention of Pollution by
Garbage from Ships. This include but not limited to :
Non hazardous solid waste disposal to sea only allowed while the ship is
en-route;
Non hazardous waste disposal to sea only allowed in not less than 3
nautical mil from the nearest land for food wastes which have been
comminuted or grounded. Such comminuted or grinded food waste shall
be capable of passing through a screen with openings no greater than 25
mm.
Other non hazardous waste generated by construction vessel and cannot be

disposed offshore, will be sent onshore or to waste management facility, while
for hazardous waste will be sent to certified waste management facility.
B10. Wastewater Management
General type of wastewater generated from vessel activity are sewage, bilge
water and ballast water. For small vessel (crew change boat, security boat) will
be equipped with oily water separated system. Disposal of oily contaminated
wastewater from vessel will be using vacuum truck to transfer and managed
the wastewater in wastewater treatment plan onshore.
For large vessel (LNG tanker, condensate tanker), the wastewater (bilge water,
oily contaminated water, ballast water, sewage) will be managed
independently outside Tangguh LNG area, according to Government
Regulation No. 21 Year 2010 regarding Marine Environment Protection and
from Ships. Normally, large vessel is already equipped with sanitary
wastewater treatment and oily wastewater treatment facility according to
MARPOL requirement.
Wastewater generated from marine facilities onshore will be managed along
with other wastewater from LNG plant and its supporting facilities. Detail of
wastewater management in Tangguh LNG is described in Sub Chapter 1.2.3
LNG Plant Activity Section B9 Wastewater Management.
162
Ballast water management during construction will be conducted in

compliance with MARPOL 2012 requirement Annex VI, but it is expected that
number of ballast water change in Tangguh LNG area will be less, due to most
of the vessels will arrive in loaded condition to Tangguh LNG location.
B11. Storage and Loading of Fuel and Chemical
Management of fuel and chemical storage during marine facilities
construction will be similar to fuel and chemical storage and loading
management during LNG plant construction.
There will be small fuel and chemical storage at combo dock to support
drilling activities.
Detail of fuel and chemical storage and loading is described in Sub Chapter
1.2.3 LNG Plant Activities Section B11 Storage and Loading of Fuel and
Chemical.
C.
Operation Phase
C1.
During operation, marine facilities will be operated as supporting facilities of
Tangguh LNG operation. Workforce requirement for marine facilities
operation already absorbed in total workforce required for LNG plant
operation.
Detail regarding workforce recruitment and mobilisation on operation stage
are described in Sub Chapter 1.2.3 LNG Plant Activities Section C1. Workforce
Mobilization.
C2.
Maintenance Dredging and Dredge Material Disposal

All dredged area will require a regular maintenance dredging to maintain the
water depth as per design requirement. Current prediction, the maintenance
dredging will be conducted annually for approximately 3 months period.
Current estimation for dredge material volume is approximately 400,000 m3
per year. It is predicted that the maintenance dredging will be minimum in
LNG jetty area, but may be significant in BOF as the consequences of its
location at the shallow water depth.
Dredge material disposal will be in the same location as previously mentioned
in Construction Phase.
C3.
LNG and Condensate Loading and Transfer

LNG product from existing Tangguh LNG and the Tangguh LNG Expansion
Project will be exported through LNG Jetty 1 and 2. LNG Jetty 1 is normally
used for LNG tanker with size around 85,000 m3 to 165,000 m3. LNG Jetty 2
will be located at a water depth of -14 m CD, allowing for LNG shipping from
163
125,000 m3 and up to Qflex and condensate shipping up to Aframaz size (but

not simultaneously with LNGC).
During LNG loading to a ship, LNG is pumped from the storage tanks
through the loading lines using in-tank pumps. The BOG from the ship returns
via the vapor return header and is combined with the boil off gas from the
tanks in the equalization header, which in turn is connected to the boil-off
compressor suction drum.
The integrated LNG loading system (existing plus new facilities) shall be
designed with the ability to load two LNG ships simultaneously, one from
each berth.
To accommodate future development, tie-in points will be provided to
minimize operational impact when LNG Jetty 3 (future) is constructed.
It is estimated that there will be approximately 50 - 60 LNG ships per year per
train. There will be no fueling of these ships while in Berau/Bintuni Bay.
Product loading will be performed by pumping LNG from the product tanks
to the tankers through LNG loading arms. There will be a 500 m radius area
around the LNG vessel where other vessels will be prohibited for safety
reason.
Estimated total number of tanker visit to serve the existing tangguh (three
LNG Plant operational) is as follows :
LNG Tanker four times per week;
Condensate Tanker once a month.
164
Figure I-57
LNG Loading
165
Condensate Loading
Condensate loading will be moved from the combo dock to the new LNG Jetty
2 as part of the Tangguh LNG Expansion. The condensate loading will be
performed using fixed loading arms. Condensate loading will require
approximately 15 hours. There will be no fueling of these ships while in
Berau/Bintuni Bay. A prohibited area (150-m radius) will be needed during
ship loading. It is anticipated that there will be two condensate shipments per
week. The condensate ships capacity will be about 310,000 bbl and the cargo
ships capacity will be up to 600,000 bbl.
C4.
Sea Transportation during LNG Plant Operation

Vessel type and capacity which will be accommodated in marine facilities area
are listed in Table I-28.
Table I-26
Type and Capacity of Vessel which will be Berthing in Marine

Facilities
Vessel Type
Capacity
LNG Tanker
125,000 m3 165,000 m3 and QFlex
Condensate Tanker
80,000 bbls 600,000 bbls
General Cargo
5,000 te 10,000 te
Heavy Lift Cargo (for construction)
14,000 te
LCT
1,500 te
Small Tanker
2,500 te
OSV
800 1,000 te
Sea Transportation for Gas Production Well and Offshore Platform Operation
Vessels to be used during offshore platform operation will be less in number
and type compared to drilling and offshore installation phase. Medium size
vessel will be required, such as Multi Purpose Support Vessel (MPSV) will be
used for maintenance of offshore platform and gas production well, crew boat
and security boat.
Vessel movement frequency will be higher during construction phase
compared to operation phase. Vessel traffic for Tangguh LNG project shall
pass through designated corridor.
Prediction of sea transportation movement during gas exploitation operation
is summarized in Table I-29 below.
166
Table I-27
Prediction of Sea Transportation Movement during Operation

Phase of Gas Exploitation Activity
Operation
(continuously during operation)
Total
Vessel Frequency
Supporting Vessel :
Multipurpose Support Vessel (MPSV)
2 Vessels
12 hour/day
Crew Boat
2 Vessels
12 hour/day
Security Boat
4 Vessels
24 hour/day
Sea Transportation for Inspection and Maintenance of Gas Transmission Pipeline

Sea transportation for operation phase of gas transmission activity will be
limited to inspection and maintenance activity of gas transmission pipeline.
Inspection activity will be conducted once in the first five year and will be less
often afterward, depending on the pipeline condition and risk assessment. The
inspection will be conducted using intelligent pig for internal and riser, tie in
spool, and rock cover using ROV for external.
Sea Transportation for Workforce, Material and Equipment to Support LNG Plant
Operation
During operation phase, beside LNG and condensate export, sea
transportation also required to support workforce mobilisation, logistic
transportation and fuel transfer.
Type of vessel operated during operation phase will be similar with type of
vessels that currently operating in Tangguh LNG area, which are :
Ferry for crew change;
Logistic boat;
Fuel tanker.
Similar to current operation, supporting vessels for LNG plant operation will
berth in existing combo dock.
Table I-28
Type, Number and Frequency of Vessel Movement during

Operation Phase
No.
Operation (Continuous)
Number of
Vessel
Frequency
Small Personal Transfer Boat (SPTB)
6 Vessels
12 hour/day
Crew Boat
2 Vessels
12 hour/day
Offshore Support Vessel (OSV)
2 Vessels
12 hour/day
Security Boat
4 Vessels
24 hour/day
Pilot Boat
1 Vessels
6 hour/day
Tug Boat
6 Vessels
6 hour/day
167
LCT
3 LCTs
3 x /week
Cargo Boat (big cargo)
2 Vessels
4 x/month
Fuel tanker
1 Vessel
4x/ month
10
LNG Tanker
15 Vessels
15x/ month
11
Condensate Tanker
3 Vessels
3x/ month
12
Mooring Boat
2 Vessels
6 hour/day
C5.

During operational phase, all waste (non hazardous and hazardous) generated
by vessel operation (except tanker ship) will be collected and transported to
integrated waste management facility in Tangguh LNG for further treatment.
Detail of waste management in Tangguh LNG is described in Sub Chapter
1.2.3 LNG Plant Activity Section C9 Non Hazardous and Hazardous Waste
Management.
While waste management practice for LNG and condensate tanker will refer
to MARPOL 2012 requirement Annex V Prevention of Pollution by Garbage
from Ships.
C6.
General type of wastewater generated from vessel activity are sewage, bilge
water and ballast water. For small vessel (crew change boat, security boat) will
be equipped with oily water separated system. Disposal of oily contaminated
wastewater from vessel will be using vacuum truck to transfer and managed
the wastewater in wastewater treatment plant onshore.
For large vessel (LNG tanker, condensate tanker), the wastewater (bilge water,
oily contaminated water, ballast water, sewage) will be managed
independently outside Tangguh LNG area, according to Government
Regulation No. 21 Year 2010 regarding Marine Environment Protection and
from Ships. Normally, large vessel is already equipped with sanitary
wastewater treatment and oily wastewater treatment facility according to
MARPOL requirement.
Wastewater generated from marine facilities onshore will be managed along
with other wastewater from LNG plant and its supporting facilities. Detail of
wastewater management in Tangguh LNG is described in Sub Chapter 1.2.3
LNG Plant Activity Section C8 Wastewater Management.
C7.
Storage and Loading of Fuel and Chemical
168
Management of fuel and chemical storage during marine facilities operation

will be similar to fuel and chemical storage and loading management during
LNG plant operation.
Detail of fuel and chemical storage and loading is described in Sub Chapter
1.2.3 LNG Plant Activities Section C11 Storage and Loading of Fuel and
Chemical.
C8.
Existence of Marine Facilities

The existence and operation of marine facilities is permanent during lifetime
of Tangguh LNG operation.
D.
D1.
Workforce Release
There will be workforce release in the end of operation phase. Detail process
applicable regulation.
D2.
Decommissioning of Marine Facilities

Post operation phase will include but not limited to facility decommissioning,
remediation and workforce demobilisation. Facility decommissioning plan
will be developed to obtain approval from Government.
The decommissioning plan will include all marine facilities. Potential closure
for marine facilities are removal/demolition of the facilities or remain for
future land uses by other stakeholder.
A discussion with stakeholders will be ongoing to determine the final decision
on the facilities. A clear plan and legal understanding of the transfer of
responsibility for the facilities will be determined through this process.
D3.
Revegetation
Revegetation will be done in former area of marine facilities. Detail
revegetation program will be developed once decommissioning plan is
completed.
169
1.2.5
Survey, Seismic and Exploration and Appraisal Well Drilling Activities

A. Regional, Geophysical and Geotechnical Survey Activity
Regional, geophysical and geotechnical survey is planned to be conducted in
Berau and Muturi PSC work area as shown in Figure I-61. Total survey area is
approximately 1,500 km2. The activity is planned to be commenced in 2015,
and may be repeated in Berau and Muturi PSC work area, if necessary.
The objective of this survey is to acquire sufficient geophysical data of the
whole areas in order to map sea bed and shallow strata conditions which will
be required for well, platform and pipeline planning.
In addition, this survey also aim to obtain full geophysical and shallow seismic
(single or multi streamer) over development (field) areas with sufficient tie
lines to allow for correlation from one field to another. Geophysical in other
areas suitable for use for pipeline planning.
This regional, geophysical and geotechnical survey may involve
approximately 3 vessels. Type of equipment to be used in this activity is
shown in Figure I-62.
Currently, this regional, geophysical and geotechnical survey are still in
planning stage and may evolve in line with design and planning progresses.
170
Note : regional, geophysical and geotechnical activity is currently in planning stage and may evolve in line with design and project progresses.
Figure I-58
Proposed Coverage Area of Regional, Geophysical and Geotechnical Survey
171
Note
: regional, geophysical and geotechnical survey activity is currently in planning stage

technology/methodology used by the Contractor.
Figure I-59
and may evolve in line with design and project progresses, also
Potential Equipment operated for Regional, Geophysical and Geotechnical Survey
172
B. Seismic Survey Activity (3D and 2D)

Marine seismic survey is a well established method to aquire seismic data and
has been applied for many thousands of times in diverse marine environments
around the world. During data acquisition, a seismic vessel streams along the
pre-determined straight paths over the gas field coverage area. For streamer
seismic survey method, vessel will tow one or more long streamer cables with
cable length for up to several kilometers long. The vessel travels as far as
needed to completely cover the area of interest.The streamer cable is normally
underwater, hence the streamer cable will not be visible during survey
activity.
The seismic vessel, which is configured to tow streamers below the water
surface, also tows an array of air guns, which is used to generate sound waves
by the sudden, periodic release of a few thousand cubic inches of compressed
air. Sensors along the length of the cable are used to detect and record the
reflection of sound waves from the seabed and from successively deeper
layers of the earth. During the operation, several chase crafts are employed
both in front of and behind the seismic vessel and streamers to keep the path
clear from obstruction and to warn other approaching vessels.
At the end of each path, the seismic vessel turns around to continue survey on
the following path. Sufficent sweeps/survey path must be made to cover the
entire area of interest. The entire operation can last for several months.
Schematic figure of seismic activity using Stream Method is shown in Figure
I-63.
173
Figure I-60
Schematic Figure of Seismic Survey using Stream Method
174
One variation of this technique that has already been applied in

Berau/Bintuni Bay is ocean bottom cable (OBC), unlike cable streamers, the
cables containing sensors are not towed but will be placed in a stationary
position directly on the seabed. Using an advance technology, the ocean
bottom cable that normally use cable to connect one sensor with another, can
be replaced with separated sensors without cable connection or also called as
nodes. This method is called ocean bottom node (OBN). To simplify the
deployment and lifting process from the seabed, these nodes are connected
with rope between one nodes to another.
Source vessel will not tow the sensor cable as in marine seismic survey using
streamer. The source vessel will perform source release process or called as
shooting on designated points and will be on top of OBC or OBN sensor
which have been placed on seabed.
Schematic seismic figure using Ocean Bottom Node (OBN) is shown in Figure
I-64.
Source : www.fairfieldnodal.com
Figure I-61
Schematic Seismic Activity using Ocean Bottom Node (OBN)

Method
Typically, for ocean bottom node or ocean bottom cable seismic survey, will
employ several type of vessels: source vessel, vessel for deployment and
lifting cable or node, chase craft, fast craft for supporting activity,
accommodation barge or vessel and fuel carrier. Total vessel may reach for up
to 12-15 vessels as required. Example of vessel configuration for ocean bottom
cable survey is shown in Figure I-65.
175
Figure I-62 Example of Vessel Configuration for Ocean Bottom Cable (OBC) Survey
176
Recording result data will bein a unit data and saved in special magnetic tape.
This data will be sent to seismic data processing centre in Jakarta. The process
result normally can be completed within 5 8 months.Processed seismic data
can image geological subsurface layer condition in seismic survey area.
This data will be combined with other data to be used for exploration of oil or
gas source.
Seismic survey activity is planned to be conducted in 2015 to 2016 as shown in
Table I-31. Seismic survey area is shown in Figure I-66.
Table I-29
Note
Seismic Survey Schedule Plan
: currently, seismic survey is in planning stage, the above schedule may evolve in line with
planning progresses.
177
Figure I-63
Seismic Survey Area
178
C. Vertical Seismic Profiling (VSP) Survey Activity

This survey is conducted at the final stage during drilling activity in order to
obtain a more accurate geological subsurface condition data as with this VSP
survey, acoustic data is directly recorded to sensor in the borehole. Unlike
seismic survey, where the sensor is placed on the land or on the seabed, VSP is
performed by placing the sensor directly into the subsurface on the desired
target depth (normally up to 2,000 m 4,000 m as per requirement). After the
completion of drilling activity, where the borehole is available and in good
condition, the sensor will be inserted to the hole.
For VSP activity in WDA, 3D VSP survey will be performed, which the wave
source comes from certain boat/vessel equipped with airgun and moves
around the platform or borehole. This activity will last for 7-10 days. VSP
survey activity illustration is shown in Figure I-67.
VSP survey will be conducted in parallel with production well drilling in
offshore platform.
Figure I-64
Illustration of 3D Vertical Seismic Profiling (VSP) Activity
179
D. Exploration and Appraisal Well Drilling Activity

The Tangguh LNG Expansion Project was driven by the increase in
discovering proven reserves in the Vorwata gas field which has been recertified by local consultant as third party. Final recertification of Vorwata
reserves is 16.9 Tcf of total proven reserves and 20.8 Tcf proven reserves to
which were added estimated reserves from the Vorwata, Wiriagar Deep,
Roabiba, Ofaweri and Ubadari fields.
Currently, Berau PSC still have exploration commitment to drill one
exploration well. In accordance with PSC Contract Agreement the well has to
be drilled before 2019. Based on current assessment, there are three leads that
become drilling target option to fulfill the Berau PSC exploratory
commitment, which are Ubadari, Inos and Kepe-kepe. The area of well
location options are as follow and shown in Figure I-68.
In addition to realizisation of this commitment, future exploration and
appraisal drilling program activities will be conducted in Berau PSC and
Muturi PSC work area which include Vorwata, Wiriagar Deep, Roabiba,
Ofaweri, Ubadari gas fields and other gas fields included in the scope of the
AMDAL study.
Some appraisal wells that are planned to be drilled are O-2 and V-13 which
are located in Ofaweri and Vorwata gas fields.
Schedule and total number of appraisal well drilling will depend on the
success of the previous drilling program.
The sequence of exploration and appraisal well drilling activity is as follows :
a)
Rig Preparation
After arrived in location, rig will be positioned according to well
coordinates plan and will be prepared for drilling. All preparation activity
before spud will be done on rig.
b)
Drilling Process (conductor

installation, and cementing)
installaton,
drilling
process,
casing
Activity will be started by conductor pipe installation with diameter of 76

cm into approximately 45 m depth below seabed using hammer pile. The
conductor is used to protect the well head and all well casings that will be
installed, from seawater pressure load. In addition, conductor can also be
used to protect well structure around the surface and to protect water in
well surface from drilling mud.
Drilling will be conducted from the bigger hole then the casing will be
installed which it will be cemented between the borehole and annulus.
Cemented casing installation is aimed to protect the borehole so that it
will not collapse (maintain borehole stability) and prevent unexpected
180
flow, either from surrounding formations into the borehole or from mud
that is used for drilling into the surrounding formation.
The type of drilling mud that is planned to be used for exploration and
appraisal well drilling is water based mud that will be used to drill the
whole stage of the well to the final depth. Main composition of drilling
mud is seawater and natural mud generated during drilling.
Although current plan is to use drilling mud with water as its base fluid
which known as a Water Based Mud (WBM) to drill the whole sections,
however the use of Non Aqueous Drilling Fluid (non water based) such
as Synthetic Based Mud (SBM) and/or Oil Based Mud (OBM) will also be
considered during planning process, if the preliminary study results
necessitate to use this type of mud.
Based on appraise stage calculation, approximately 15,000 bbls (1,900 m3)
of drilling mud and 6,000 bbls (960 m3) of drill cuttings are estimated to be
generated and will be discharged from each well. Drilling mud will be
reused as much as possible during drilling period.
During drilling activity, there will be cementing stage for every section
interval. In the well drilling, it is not expected to have excess cement from
the cementing process. This is because the all supplied cements will be
adjusted according to well design, thus all the cement produced will enter
the casing as required. No cement on the surface at all times.
There will be potential residual cement from cement tank clean up
process, maximum waste water volume from this process is
approximately 100 bbls (15,000 L) for each cementing activity. The
residual cement waste will be discharged through a discharge pipe to
seawater. However, cement waste could not be occured and there will be
no potential excess during cement circulation from other section due to
cement process will not reach mud line. Cement will be prepared as per
design and cement tank is not designed for dead volume.
c)
Well Completion (logging/well evaluation, perforation, well test)

In exploration and appraisal well drilling program, well evaluation
process is conducted using wireline logging after target depth of each
sections is reached, before casings are installed.
Specific for final section or reservoir, besides wireline logging, normally
logging process is also conducted during drilling process (Logging While
Drilling LWD).
After liner installation, well perforation will be done through DST test
string in line with proposed target, continued with well testing to
appraise well performance and the future prospect of well and gas field.
181
During well test, there will be gas flaring for well testing during 48-72
hours for each drilled well. Flaring rate during well clean up can reach
between 30-100 MMSCFD for each drilling zone. Detail assessment will be
conducted further based on the latest data.
d) Plug and abandon well
After the completion of well test, the test pipe will be pulled out and the
well will be shut down through kill well process and well will be
permanently plugged and abandoned in accordance with applicable
guideline and regulation. Subsequently, the entire pipe casings will be cut
to the base of well with minimum distance of 4.5 m (15 ft) below the
seabed.
182
Figure I-65
Potential Exploration Well Location for 3 Targetted Leads: Ubadari, Inos dan Kepe-kepe
183
1.3
HYPOTHETICAL SIGNIFICANT IMPACTS TO BE ASSESSED

Methods was applied to identify hypothetical significant impacts were through
discussions involving the EIA team and the project proponent in a series of
workshops; impact analogies of ongoing Tangguh LNG operations; periodical
reports review of the RKL-RPL implementation for ongoing Tangguh LNG
operations; desktop studies, field observations, and professional judgement by
experts.
Next, potential impact evaluations for each environmental and social parameter will
be developed for Gas Exploitation, Gas Transmission, LNG Train, and Marine
Facilities activities. Outcomes of this evaluation will be used to identify the
hypothetical significant impact matrix and the impact flow chart. The impact flow
chart will then be applied to:
(1) determine the correlation between an environmental and social impact with
other ones;
(2) determine primary, secondary, and tertiary impacts, and so forth; and
(3) identify environmental and social components/parameters that will be mostly
affected by the project activities.
The potential impact evaluations to identify hypothetical significant impacts
addressed in this EIS for Integrated Activities of the Tangguh LNG Expansion
Project were conducted and incorporated within Book II-Appendix 1 of the EIS ToR
(ANDAL ToR) as agreed by the Ministry of the Environment on July 24th, 2013
according to Deputy Minister of the Environment Decree No. 30 Year 2013. Table
I-30
1.3.1
Gas Exploitation Activity

The scoping process for Gas Exploitation activities (offshore platforms and wells
drilling) generated hypothetical significant impacts to be assessed in EIS (ANDAL)
as presented in Table I-32. The matrix of hypothetical significant impacts and flow
chart indicating correlation between one hypothetical significant impact with other
hypothetical significant impacts along with derivative impacts are presented
respectively in Table I-33 and Figure I-69 as incorporated in the Terms of Reference
of the EIS (ANDAL ToR) approved by Ministry of the Environment (Appendix I
Deputy Minister of the Environment Decree No. 30 Year 2013). Summary of the
scoping process is presented in Figure I-70.
Table I-31
No.
Hypothetical Significant Impacts of Gas Exploitation Activities

(Offshore Platforms and Production Wells Drilling)
Environmental
Components
Parameters
1.
Noise
1. Increase in Noise Level
2.
Seawater Quality
1. Increase in Total Suspended Solids (TSS) Content
184
No.
Environmental
Components
Parameters
2. Increase in Oil and Grease Concentrations
3.
Marine Biota
1. Changes in Nekton Diversity (Including Marine Mammals)

2. Decrease in Benthos Abundance
3. Decrease in Plankton Abundance
4.
Economics
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Social - Cultural
1. Community Perception
2. Social Tension
Note:
1.
2.
Job Opportunities and Unemployment

Fishery Activity Disturbance
Sea Transportation Accessibility Disturbance
Changes in Local Businesses Growth
The Terms of Reference for the EIS (ANDAL ToR) was prepared according to Minister of the
Environment Regulation No. 8 Year 2006 as all significant impacts were grouped into several
categories according to their relationship among one another before they were ranked
according to their significance level.
However, this EIS (ANDAL) document that has been prepared referred to Minister of the
Environment Regulation No. 16 Year 2012, and does not set out to rank hypothetical
significant impacts by their significance level. Table I-32
above, therefore, ranks
environmental components and impacted environmental parameters in accordance with the
Matrix of Hypothetical Significant Impacts in Table I-33.
185
Hypothetical Significant Impacts Matrix of Gas Exploitation Activities (Offshore Platforms and Production Wells
Drilling)
Existence of Offshore Platforms
Maintenance of Production Wells and Offshore

Platforms
Non-Hazardous and Hazardous Waste

Management
B5
Gas Exploitation and Offshore Platform Operations
B4
B3
Production Wells Drilling
1. Re-injection of Drill Cuttings and

Final Drilling Mud into Sub-Surface
Formations
B2
Transportation and Installation of Offshore Platform
B1

Management
Sea Transportation for Workforce, Equipment and

Materials
A2
OPERATION PHASE
Production Wells Clean-up (Flaring)
A1
2. Overboard Discharge
Gas Field Appraisal and Exploration

Program
ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS
PROPOSED ACTIVITIES
Alternatives
of Drilling
Mud and Drill
Cuttings
Management
B6
B7
B8
B9
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
Potential Impacts Evaluation Results

Increase in SOx Concentration
Increase in NOx Concentration
Air Quality
Increase in HC (Hydrocarbon) Concentration

Increase in Total Suspended Particulate (TSP) Content
Increase in Opacity
Light Sighting
Greenhouse Gas (GHG)
Increase in CO 2 emission
Odor
Increase in H2 S Concentration
Noise
Increase in Noise Level

Changes in Creek Morphology
Hydrology
Increase in Creek Water Flow Rate

Increase in Surface Water Runoff
Changes in Drainage Pattern
Decrease in Shallow Groundwater Level
Hydrogeology
Increase in Seawater Intrusion

Land Subsidence
Changes in Current Pattern
Oceanography
Increase in Shoreline Abrasion
Physical-Chemical
Increase in Shoreline Accretion

Increase in Soil Erosion
Soil
Physiography
Increase in Total Petroleum Hydrocarbon (TPH) Concentration

Changes in Landscape
Increase in Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) Content
Increase in Total Suspended Solids (TSS) Content
Changes in pH Values
Surface Water Quality
Increase in Oil and Grease Concentration

Decrease in Dissolved Oxygen (DO) Content
Increase in COD Content
Increase in BOD Content
Increase in Total Phenol Concentration
Changes in pH Value
Groundwater Quality

Increase in Salinity Value
Increase in Coli Bacteria Content (Coliform)

Seawater Quality

Changes in pH Value
Increase in Ammonia Concentration
Changes in Structure and Composition of Species
Terrestrial Flora
Changes in Land Cover

Changes in Species Diversity (Endangered and Exotic Species,
Ethnobotany)
Biological
Species Diversity (Endangered and Exotic Species, Migratory)
Terrestrial Fauna
Changes in Species Distribution

Changes in Wildlife Habitat
Decrease in Plankton Abundance
Freshwater Biota
Decrease in Benthos Abundance

Changes in Nekton Diversity
Marine Biota
Changes in Nekton Diversity (Including Marine Mammals)
Increase in Exotic Species

Changes in Population Migration (Mobility)
Demographics
Changes in Population Structure (Age, Education, Gender,

Ethnicity, Religion)
Changes in Population Growth
Socio-Economic and Cultural
Workforce: Job Opportunities and Unemployment

Changes in Local Business Growth (Financial Institutions,
Entrepreneurship)
Economy
Changes in Level of Income (Income per Capita, Household

Income, Expenditure)
Changes in Livelihood Patterns
Transportation Accessibility Disturbance
Community Perception
Assimilation and Acculturation
Changes in Social Norms and Values
Socio-Cultural
Social Tension
Indigenous People Marginalization
Changes in Cultural Heritage
Vulnerable Community Groups (Women, Children, the Poor,
the Elderly, and the Disabled)
Education
Changes in Access to Education

Changes in Disease Pattern
Public
Health
Changes in Disease Prevalence
Public Health
Changes in Access to Healthcare

Changes in Environmental Health Changes
186
POSTOPERATION
PHASE
Facilities Decommissioning
CONSTRUCTION PHASE
PRECONSTRUCTION
PHASE
Table I-32
D1
D2
Figure I-66
Flow Chart of Hypothetical Significant Impacts of Gas Exploitation Activities (Offshore Platforms and Production Wells Drilling
187
Figure I-67
Summary of the Scoping Process for Gas Exploitation Activities (Offshore Platforms and Production Wells Drilling)
188
1.3.2
Gas Transmission Activity

The scoping process for Gas Transmission activities generated hypothetical
significant impacts to be assessed in EIS (ANDAL) which as presented in
Table I-34. The matrix of hypothetical significant impacts and flow chart
indicating the correlation between one hypothetical significant impact with other
hypothetical significant impacts along with derivative impacts are presented
respectively in Table I-35 and Figure I-71 as incorporated in the Terms of
Reference of the EIS (ANDAL ToR) approved by Ministry of the Environment
(Appendix I Deputy Minister of the Environment No. 30 Year 2013). Summary
of the scoping process is presented in Figure I-72.
Table I-3
Hypothetical Significant Impacts of Gas Transmission Activities
Environmental
Components
No.
Parameters
1.
Seawater Quality
1. Decrease in DO Content
2.
Marine Biota

2. Benthos Abundance
3.
Economics
1. Job Opportunities and Unemployment

2. Fishery Activity Disturbance
3. Sea Transportation Accessibility Disturbance
4.
Social - Cultural
Note:
1.
2.
2. Social Tension
The terms of reference for the EIS (ANDAL ToR) was prepared according to Minister of the
Environment Regulation No. 8 Year 2006 as all significant impacts were grouped into
several categories according to their relationship among one another before they were
ranked according to their significance level.
Environment No. 16 Year 2012, and does not set out to rank hypothetical significant
impacts by their significance level. Table I-34 above, therefore, ranks environmental
components and impacted environmental parameters in accordance with the Matrix of
Hypothetical Significant Impacts in Table I-35.
189
Hypothetical Significant Impacts Matrix of Gas Transmission Activities

PRECONSTRU
CTION
PHASE

Air Quality

Increase in Opacity
Light Sighting
Odor
Noise

Hydrology

Hydrogeology

Land Subsidence
Physical-Chemical
Oceanography

Soil
Physiography


Changes in pH Value
Groundwater Quality



Seawater Quality

Changes in pH Value
Terrestrial Flora

Ethnobotany)
Biological
Terrestrial Fauna

Freshwater Biota

Marine Biota

Demographics



Entrepreneurship)
Economy



Socio-Cultural
Social Tension
Vulnerable Community Groups (Women, Children, the Poor, the
Elderly, and the Disabled)
Public Health
Education

Public Health
190
Decommissioning of Gas Transmission Facilities
Trenching and Shore Pull
Non-Hazardous and Hazardous Waste Management
B7
Pipeline Maintenance
B6
Existence and Operation of Offshore Pipeline
B5
B4
B3
Potential Impact Evaluation Results
Seabed Trenching, Pipeline Installation and Rock Dumping
B2
Onshore Storage and Discharge into

Sea (Common Outfall)
Land Clearing and Site Preparation
B1
Offshore Discharge
Sea Transportation for Workforce, Equipment and Materials
A1
Alternatives of
Hydrotest
Water
Discharge
Onshore Pipeline Trenching
Alternatives of
Shore
Approach
Pipeline
Installation
PROPOSED ACTIVITIES
POSTOPERATION
PHASE
OPERATION PHASE
Non-Hazardous and Hazardous Waste Management
CONSTRUCTION PHASE
Horizontal Directional Drilling (HDD)
Table I-33
B8
B9
B10
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
D1
D2
Figure I-68
Flow Chart of Hypothetical Significant Impacts of Gas Transmission Activities)
191
Figure I-69
Summary of the Scoping Process for Gas Transmission Activities
192
1.3.3
LNG Plant Activity

The scoping process for LNG Plant activities generated hypothetical significant
impacts to be assessed in EIS (ANDAL) as presented in Table I-36. The matrix of
hypothetical significant impacts and flow chart indicating correlation between one
hypothetical significant impact with other hypothetical significant impact along
with derivative impacts are presented respectively in Table I-37and Figure I-73 as
incorporated in the Terms of Reference of the EIS (ANDAL ToR) agreed by Ministry
of the Environment (Appendix I Deputy Minister of the Environment No. 30 Year
2013). Summary of the scoping process is presented in Figure I-74.
Table I-34
Hypothetical Significant Impacts of LNG Plant Activities
Environmental
Components
No.
Parameters
1.
Air Quality
1. Light Sighting
2. Increase in Opacity
2.
Greenhouse Gases
1. Increase in CO2 Emission
3.
Noise
1. Increase in Noise Level
4.
Hydrology
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Hydrogeology
1. Decrease in Shallow Groundwater Level

2. Seawater Intrusion
3. Land Subsidence
6.
Soil
1. Increase in Soil Erosion
7.
8.
Seawater Quality
1. Increase in Ammonia Concentration

2. Increase in Salinity Value
3. Increase in COD Value
9.
Terrestrial Flora
1. Changes in Land Cover

2. Changes in Species Structure and Composition
3. Changes in Flora Diversity
10.
Terrestrial Fauna
1. Changes in Species Distribution

2. Changes in Fauna Diversity
3. Changes in Wildlife Habitats
11.
Marine Biota
12.
Demographics
1. Changes in Population Migration

2. Changes in Population Growth
3. Changes in Population Structure
13.
Economics
1.
2.
3.
4.
Increase in Surface Water Run-Off

Changes in Drainage Patterns
Job Opportunities and Unemployment

Changes in Level of Income
Changes in Local Business Growth
193
Environmental
Components
No.
Parameters
14.
Social - Cultural
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
15.
Public
Services
including Education
1. Changes in Public Services including Education
16.
Public Health
1.
2.
3.
4.
Note:
1.
2.
Social Tension

Changes in Disease Patterns
Changes in Environmental Health
Environment No. 8 Year 2006 as all significant impacts were grouped into several categories
according to their relationship among one another before they were ranked according to their
significance level.
Environment Regulation No. 16 Year 2012, and does not set out to rank hypothetical
significant impacts by their significance level. Table I-36 above, therefore, ranks
environmental components and impacted environmental parameters in accordance with the
Matrix of Hypothetical Significant Impacts in Table I-37.
194
Hypothetical Significant Impacts Matrix of LNG Plant Activities

CONSTRUCTION PHASE
C5
C6
Revegetation
C4
Facilities Decommissioning
C3
C2
C1
Supporting Facilities (Non Production Facilities NPF)
B11

Management
Acid Gas Incinerator (AGI)
B10
Boiler
B9
Desalination
Power Generator (Gas Turbines)
B8
Groundwater Abstraction
Flaring
B7
B6
B5
Power Generator (Diesel Generator)
B4
Construction of LNG Plant and its Supporting

Facilities
B3
Alternative of
Water Supply

Management
Cut and Fill/Quarry
B2
Desalination
Site Preparation
B1
Groundwater Abstraction
Land Clearing
A1
POST-OPERATION
PHASE
OPERATION PHASE
Alternative of
Water Supply

Materials
PRECONSTRU
CTION
PHASE
PROPOSED ACTIVITIES
Table I-35
C7
C8
C9
C10
D1
D2
D3

Air Quality

Increase in Opacity
Light Sighting
Odor
Noise
Hydrogeology
Hydrology
Land Subsidence
Oceanography
Physical-Chemical

Soil
Increase in Total Petroleum Hydrocarbon (TPH)

Concentration
Physiography

Changes in pH Value
Groundwater Quality

Seawater Quality

Changes in pH Value
Terrestrial Flora
Changes in Species Diversity (Endangered and Exotic

Species, Ethnobotany)
Biological
Species Diversity (Endangered and Exotic Species,
Terrestrial Fauna
Migratory)
Freshwater Biota

Marine Biota

Changes in Nekton Diversity (Including Marine
Mammals)
Demographics
Changes in Population Structure (Age, Education,

Gender, Ethnicity, Religion)
Changes in Local Business Growth (Financial

Institutions, Entrepreneurship)
Economy
Changes in Level of Income (Income per Capita,

Household Income, Expenditure)
Socio-Cultural
Social Tension
Vulnerable Community Groups (Women, Children, the

Poor, the Elderly, and the Disabled)
Education
Public
Health
Public Health
195
Figure I-70
Flow Chart of Hypothetical Significant Impacts of LNG Plant Activities)
196
Figure I-71
Summary of the Scoping Process for LNG Plant Activities
197
1.3.4
Marine Facilities Activity

The scoping process for Marine Facilities Activities generated hypothetical
significant impacts to be assessed in EIS (ANDAL) as presented in Table I-38. The
matrix of hypothetical significant impacts and flow chart indicating correlation
between one hypothetical significant impact with other hypothetical significant
impacts along with derivative impacts are presented respectively in Table I-39 and
Figure I-75, as incorporated in the Terms of Reference of the EIS (ANDAL ToR)
approved by Ministry of the Environment (Appendix I Deputy Minister of the
Environment No. 30 Year 2013). Summary of the scoping process is presented in
Figure I-76
Table I-36
Priority
Note:
1.
2.
Hypothetical Significant Impacts of Marine Facilities Activities

Environmental
Components
Parameters
1.
Oceanography
1. Changes in Wave Patterns

2. Shoreline Abrasion
2.
Seawater Quality
1. Increase in Total Suspended Solids (TSS)

Content
3.
Marine Biota
1. Changes in Nekton Diversity (Including

Marine Mammals)
2. Decrease in Plankton Abundance
3. Decrease in Benthos Abundance
4.
Economics
1. Fishery Activity Disturbance

2. Sea Transportation Accessibility Disturbance
5.
Social - Cultural
2. Social Tension
3. Changes in Cultural Heritage
Environment No. 8 Year 2006 as all significant impacts were grouped into several categories
according to their relationship among one another before they were ranked according to their
significance level.
Environment No. 16 Year 2012, and does not set out to rank Hypothetical Significant Impacts
by their significance level. Table I-38 above, therefore, ranks environmental components and
impacted environmental parameters in accordance with the Matrix of Hypothetical
Significant Impacts in Table I-39
198
Hypothetical Significant Impacts Matrix of Marine Facilities Activities

POSTOPERATION
PHASE
Land Clearing
Site Preparation
Dredging and Dredge Material Disposal
BOF (Bulk Offloading Facility)
LNG Jetty 2 (Combined LNG Jetty - Condensate)
Combo Dock Enhancement

Management

Materials
Maintenance Dredging and Dredge Material

Disposal
Loading and Transfer of LNG and Condensate

Management
Existence of Marine Facilities
Decommissioning of Marine Facilities
OPERATION PHASE

Materials
CONSTRUCTION PHASE
PROPOSED ACTIVITY
PRECONSTRUC
TION
PHASE
Table I-37
A1
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
C8
D1
D2

Air Quality

Increase in Opacity
Light Sighting
Odor
Noise

Hydrology

Hydrogeology

Land Subsidence
Physical-Chemical
Oceanography

Soil
Physiography


Changes in pH Value
Groundwater Quality


Seawater Quality

Changes in pH Value
Terrestrial Flora

Ethnobotany)
Biological
Terrestrial Fauna

Freshwater Biota

Marine Biota

Demographics


Entrepreneurship)
Economy


Socio-Cultural
Social Tension
Public Health
Education

Public Health
199
Figure I-72
Flow Chart of Hypothetical Significant Impacts of Marine Facilities Activities)
200
Figure I-73
Summary of the Scoping Process for Marine Facilities Activities
201
1.4
STUDY AREA BOUNDARY AND TIME FRAME OF IMPACTS ASSESSMENT
1.4.1
Study Area Boundary

The study area boundary of the ANDAL for the Integrated Activities of the
Tangguh LNG Expansion Project is delineated through an overlaying process
involving Project Boundary, Ecological Boundary, Social Boundary, and
Administrative Boundary. The study area boundary covers all activities of the
proposed Tangguh LNG Expansion Project during pre-construction, construction,
operation, and post-operation phases of Gas Exploitation (Offshore Platforms and
Gas Wells Drilling), Gas Transmission, LNG Train, and Marine Facilities activities.
The study area boundary for the Tangguh LNG Expansion Project is presented in
Map I-1. The study boundary is based on the ANDAL ToR approved by Ministry of
the Environment on July 24th, 2013 according to Deputy Minister of the
Environment Decree No. 30 Year 2013.
202
Map I-3
Study Area Boundary under the Tangguh LNG Expansion Project
203
a. Project Boundary
The project boundary for the proposed Tangguh LNG Expansion Project
encompasses Initial Development and Future Development, as presented in
Table I-40.
The project boundary for each main activity is described as follow:
Each offshore platform will have an exclusion zone within a radius of 500 m;
Subsea pipelines will have a buffer zone of 1 km to the left and 1 km to the right
from the central line;
The LNG Plant project boundary is located in forest area which has been
relinquished for Tangguh LNG development (Ministry of Forestry Decree No.
Sk. 287/Menhut-II/2004) dated August 5th, 2004 regarding Relinquishment of
Production Forest Area which can be converted as of 3,380 ha for the Tangguh
LNG Expansion and Community Resettlement of Simuri-Saengga and Tanah
Merah villages where the area of 3,226 ha has been used for current Tangguh
LNG operations as well as Tangguh LNG Expansion Facilities. Since February
25th, 2013 the area of 3,226 ha has been granted the right to use certificate issued
by Land Office of the Teluk Bintuni Regency No. 00041 which will continuously
valid as long as the land is used;
Marine Facilities (including all jetties) will have safety exclusion zone within the
Work Authority Area of the Sea Port (DLKR Daerah Lingkungan Kerja Pelabuhan
or The Work Authority Area and DLKP Daerah Lingkungan Kepentingan
Pelabuhan or The Interest Authority Area) recommended by Directorate General
of Sea Communication; and
Shipping channel and anchorage area for LNG Tankers, Condensate Tankers and
other vessels. The width of the shipping channel is 2 km.
A map of the project boundary is depicted in Map I-4.
204
Table I-38
No.
Initial Development and Future Development

Facilities
Initial Development of the Tangguh LNG
Future Development
(up to LNG Train 4)
Offshore platform
(NUI)
2 offshore platforms (ROA & WDA)
Up to 9 offshore platforms (VRF, OFA, VRD, VRC, TTA, TTB,

KKA, UBA, VRE)
Gas Production
Wells
ROA = 3 Production Wells + 1 DCRI Well (9 slots

design)
Detailed designs have not been defined yet, but the standard
design is up to 16 slots for each offshore platform.
Initial estimation of total production wells on each offshore
platform:
VRF = up to 7 wells
OFA = up to 4 wells
VRD = up to 6 wells
VRC = up to 5 wells
TTA = up to 7 wells
TTB = up to 7 wells
KKA = up to 2 wells
UBA = up to 3 wells
VRE = up to 5 wells
WDA = 4 WDJ Production Wells + 4 WDP

Production Wells + 1 DCRI Well + 1 DCRI Well
(potential) + 2 WDJ Production Wells (16 slots
design)
Infill wells (Further development of LNG Train 1
and LNG Train 2):
2 infill wells at VRA + potential DCRI through
annulus
2 infill wells at VRB + potential DCRI through
annulus
Note:
DCRI wells will be drilled on each offshore platform
if DCRI option is deemed feasible and reinjection
will be done to a dedicated reinjection well.
205
Note : 1 DCRI Well will potentially be drilled for each offshore

platform
No.
3
Facilities
Subsea Pipelines

Two Subsea Pipelines:
WDA to ROA (hub platform) ( 24", estimated
length of 16 km)
ROA to ORF ( 24", estimated length of 14 km)
Future Development
(up to LNG Train 4)
Up to 9 Subsea Pipelines with a standard diameter of 24"; a final
design, however, has not been defined yet.
The preliminary design is as follows:
VRF to ORF ( 24" - estimated length of 19 km)
OFA to ROA ( 16" - estimated length of 13 km)
VRD to VRF (hub platform) ( 24" - estimated length of 7 km)
VRC to ROA ( 24" - estimated length of 9 km)
TTA to ORF ( 24" - estimated length of 20 km)
TTB to ORF ( 24" - estimated length of 20 km)
KKA to OFA ( 24" - estimated length of 30 km)
UBA to OFA ( 24" - estimated length of 30 km)
VRE to ORF ( 24" - estimated length of 15 km)
Parallel Pipelines
(Pipe diameter has not been defined yet; however, initial
estimation is around 20-24" diameter)
ROA-WDA, ROA-ORF, VRA-ORF, VRB-ORF, VRE-ORF, VRFORF, TTA-ORF, TTB-ORF, KKA-ORF
Additional onshore compression facility (near the ORF)
The ORF will be expanded to accommodate additional pipelines in
the future (the ORF is designed to be expandable).
LNG Plant
LNG Plant:
1 expandable ORF
1 LNG Train
1 LNG Tank
1 Condensate Tank
Utility (1 AGRU 2 AGIs)
1 Flare (to accommodate 6 Trains) - wet and dry and
common spare (backup)
206
LNG Plant:
1 expandable ORF
1 LNG Train
1 LNG Tank
1 Condensate Tank (Potential)
Utility
No.
Facilities
Future Development
(up to LNG Train 4)
1 BOG compressor
1 Tankage Flare
5
Marine Facilities
Activities
Marine Facilities Activities:

1 BOF (Bulk Offloading Facility) Dock Permanent
Combo Dock Expansion
1 Combined LNG - Condensate Jetty
Survey, Seismic,
and Drilling
Activities of
Exploration and
Delineation/Apprai
sal Wells
Regional survey, geophysical and geotechnical activities at Berau PSC and Muturi PSC;
Seismic survey activities (3D and 2D) at Berau PSC and Muturi PSC;
Vertical Seismic Profiling (VSP) survey activities at all production wells to be drilled under the Tangguh LNG
Expansion Project activities.
Drilling activities of exploration and delineation/appraisal wells:
o Berau PSC exploration commitment that is drilling of one exploration well in Berau PSC area at prospect/lead to
Kepe-kepe, Inos or Ubadari.
o Delineation/appraisal well drilling i.e. O-2 and V-13 wells, which will be done in the near future at Ofaweri and
Vorwata gas field, as well as other proposed delineation/appraisal well drilling at Berau PSC and Muturi PSC area
which covers Vorwata, Wiriagar Deep, Ofaweri, Roabiba gas field and/or other prospects such as Kepe-kepe and
Teteruga in the future.
207
Map I-4
Project Boundary of the Tangguh LNG Expansion Project
208
b. Ecological Boundary
The ecological boundary was identified by taking into account the spatial
distributions of hypothetical significant impacts caused by the project activities
through ecological media, notably air and water. It encompasses terrestrial and
marine ecosystems that are likely to be affected by activities implemented under the
Tangguh LNG Expansion Project (see Map I-5). Ecological boundaries for each
environmental component that may potentially become affected are detailed below:
1.
Air quality: main source of impact to air quality is air emission generated by
Tangguh LNG Plant operations. Within the study area boundary, the annually
prevailing wind direction is from West (18%) blowing at a maximum wind
speed of 8.8 m/s, and 5.7 m/s from South-East. It is predicted that the majority
of air emission will disperse toward East and North-West from the source (see
Map I-6).
2.
Noise: main sources of impact to noise come from sea transportation,

construction, and land clearing activities. Dispersion of noise impacts
potentially occurred inside the project boundary (see Map I-7). Except for noise
generated by sea transport as a line source that may potentially disperse on a
larger area, but which would only affect to marine mammals.
3.
Seawater Quality: main sources of impact to seawater quality are from seabed
trenching, subsea pipeline installation, drilling mud and drill cuttings
discharge, and wastewater discharge (produced water and brine water reject).
The dispersion of impact to seawater quality will follow the direction of waves
coming from the impacts' source (see Map I-8).
4.
Marine Biota: main sources of impact to marine biota (plankton and benthos)
are from seabed trenching, subsea pipeline installation, drilling mud and drill
cuttings discharge, and installation of offshore platform activities.
5.
Terrestrial Flora and Fauna: main sources of impact to terrestrial flora and
fauna are from land clearing and construction activities of the Tangguh LNG
Plant and its supporting facilities that will generate noise affecting wildlife,
notably birds (see Map I-9).
209
Map I-5
Ecological Boundary
210
Map I-6
Ecological Boundary (Air Quality)
211
Map I-7
Ecological Boundary (Noise)
212
Map I-8
Ecological Boundary (Marine Biota and Seawater Quality)
213
Map I-9
Ecological Boundary (Terrestrial Flora and Fauna)
214
c. Social Boundary
The social boundary is based on the ANDAL ToR (the EIS ToR) agreed by Ministry
of the Environment on July 24th, 2013 (Appendix I Deputy Minister of the
Environment Decree No. 30 Year 2013) by taking into account the following:
A condition where traditional norms and values are present in social interaction
around the proposed activities site, including social systems and structures.
The proposed activities are in conformity with social dynamics.
A region undergoes fundamental changes (social, economic, and cultural)

caused by the proposed activities.
Communities within project and ecological boundaries;
Communities outside project and ecological boundaries, but who would

potentially affected by the fundamental changes, e.g. job opportunities and
development of public and social facilities; and
The indigenous people living on the coast of Bintuni Bay who have been affected
by Tangguh LNG activities.
Aside from the above criteria, two more criteria were taken into account in the
identification of the social study area boundary under the Tangguh LNG Expansion
Project, among others:
Villages potentially affected by the project's activities; and
The presence of Indigenous Community Villages along the coast of Bintuni Bay
is acknowledged as they are the places of residence of Sebyar, Simuri, Irarutu, as
well as Petuanan-Petuanan Arguni, Sekar Pikpik, and Wertuwar tribes who are
affected by Tangguh LNG activities.
The social boundary for EIA study of the Tangguh LNG Expansion Project took into
consideration those villages that are likely to be potentially affected. However, the
boundary does not reflect social management program area. Villagesincluded in the
study area boundary and potentially to be affected area are as follows:
A. Teluk Bintuni Regency
1. Babo District:
a. Modan Village;
b. Kanaisi Village;
c. Nusei Village;
d. Kasira Village;
e. Kampung Baru Village; and
f.
Irarutu 3 Village.
215
2. Aroba District:
a. Sidomakmur Village; and
b. Wimbro Village.
3. Sumuri District:
a.
Tanah Merah Village;
b.
Saengga (Sumuri) Village;
c.
Tofoi Village (including Padang Agoda Village);
d.
Materabu Village;
e.
Furada Village;
f.
Onar Lama Village; and
g.
Onar Baru Village.
4. Kamundan District
a.
Kalitami 1 Village;
b.
Kalitami 2 Village;
c.
Bibiram Village;
d.
Kenara Village; and
e.
Maroro Village.
5. Tomu District:
a.
Totira Village;
b.
Wanagir Village;
c.
Adur Village;
d.
Tomu Village;
e.
Ekam Village;
f.
Ayot Village;
g.
Taroy Village;
h.
Perapera Village;
i.
Tambanewa Village;
j.
Sorondauni Village; and
k.
Sebyar Rejosari Village.
6. Aranday District:
a.
Manunggal Karya Village;
b.
Kecap Village;
c.
Kampung Baru Village; and
d.
Aranday Village.
216
7. Weriagar District:
a.
Weriagar Village;
b.
Weriagar Baru Village;
c.
Mogotira Village;
d.
Weriagar Selatan Village 1;
e.
Weriagar Utara Village; and
f.
Tuanaikin Village.
B. Fakfak Regency
1. Kokas District:
a. Goras Village;
b. Goras Selatan Village1;
c. Darembang Village;
d. Fior Village;
e. Furir Village;
f.
Andamata Village;
g. Arguni Village;
h. Taver Village;
i.
Kinam Village;
j.
Kokas Village;
k. Kampung Baru Village;

l.
Pangwadar Village1;
m. Sisir Village;
n. Masina Village1;
o. Sekar Village;
p. Sosar Village1; and
q. Ugar Village.
2. Bomberay District
a. Otoweri Village;
b. Salawir Village1;
c. Tomage Village; and
d. Wamosan Village1
Established by virtue of the breaking up of the Parent Village
217
Aforementioned villages will be assessed in the EIS and then analysed to identify
those that will form part of social management plan under the Tangguh LNG
Expansion Project.
The social boundary illustrates the existing social structure/system, which may
potentially be affected by the proposed project activities. The social boundary for
the Tangguh LNG Expansion Project is depicted in Map I-10.
d. Administrative Boundary
The administrative boundary has been drawn based on the district boundaries of
Teluk Bintuni Regency and Fakfak Regency, encompassing all villages potentially
affected by the Tangguh LNG Expansion Project activities, as outlined above. There
are 7 Districts (Babo, Aroba, Sumuri, Kamundan, Tomu, Aranday, and Weriagar) in
Teluk Bintuni Regency and 2 (Kokas and Bomberay) in Fakfak Regency. The
administrative boundary is depicted in Map I-11.
218
Map I-10
Tangguh LNG Expansion Project - Social Boundary
219
Map I-11
Tangguh LNG Expansion Project - Administrative Boundary
220
1.4.2
Time Frame of Impacts Assessment

The time frame of impact assessment is the time frame during which impacts take
place against parameters of environmental components that were identified to be
affected by project activities. Any hypothetical significant impact arising out of the
scoping process as addressed in the ToR-EIS (ANDAL ToR) Document Sub Section
2.3.3 concerning Evaluation of Potential Impacts and Sub Section 2.3.4 concerning
Priorities of Hypothetical Significant Impacts are assessed to identify the time frame
of impacts arising out of the project activities and to use it to measure changes
against baseline during the study.
The baseline condition without the Tangguh LNG Expansion Project is the current
environmental baseline within the study boundary area that has been affected by
ongoing activities, i.e. the operation activities of LNG Train 1 and Train 2, forest
timber concessions (HPH Hak Penguasaan Hutan), fishery activities, and other
companies' oil and gas exploration activities. The time frame of impacts assessment
to environmental components parameters that are affected by each phase of the
project activities (Pre-Construction, Construction, Operation, and Post-Operation) of
the proposed Gas Exploitation Project activities (Offshore Platforms and Gas Wells
Drilling), Gas Transmission, LNG Plant, and Marine Facilities Activities are
presented in Table I-41 to Table I-42.
Table I-39
No.
Gas Exploitation Activities (Offshore Platforms and Gas Wells

Drilling)
Activities
Environmental
Components
Hypothetical
Significant Impacts
Time Frame of
Impact Assessment
Construction Phase
Job Opportunities
Changes in Local
Business Growth
(Financial Institutions,
Entrepreneurship)
Economics
B1
Workforce
Mobilization
and
Demobilization
Social-Cultural
Social Tension
Changes in Nekton
Diversity (Including
Marine Mammals)
Marine Biota
B3
B4
Offshore
Platform
Transportation
and Installation
Fishery Activity
Disturbance
Economics
Sea Transportation
Accessibility
Disturbance
Social-Cultural
221
About the first 1-4

months when drilling
and (new) platform
installation activities
commence, during
construction works,
and 1-3 months after
each activity is
completed and ready
for demobilization.
Takes place in
separate space and
time with estimation
of around 3-6
months (up to 1
month after the
activity) for the
installation of each
platform
No.
Activities
Environmental
Components
Hypothetical
Significant Impacts
Time Frame of
Impact Assessment
Social Tension
B4
Production
Well Drilling
Noise
Marine Biota
Changes in Nekton
Marine Mammals)
Economics
Fishery Activity
Disturbance
Social-Cultural
Social Tension
Increase in TSS
Content
B5
Alternatives of
Drilling Mud
and Drill
Cuttings
Management
(Note:
This impact has
linkage to the
Option of
overboard
discharge at
drilling
locations)
Seawater
Quality
Increase in Oil and

Grease Concentrations
(applicable only when
using SBM)
Decrease in Plankton
Abundance
Decrease in Benthos
Abundance
Marine Biota
Nekton Diversity
(Including Marine
Mammals)
222
Takes place in
separate space and
of around 3-6
months for each well
drilling. For each
platform, the total
wells to be drilled are
estimated up to 10
wells with available
slots up to 16 slots.
The first stage of
drilling activities will
be continuous over a
period of about 8
years at different time
and space. Impacts
are estimated to occur
up to one month after
completion of drilling
activities.
Takes place in
separate space and
of around 3-6 months
for each well drilling.
For each platform,
the total wells to be
drilled are estimated
up to 10 wells with
available slots up to
16 slots.
The first stage of
drilling activities will
be continuous over a
period of about 8
years at different time
and space. Impacts
are estimated to occur
up to one month after
completion of drilling
activities.
No.
Activities
Environmental
Components
Hypothetical
Significant Impacts
B6
Production Well
Clean-Up
(Flaring)
Social-Cultural
Social Tension
Time Frame of
Impact Assessment
Takes place in
separate space and
time with flaring
estimation around 2-3
days during the
clean-up period of
each well. Flaring can
be carried out at the
end of the drilling of
each well (once every
3-6 months) or
consecutively over a
specific period of time
(if drills are carried
out in batch mode).
For each platform, the
total wells to be
drilled are estimated
up to 10 wells with
available slots up to
16 slots.
Operation Phase
Nekton Diversity
(Including Marine
Mammals)
Marine Biota
C3
Existence of
Offshore
Platform
Fishery Activity
Sea Transportation
Accessibility
Disturbance
Economics
Social-Cultural
Table I-40
No.
20-30 years
throughout the
operation phase up to
decommissioning of
project facilities
Social Tension
Gas Transmission Activities
Activities
Environmental
Components
Hypothetical
Significant Impacts
Time Frame of Impact

Assessment
Construction Phase
Economics
B1
Workforce
Mobilization and
Demobilization
Job Opportunities
Social-Cultural
Social Tension
223
About the first 1-3

months when pipeline
installation activities
commence, 10-12
months during the
works, and 1-3 months
after each activity is
completed and ready
for demobilization.
No.
B2
B4
Activities
Sea
Transportation
for Workforce,
Equipment, and
Materials
Sea Bed
Trenching,
Pipeline
Installation, and
Rock Dumping
Environmental
Components
Hypothetical
Significant Impacts
Marine Biota
Changes in Nekton
Marine Mammals)
Economics
Fishery Activity
Seawater
Quality
Increase in Total
Suspended Solids
Content (TSS)
Marine Biota
Decrease in Benthos
Abundance

Assessment
Takes place about 1012 months at separate
time and space for
each pipeline
installation.
Fishery Activity
Disturbance
Economics
Sea Transportation
Accessibility
Disturbance
Social-Cultural
Social Tension
B8
Hydrotest Water
Discharge
(Dewatering)
Table I-41
No.
Seawater
Quality
Reduce in DO Content
Takes place in
separate space
and time over an
estimated period
of 10-12 months
for gas
transmission
pipeline
installation of 30
km length with
detail activities
are as follows:
3-4 months for
pipelines
installation, 2-3
months for
trenching, and 46 months for
rock dumping.
Approximately 3-7
days during
dewatering for each
pipeline.
LNG Plant Activities
Activities
Environmental
Components
Hypothetical
Significant Impacts

Assessment
Construction Phase
Changes in
Population
Migration
(Mobility)
B1
Workforce
Mobilization
and
Demobilization
Demographics
Changes in
Population
Structure (Age,
Education, Sex,
Ethnicity,
Religion)
Changes in
Population
Growth
224
The first 2-4 months when

LNG Train construction
activities commence,
about 4 years during the
construction work, and 2 4 months after each
activity is completed and
ready for demobilization.
No.
Activities
Environmental
Components
Hypothetical
Significant Impacts
Job Opportunities
Changes in Local
Business Growth
Economics
Changes in
Livelihood
Patterns
Changes in Level
of Income
Community
Perception
Assimilation and
Acculturation
Changes in Social
Norms and
Values
Social Tension
Social Cultural
Indigenous
People
Marginalization
Changes in
Cultural Heritage
Vulnerable
Community
Groups, e.g.
Women, Children,
the Poor, the
Elderly, and the
Disabled
Public Services
including
Education
Changes in Public
Services including
Education
Changes in
Disease Patterns
Public Health
Changes in
Disease
Prevalence
Changes in Access
to Healthcare
Changes in
Environmental
Health
225

Assessment
No.
Activities
B2
Sea
Transportation
for Workforce,
Equipment,
and Materials
B3
Land Clearing
Environmental
Components
Hypothetical
Significant Impacts

Assessment
Marine Biota
Changes in
Nekton Diversity
(Including Marine
Mammals)
Approximately 3 4 years
throughout the
construction period
Noise
Increase in Noise
Level
Hydrology
Increase in
Surface Water
Run-Off
Soil
Increase in Soil
Erosion
Surface Water
Quality
Increase in TSS
Content
Changes in
Species Structure
and Composition
Terrestrial
Flora
Changes in Land
Cover
Changse in Flora
Species Diversity
Changes in Fauna
Species Diversity
Terrestrial
Fauna
Changes in
Species
Distribution
Change in
Wildlife Habitats
Increase in
Surface Water
Run-Off
Hydrology
B4
Changes in
Drainage Patterns
Changes in Creek
Morphology
Site
Preparation
Changes in Creek
Water Flow Rate
Soil
Increase in Soil
Erosion
Surface Water
Quality
Increase in TSS
Content
226
Take places during 4 years

throughout the
construction period and
could be continued up to
operation phase, the
impacts will lessen once
re-vegetation activities for
vacant land that is not
used for permanent
facilities have been
completed.
Take place during 9-13
months throughout site
preparation activities up
to the end of construction
phase.
Changes in drainage
patterns may take place
permanently; however, the
derivative impacts may
lessen once the
construction work of a
permanent drainage has
been completed.
Takes place during 9-13

phase and once
construction work of a
been completed or until
site stabilization and revegetation activities for
vacant land that is unused
for permanent facilities
have been completed.
No.
B5
B6
B7
Activities
Cut and Fill
Construction of
the LNG Plant
and its
Supporting
Facilities
Alternative
Water
Supplies:
Option 1:
Groundwater
Abstraction
Environmental
Components
Hypothetical
Significant Impacts
Hydrology
Increase in
Surface Water
Run-Off
Soil
Increase in Soil
Erosion
Surface Water
Quality
Increase in TSS
Content
Noise
Increase in Noise
Level
Approximately 3-4 years

throughout the
construction period
Terrestrial
Fauna
Changes in
Species
Distribution
About 3-4 years

throughout the
operation phase
Decrease in
Shallow
Groundwater
Level
Hydrology
Seawater
Intrusion

Assessment
phase. Changes in
drainage patterns may
take place permanently;
however, the derivative
impacts may lessen once
the construction work of a
been completed.
About 3-4 years

throughout the
operation phase
Land Subsidence
Social Cultural
Community
Perception
Social Tension
Option 2:
Desalination
Seawater
Quality
Increase in
Salinity
Operation Phase
Changes in
Population
Migration
(Mobility)
C1
Workforce
Mobilization
Demographics
Changes in
Population
Structure (Age,
Education, Sex,
Ethnicity,
Religion)
227
Takes place throughout

the operation phase, about
20-30 years
No.
Activities
Environmental
Components
Hypothetical
Significant Impacts
Changes in
Population
Growth
Job Opportunities
Changes in Local
Business Growth
Economics
Changes in
Livelihood
Patterns
Changes in Level
of Income (Income
per Capita,
Household
Income,
Expenditure)
Community
Perception
Assimilation and
Acculturation
Changes in Social
Norms and
Values
Social Tension
Social Cultural
Indigenous
People
Marginalization
Changes in
Cultural Heritage
Vulnerable
Community
Groups, e.g.
Women, Children,
the Poor, the
Elderly, and the
Disabled
Public Services
including
Education
Changes in Public
Services including
Education
Changes in
Disease Patterns
Public Health
Changes in
Disease
Prevalence
Changes in Access
to Healthcare
228

Assessment
No.
Activities
Environmental
Components
Hypothetical
Significant Impacts

Assessment
Changes in
Environmental
Health
Air Quality
C2
Increase in CO2
Emissions (from
LNG Plant
Operations)
Increase in
Opacity
Flaring
Light Sighting
Social-Cultural

20-30 years
Community
Perception
Social Tension
20-30 years
C3
Electrical
Power
Generator (Gas
Turbine)
Air Quality
Increase in CO2
Emission
C4
Boiler
Air Quality
Increase in CO2
Emission

20-30 years
C5
Acid Gas
Incinerator
(AGI)
Air Quality
Increase in CO2
Emission

20-30 years
C6
Alternatives of
Water Supply:
Option 1:
Groundwater
Abstraction
Hydrogeology
Decrease in
Shallow
Groundwater
Level
Seawater
Intrusion
Land Subsidence
Social-Cultural
Community
Perception

20-30 years
Social Tension
Option 2:
Desalination
Seawater
Quality
Increase in
Salinity
Increase in COD
Seawater
Quality
C7
Wastewater
Management
Marine Biota
Increase in
Ammonia
Decrease in
Nekton Species
Diversity
(including Marine
Mammals)
229

20-30 years
20-30 years
No.
Activities
Environmental
Components
Hypothetical
Significant Impacts

Assessment
Post-Operation Phase
Changes in
Population
Migration
(Mobility)
Demographics
Changes in
Population
Structure (Age,
Education, Sex,
Ethnicity,
Religion)
Changes in
Population
Growth
Job Opportunities
and
Unemployment
Economics
D1
Changes in Local
Business Growth
Changes in
Income Levels
Changes in
Livelihood
Patterns
Workforce
Demobilization
Community
Perception
Assimilation and
Acculturation
Changes in Social
Norms and
Values
Social Tension
Social Cultural
Indigenous
People
Marginalization
Changes in
Cultural Heritage
Vulnerable
Community
Groups, e.g.
Women, Children,
the Poor, the
Elderly, and the
Disabled
230
Takes place about 1-2

years during postoperation
No.
Activities
Environmental
Components
Hypothetical
Significant Impacts
Public Services
including
Education
Changes in Public
Services including
Education

Assessment
Changes in
Disease Patterns
Public Health
Changes in
Disease
Prevalence
Changes in Access
to Healthcare
Changes in
Environmental
Health
Changes in
Species Structure
and Composition
Terrestrial
Flora
Changes in Land
Cover

Changes in Flora
Species Diversity
D3
Re-vegetation
Changes in Fauna
Species Diversity
Terrestrial
Fauna
Changes in
Distribution of
Species

Changes in
Habitats of
Wildlife
Table I-42
No.
Marine Facilities Activities
Activities
Hypothetical
Significant
Impacts
Environmental
Components
Impact Assessment Time

Frame
Construction Phase
Marine Biota
B2
Sea
Transportation
for Workforce,
Equipment, and
Materials
Changes in Nekton
Diversity
(Including Marine
Mammals)
Fishery Activity
Disturbance
Economics
Sea Transportation
Accessibility
Disturbance
231

years throughout
construction period of the
marine facilities
(construction of the BOF,
combo dock expansion, and
construction of LNGcondensate jetty 2)
No.
Activities
Hypothetical
Significant
Impacts
Environmental
Components
Social - Cultural

Frame
Community
Perception
Social Tension
Seawater
Quality
B5
Dredging and
Disposal of
Dredge
Materials
Marine Biota
Social -Cultural
Increase in Total
Suspended Solids
(TSS) Content
Decrease in
Plankton
Abundance
Decrease in
Benthos
Abundance
Community
Perception
Social Tension
B6
B7
BOF (Bulk
Offloading
Facility)
LNG 2 Jetty
(Combined
LNG Condensate
Jetty)
Community
Perception
Social-Cultural
Social Tension
Changes in
Cultural Heritage
Community
Perception
Social-Cultural
Social Tension
Changes in
Cultural Heritage
Community
Perception
B8
Combo Dock
Expansion
Social-Cultural
Social Tension
Changes in
Cultural Heritage
Dredging will take place

during the construction
phase of the marine
facilities at separate time
and space. For construction
of the BOF, dredging will
take place in 8-12 months,
continued by dredging for
combo dock expansion (6-8
months) and for the LNGcondensate jetty 2 (8-10
months).
Lasts 1-2 years throughout

BOF facility.

years throughout
BOF facility.

years throughout
combo dock expansion.
Operation Phase
Marine Biota
C2
Sea
Transportation
for Workforce,
Equipment, and
Materials
Changes in Nekton
Diversity
(Including Marine
Mammals)
Fishery Activity
Disturbance
Economics
Sea Transportation
Accessibility
Disturbance
232
Takes place throughout the

operational phase, about
20-30 years
No.
Activities
Hypothetical
Significant
Impacts
Environmental
Components
Social - Cultural

Frame
Community
Perception
Social Tension
Seawater
Quality
C3
Maintenance,
Dredging and
Disposal of
Dredge
Materials
Marine Biota
Marine Biota
C4
Loading and
Transportion of
LNG and
Condensate
Increase in Total
Suspended Solids
(TSS) Content
Decrease in
Plankton
Abundance
Decrease in
Benthos
Abundance
Changes in Nekton
Diversity
(Including Marine
Mammals)
Fishery Activity
Disturbance
Economics
Social-Cultural
Takes place for 3-6 months

for any dredging works
and dredging material
disposal that are proposed
to be done once a year or
more often depending on
field conditions.
Sea Transportation
Accessibility
Disturbance

operation phase, about 2030 years
Community
Perception
Social Tension
C8
Existence of
Marine
Facilities
Oceanography
Changes in Wave
Patterns
Shoreline Abrasion
233

operation phase, about 2030 years

001 Esia 01 Vol 01

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

001 Esia 01 Vol 01

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Environmental and Social Impact Assessment

Project Number: 49222-001

INO: Tangguh LNG Expansion Project

Prepared by BP Berau Ltd.

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ANALYSIS

Wisma Mulia Lantai 35

Perkantoran Hijau Arkadia

ANDAL FOR INTEGRATED ACTIVITIES OF THE TANGGUH LNG EXPANSION PROJECT

ANDAL FOR INTEGRATED ACTIVITIES OF THE TANGGUH LNG EXPANSION PROJECT

Jakarta, July 2014

ANDAL FOR INTEGRATED ACTIVITIES OF THE TANGGUH LNG EXPANSION PROJECT

INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................. I-1

BACKGROUND ............................................................................................... I-1

DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT ACTIVITY .............................. I-6

Gas Exploitation Activity ............................................................... I-7

Gas Transmission Activity ........................................................... I-40

LNG Plant Activity ....................................................................... I-77

Marine Facilities Activity .......................................................... I-126

Survey, Seismic and Exploration and Appraisal

HYPOTHETICAL SIGNIFICANT IMPACTS TO BE ASSESSED ................... I-184

Gas Exploitation Activity ........................................................... I-185

Gas Transmission Activity ......................................................... I-189

LNG Plant Activity ..................................................................... I-193

Marine Facilities Activity ........................................................... I-198

STUDY AREA BOUNDARY AND TIME FRAME OF IMPACT

Study Area Boundary ................................................................. I-202

Time Frame of Impact Assessment........................................... I-221

CHAPTER II ENVIRONMENTAL BASELINE .......................................................................II-1

GEOPHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY...................................................................II-1

Climate and Meteorology ............................................................. II-2

ANDAL FOR INTEGRATEDACTIVITIES OF THE TANGGUH LNG EXPANSION PROJECT

2.1.1.3 Relative Air Humidity (RH) .......................................... II-8

Ambient Air Quality .................................................................... II-17

Noise .............................................................................................. II-24

Hydrology ..................................................................................... II-26

Hydrogeology and Groundwater Quality................................ II-31

Soil .................................................................................................. II-66

Water Quality ............................................................................... II-95

Sediment ...................................................................................... II-147

2.1.10 Oceanography ............................................................................ II-175

Terrestrial Biology...................................................................... II-214

ANDAL FOR INTEGRATEDACTIVITIES OF THE TANGGUH LNG EXPANSION PROJECT

2.2.1.1 Terrestrial Flora ........................................................... II-219

Aquatic Biology .......................................................................... II-271

SOCIO-ECONOMIC AND CULTURAL ......................................................II-346

Socio-Economic .......................................................................... II-352

Socio-Cultural ............................................................................. II-444

PUBLIC HEALTH .......................................................................................II-469

Disease Patterns and Illness Level ........................................... II-470

Access to Healthcare .................................................................. II-489

Environmental Health ............................................................... II-499

OTHER ACTIVITIES AROUND THE ACTION PLAN LOCATION

Bintuni Bay Nature Reserve ..................................................... II-509

Oil and Gas Exploration ............................................................ II-511

ANDAL FOR INTEGRATEDACTIVITIES OF THE TANGGUH LNG EXPANSION PROJECT

Underwater Electrical Cables ................................................... II-514

Commercial and Small-Scale Logging .................................... II-515

Agricultural Activities ............................................................... II-515

Fishery Activities........................................................................ II-516

Hunting Activities...................................................................... II-516

CHAPTER III PREDICTION AND EVALUATION OF SIGNIFICANT

GAS EXPLOITATION ACTIVITIES .............................................................. III-8

Biology .......................................................................................... III-22